UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)  
x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015
Or
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
For the transition period from              to

 

Commission File Number 000-54010
______ ___________

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware 27-0223495

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   

21860 Burbank Boulevard, Suite 300 South

Woodland Hills, CA

91367
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

 

(818) 884-3737
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
__________________

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one)

 

Large accelerated filer  o       Accelerated filer o      Non-accelerated filer o    Smaller reporting company x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   o No  x

 

As of May 5, 2015, there were 16,301,940 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding.

 

 

 

 
 

 

B. Riley Financial, Inc.

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

For The Quarter Ended March 31, 2015

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION  
   
Item 1. Unaudited Financial Statements 3
     
  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 3
     
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 4
     
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 5
     
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 6
     
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 7
     
  Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 8
     
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 25
     
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 37
     
Item 4. Controls and Procedures 37
     
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION  
   
Item 1. Legal Proceedings 38
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 38
     
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 55
     
Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities 55
     
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 55
     
Item 5. Other Information 55
     
Item 6. Exhibits 55
     
  Signatures 56

 

2
 

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. (f/k/a GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except par value)

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
    (Unaudited)        
Assets                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,331     $ 21,600  
Restricted cash     25,654       7,657  
Securities owned, at fair value     10,614       17,955  
Accounts receivable, net     14,815       10,098  
Advances against customer contracts     5,762       16,303  
Due from related parties     545        
Goods held for sale or auction     2,022       4,117  
Deferred income taxes     4,645       6,420  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     1,200       3,795  
Total current assets     75,588       87,945  
Property and equipment, net     803       776  
Goodwill     34,528       27,557  
Other intangible assets, net     5,107       2,799  
Deferred income taxes     19,246       19,181  
Other assets     629       732  
Total assets   $ 135,901     $ 138,990  
Liabilities and Equity                
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 13,717     $ 12,233  
Due to related parties           213  
Auction and liquidation proceeds payable           665  
Securities sold not yet purchased     956       746  
Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests     3,023       2,922  
Asset based credit facility     4,474       18,506  
Revolving credit facility     1,880       56  
Notes payable (including notes payable related party of $4,500 in 2015)     4,500       6,570  
Contingent consideration- current portion     1,172        
Total current liabilities     29,722       41,911  
Contingent consideration, net of current portion     1,086        
Total liabilities     30,808       41,911  
Commitments and contingencies                
B. Riley Financial, Inc. stockholders' equity:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued            
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 135,000,000 shares authorized; 16,301,940                
and 15,968,607 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively     2       2  
Additional paid-in capital     115,255       110,598  
Retained earnings (deficit)     (10,209 )     (12,891 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (727 )     (648 )
Total B. Riley Financial, Inc. stockholders' equity     104,321       97,061  
Noncontrolling interests     772       18  
Total equity     105,093       97,079  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 135,901     $ 138,990  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3
 

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. (f/k/a GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2015     2014  
             
Revenues:                
Services and fees   $ 21,584     $ 12,385  
Sale of goods     4,447       9,268  
Total revenues     26,031       21,653  
Operating expenses:                
Direct cost of services     6,778       6,059  
Cost of goods sold     890       9,064  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     12,901       7,788  
Total operating expenses     20,569       22,911  
Operating income (loss)     5,462       (1,258 )
Other income (expense):                
Interest income     2       2  
Interest expense     (253 )     (628 )
Income before income taxes     5,211       (1,884 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes     (1,775 )     814  
Net income (loss)     3,436       (1,070 )
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests     754       264  
Net income (loss) attributable to B. Riley Financial, Inc.   $ 2,682     $ (1,334 )
                 
Basic income per share   $ 0.17     $ (0.93 )
Diluted income per share   $ 0.17     $ (0.93 )
                 
Weighted average basic shares outstanding     16,117,422       1,434,107  
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     16,162,304       1,434,107  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4
 

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. (f/k/a GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Net income (loss)   $ 3,436     $ (1,070 )
Other comprehensive loss:                
Change in cumulative translation adjustment     (79 )     (24 )
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (79 )     (24 )
Total comprehensive income (loss)     3,357       (1,094 )
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests     754       264  
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to B. Riley Financial, Inc.   $ 2,603     $ (1,358 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5
 

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. (f/k/a GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit)

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

                            Accumulated              
                            Additional     Retained     Other           Total  
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in     Earnings     Comprehensive     Noncontrolling     Equity  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     (Deficit)     Loss     Interests     (Deficit)  
                                                       
Balance, January 1, 2014         $       1,500,107     $     $ 3,086     $ (6,611 )   $ (638 )   $ 12     $ (4,151 )
Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2014                                             (1,334 )             264       (1,070 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                     (23 )             (23 )
Balance, March 31, 2014         $       1,500,107     $     $ 3,086     $ (7,945 )   $ (661 )   $ 276     $ (5,244 )
                                                                         
Balance, January 1, 2015         $       15,968,607     $ 2     $ 110,598     $ (12,891 )   $ (648 )   $ 18     $ 97,079  
Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2015                                             2,682               754       3,436  
Issuance of common stock for acquisition of MK Capital, LLC and contigent equity consideration on February 2, 2015                     333,333             4,657                               4,657  
Foreign currency translation adjustment                                                     (79 )             (79 )
Balance, March 31, 2015         $       16,301,940     $ 2     $ 115,255     $ (10,209 )   $ (727 )   $ 772     $ 105,093  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

6
 

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. (f/k/a GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2015     2014  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income (loss)   $ 3,436     $ (1,070 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     195       131  
Provision for credit losses     60        
Effect of foreign currency on operations     39       (212 )
Non-cash interest     29        
Deferred income taxes     1,710       (815 )
Income allocated to mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests                
and redeemable noncontrolling interests     402       333  
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable and advances against customer contracts     5,772       (415 )
Lease finance receivable           107  
Due from related party     (758 )     (177 )
Securities owned     7,341        
Goods held for sale or auction     (1,931 )     9,058  
Loan receivable           1,206  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     95       (384 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     1,407       (2,470 )
Securities sold, not yet purchased     210        
Auction and liquidation proceeds payable     (665 )      
Net cash provided by operating activities     17,342       5,292  
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Acquisition of MK Capital     (2,500 )      
Purchases of property and equipment     (129 )     (36 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     4        
Cash acquired in acquisition of MK Capital, LLC     49        
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash     (17,997 )     245  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (20,573 )     209  
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Repayment of asset based credit facility     (14,032 )     (5,710 )
Proceeds from (repayment of) revolving line of credit     1,824       (329 )
Proceeds from note payable - related party     4,500        
Repayment of notes payable           (925 )
Distribution to mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests     (301 )     (543 )
Net cash used in financing activities     (8,009 )     (7,507 )
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (11,240 )     (2,006 )
Effect of foreign currency on cash     (29 )     43  
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (11,269 )     (1,963 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     21,600       18,867  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 10,331     $ 16,904  
Supplemental disclosures:                
Interest paid   $ 227     $ 658  
Taxes paid   $ 28     $ 2  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

7
 

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. (f/k/a GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION, BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Organization and Nature of Operations

 

B. Riley Financial, Inc. (formerly known as Great American Group, Inc.) and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) provide (i) asset disposition, valuation and appraisal and capital advisory services to a wide range of retail, wholesale and industrial clients, as well as lenders, capital providers, private equity investors and professional services firms throughout the United States, Canada, and Europe and (ii) following the Company’s acquisition of B. Riley & Co. Inc. (“BRC”) on June 18, 2014 and MK Capital Advisors, LLC (“MK Capital”) on February 2, 2015, as more fully described below, corporate finance, research, wealth management, sales and trading services to corporate, institutional and high net worth clients.

 

In 2014, with the acquisition of BRC, the Company operates in three operating segments: capital market services (“Capital Markets”), auction and liquidation services (“Auction and Liquidation”), and valuation and appraisal services (“Valuation and Appraisal”). In the Capital Markets segment, the Company provides corporate finance, research, sales and trading services to corporate, institutional and high net worth clients.  In addition, with the acquisition of MK Capital in 2015, the Company also provides wealth management services in the Capital Markets segment. In the Auction and Liquidation segment, the Company provides auction and liquidation services to help clients dispose of assets and capital advisory services. Such assets include multi-location retail inventory, wholesale inventory, trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, intellectual property and real property. In the Valuation and Appraisal segment, the Company provides valuation and appraisal services to clients with independent appraisals in connection with asset based loans, acquisitions, divestitures and other business needs.

 

The Company was incorporated in Delaware on May 7, 2009 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. (“AAMAC”). The Company was formed as a “shell company” for the purpose of acquiring Great American Group, LLC (“GAG, LLC”), a California limited liability company. On July 31, 2009, the members of GAG, LLC (the “Great American Members”) contributed all of their membership interests of GAG, LLC to the Company (the “Contribution”) in exchange for 528,000 shares of common stock of the Company and a subordinated unsecured promissory note in an initial principal amount of $60,000 issued in favor of the Great American Members and the phantom equityholders of GAG, LLC (the “Phantom Equityholders”, and together with the Great American Members, the “Contribution Consideration Recipients”) (see Note 11). Concurrently with the Contribution, AAMAC merged with and into AAMAC Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger” and, together with the Contribution, the “Acquisition”). As a result of the Acquisition, GAG, LLC and AAMAC became wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. The Acquisition has been accounted for as a reverse merger accompanied by a recapitalization of the Company.

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On June 3, 2014, the Company completed a 1 for 20 reverse split of its common stock. The reverse split reduced the Company’s then outstanding shares of 30,002,975 to 1,500,107. Fractional shares from the reverse split were paid in cash based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on June 2, 2014. The share amounts and earnings per share amounts in the Company’s consolidated financial statement have been adjusted as if the reverse split occurred on January 1, 2014.

 

Private Placement

 

On June 5, 2014, the Company completed a private placement of 10,289,300 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “Private Placement”). There were fifty-three accredited investors (the “Investors”) that participated in the Private Placement pursuant to the terms and provisions of a securities purchase agreement entered into among the Company and the Investors on May 19, 2014. At the closing of the Private Placement on June 5, 2014, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $51,233. On June 5, 2014, the Company used $30,180 of the net proceeds from the Private Placement to repay long-term debt payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen, the two former Great American Members (as described in Note 11), both of whom were executive officers and directors of the Company at the time of such repayment. The $30,000 principal payment and then outstanding accrued interest of $180 retired the entire $48,759 face amount of the long-term debt at a discount of $18,759. The discount of $18,759 has been recorded as a capital contribution to additional paid in capital.

 

8
 

 

The Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the investors participating in the Private Placement and selling stockholders of BRC. In accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission covering the resale of the common stock issued in the Private Placement and acquisition of BRC on September 18, 2014 and the registration statement was declared effective on November 7, 2014.

 

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of B. Riley Financial, Inc. and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to interim financial reporting guidelines and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. In the opinion of the Company’s management, all adjustments, consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for the periods presented have been included. These condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2015. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any future periods.

 

(b) Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Estimates are used when accounting for certain items such as valuation of securities, reserves for accounts receivable and slow moving goods held for sale or auction, the carrying value of intangible assets and goodwill, the fair value of mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and accounting for income tax valuation allowances. Estimates are based on historical experience, where applicable, and assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved with estimates, actual results may differ.

 

(c) Revenue Recognition

 

Revenues are recognized in accordance with the accounting guidance when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services have been provided, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.

 

Revenues in the Capital Markets segment are primarily comprised of (i) fees earned from corporate finance and investment banking services; (ii) revenues from sales and trading activities, and (iii) revenues from wealth management services.

 

Fees earned from corporate finance and investment banking services are derived from debt, equity and convertible securities offerings in which the Company acted as an underwriter or placement agent and from financial advisory services rendered in connection with client mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, recapitalizations and other strategic transactions. Fees from underwriting activities are recognized in earnings when the services related to the underwriting transaction are completed under the terms of the engagement and when the income was determined and is not subject to any other contingencies.

 

Revenues from sales and trading include (i)  commissions resulting from equity securities transactions executed as agent or principal and are recorded on a trade date basis, (ii) related net trading gains and losses from market making activities and from the commitment of capital to facilitate customer orders, (iii) fees paid for equity research and (iv) principal transactions which include realized and unrealized net gains and losses resulting from our principal investments in equity and other securities for the Company’s account.

 

Revenues from wealth management services consist primarily of investment management fees that are recognized over the period the services are provided. Investment management fees are primarily comprised of fees for investment management services and are generally based on the dollar amount of the assets being managed.

 

9
 

 

Revenues in the Valuation and Appraisal segment are primarily comprised of fees for valuation and appraisal services. Revenues are recognized upon the delivery of the completed services to the related customers and collection of the fee is reasonably assured. Revenues in the Valuation and Appraisal segment also include contractual reimbursable costs which totaled $669 and $679 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Revenues in the Auction and Liquidation segment are comprised of (i) commissions and fees earned on the sale of goods at auctions and liquidations; (ii) revenues from auction and liquidation services contracts where the Company guarantees a minimum recovery value for goods being sold at auction or liquidation; (iii) revenue from the sale of goods that are purchased by the Company for sale at auction or liquidation sales events; (iv) fees earned from real estate services and the origination of loans; (v) revenues from financing activities is recorded over the lives of related loans receivable using the interest method; and (vi) revenues from contractual reimbursable expenses incurred in connection with auction and liquidation contracts.

 

Commission and fees earned on the sale of goods at auction and liquidation sales are recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price has been determined, title has passed to the buyer and the buyer has assumed the risks of ownership, and collection is reasonably assured. The commission and fees earned for these services are included in revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Under these types of arrangements, revenues also include contractual reimbursable costs which totaled $1,948 and $1,264 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Revenues earned from auction and liquidation services contracts where the Company guarantees a minimum recovery value for goods being sold at auction or liquidation are recognized based on proceeds received. The Company records proceeds received from these types of engagements first as a reduction of contractual reimbursable expenses, second as a recovery of its guarantee and thereafter as revenue, subject to such revenue meeting the criteria of having been fixed or determinable. Contractual reimbursable expenses and amounts advanced to customers for minimum guarantees are initially recorded as advances against customer contracts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If, during the auction or liquidation sale, the Company determines that the proceeds from the sale will not meet the minimum guaranteed recovery value as defined in the auction or liquidation services contract, the Company accrues a loss on the contract in the period that the loss becomes known.

 

The Company also evaluates revenue from auction and liquidation contracts in accordance with the accounting guidance to determine whether to report auction and liquidation segment revenue on a gross or net basis. The Company has determined that it acts as an agent in a substantial majority of its auction and liquidation services contracts and therefore reports the auction and liquidation revenues on a net basis.

 

Revenues from the sale of goods are recorded gross and are recognized in the period in which the sale of goods held for sale or auction are completed, title to the property passes to the purchaser and the Company has fulfilled its obligations with respect to the transaction. These revenues are primarily the result of the Company acquiring title to merchandise with the intent of selling the items at auction or for augmenting liquidation sales. For liquidation contracts where we take title to retail goods, our net sales represent gross sales invoiced to customers, less certain related charges for discounts, returns, and other promotional allowances and are recorded net of sales or value added tax.

 

Fees earned from real estate services and the origination of loans where the Company provides capital advisory services are recognized in the period earned, if the fee is fixed and determinable and collection is reasonably assured.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company will enter into collaborative arrangements with other merchandise liquidators to collaboratively execute auction and liquidation contracts. The Company’s collaborative arrangements specifically include contractual agreements with other liquidation agents in which the Company and such other liquidation agents actively participate in the performance of the liquidation services and are exposed to the risks and rewards of the liquidation engagement. The Company’s participation in collaborative arrangements including its rights and obligations under each collaborative arrangement can vary. Revenues from collaborative arrangements are recorded net based on the proceeds received from the liquidation engagement. Amounts paid to participants in the collaborative arrangements are reported separately as direct costs of revenues. Revenue from collaborative arrangements in which the Company is not the majority participant is recorded net based on the Company’s share of proceeds received. There were no revenues and direct cost of services subject to collaborative arrangements during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

(d) Direct Cost of Services

 

Direct cost of services relate to service and fee revenues. The costs consist of employee compensation and related payroll benefits, travel expenses, the cost of consultants assigned to revenue-generating activities and direct expenses billable to clients in the Valuation and Appraisal segment. Direct costs of services include participation in profits under collaborative arrangements in which the Company is a majority participant. Direct costs of services also include the cost of consultants and other direct expenses related to auction and liquidation contracts pursuant to commission and fee based arrangements in the Auction and Liquidation segment. Direct cost of services does not include an allocation of the Company’s overhead costs.

 

10
 

 

(e) Concentration of Risk

 

Revenue from the sale of goods to one customer from a wholesale and industrial auction engagement represented 15.0% of total revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2014. Revenues in the Valuation and Appraisal segment and the Auction and Liquidation segment are currently primarily generated in the United States.

 

The Company’s activities in the Auction and Liquidation segment are executed frequently with, and on behalf of, distressed customers and secured creditors. Concentrations of credit risk can be affected by changes in economic, industry, or geographical factors. The Company seeks to control its credit risk and potential risk concentration through risk management activities that limit the Company’s exposure to losses on any one specific liquidation services contract or concentration within any one specific industry. To mitigate the exposure to losses on any one specific liquidation services contract, the Company sometimes conducts operations with third parties through collaborative arrangements.

 

The Company maintains cash in various federally insured banking institutions. The account balances at each institution periodically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (“FDIC”) insurance coverage, and as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company also has substantial cash balances from proceeds received from auctions and liquidation engagements that are distributed to parties in accordance with the collaborative arrangements.

 

(f) Income Taxes

 

The Company recognizes deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company estimates the degree to which tax assets and credit carryforwards will result in a benefit based on expected profitability by tax jurisdiction. A valuation allowance for such tax assets and loss carryforwards is provided when it is determined to be more likely than not that the benefit of such deferred tax asset will not be realized in future periods. Tax benefits of operating loss carryforwards are evaluated on an ongoing basis, including a review of historical and projected future operating results, the eligible carryforward period, and other circumstances. If it becomes more likely than not that a tax asset will be used, the related valuation allowance on such assets would be reduced.

 

(g) Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

(h) Restricted Cash

 

As of March 31, 2015, restricted cash included $25,531 of cash collateral for the letters of credit and amounts collected and payable under the $100,000 asset based credit facility described in Note 7, $52 of cash segregated in a special reserve bank account for the benefit of customers related to our broker dealer subsidiary, and $71 of cash collateral for electronic payment processing in Europe. As of December 31, 2014, restricted cash included $7,532 of cash collateral for the letters of credit and the outstanding loan balance under the $100,000 asset based credit facility described in Note 7, $50 of cash segregated in a special reserve bank account for the benefit of customers related to our broker dealer subsidiary, and $75 of cash collateral for electronic payment processing in Europe.

 

(i) Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable represents amounts due from the Company’s auction and liquidation, valuation and appraisal, and capital markets customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management utilizes a specific customer identification methodology. Management also considers historical losses adjusted for current market conditions and the customers’ financial condition and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. Bad debt expense and changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are included in Note 4.

 

11
 

 

(j) Advances Against Customer Contracts

 

Advances against customer contracts represent advances of contractually reimbursable expenses incurred prior to, and during the term of the auction and liquidation services contract. These advances are charged to expense in the period that revenue is recognized under the contract.

 

(k) Goods Held for Sale or Auction

 

Goods held for sale or auction are stated at the lower of cost, determined by the specific-identification method, or market.

(l) Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Property and equipment held under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Property and equipment under capital leases are stated at the present value of minimum lease payments. Depreciation and amortization expense was $103 and $92 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(m) Securities Owned and Securities Sold Not Yet Purchased

 

Securities owned consist of marketable securities recorded at fair value.  Securities sold, but not yet purchased represents obligations of the Company to deliver the specified security at the contracted price and thereby create a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices.  Changes in the value of these securities are reflected currently in the results of operations.

 

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company’s securities owned and securities sold not yet purchased at fair value consisted of the following securities:

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Securities owned                
Common stocks   $ 9,449     $ 16,667  
Options     490       -  
Corporate bonds     575       1,188  
Partnership interests     100       100  
    $ 10,614     $ 17,955  
                 
Securities sold not yet purchased                
Corporate bonds   $ 956     $ 746  

 

(n) Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market. The Company also records mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests that were issued after November 5, 2003 at fair value with fair value determined in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). The table below presents information about the Company’s securities owned, mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and securities sold not yet purchased that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 which are categorized using the three levels of fair value hierarchy. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments that are highly liquid, observable and actively traded in over-the-counter markets. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable and can be corroborated by market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

 

12
 

 

The following tables present information on the assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

    Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a  
    Recurring Basis at March 31, 2015, Using  
          Quoted prices in     Other     Significant  
    Fair Value at     active markets for     observable     unobservable  
    March 31,     identical assets     inputs     inputs  
    2015     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Assets:                                
Securities owned                                
Common stocks   $ 9,449     $ 9,422     $ -     $ 27  
Options     490       490       -       -  
Corporate bonds     575       -       575       -  
Partnership interests     100       -       100       -  
Total assets measured at fair value   $ 10,614     $ 9,912     $ 675     $ 27  
                                 
Liabilities:                                
Securities sold not yet purchased                                
Corporate bonds   $ 956     $ -     $ 956     $ -  
Contingent consideration     2,258       -       -       2,258  
Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests issued after November 5, 2003     2,347       -       -       2,347  
Total liabilities measured at fair value   $ 5,561     $ -     $ 956     $ 4,605  

 

    Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a  
    Recurring Basis at December 31, 2014, Using  
          Quoted prices in     Other     Significant  
    Fair Value at     active markets for     observable     unobservable  
    December 31,     identical assets     inputs     inputs  
    2014     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Assets:                                
Securities owned                                
Common stocks   $ 16,667     $ 16,348     $ -     $ 319  
Corporate bonds     1,188       -       1,188       -  
Partnership interests     100       -       100       -  
Total assets measured at fair value   $ 17,955     $ 16,348     $ 1,288     $ 319  
                                 
Liabilities:                                
Securities sold not yet purchased                                
Corporate bonds   $ 746     $ -     $ 746     $ -  
Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests issued after November 5, 2003   $ 2,285     $ -     $ -     $ 2,285  
Total liabilities measured at fair value   $ 3,031     $ -     $ 746     $ 2,285  

 

The Company determined the fair value of mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests described above based on the issuance of similar interests for cash, references to industry comparables, and relied, in part, on information obtained from appraisal reports and internal valuation models. The changes in Level 3 fair value hierarchy during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

    Level 3     Level 3 Changes During the Period     Level 3  
    Balance at     Fair     Relating to     Purchases,     Transfer in     Balance at  
    Beginning of     Value     Undistributed     Sales and     and/or out     End of  
    Period     Adjustments     Earnings     Settlements     of Level 3     Period  
Three Months Ended March 31, 2015                                    
Common stocks   $ 319     $ -     $ -     $ (292 )   $ -     $ 27  
Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests issued after November 5, 2003   $ 2,285     $ -     $ 62     $ -     $ -     $ 2,347  
Contingent consideration (1)   $ -     $ 2,258     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 2,258  
                                                 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014                                                
Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests issued after November 5, 2003   $ 2,273     $ -     $ (123 )   $ -     $ -     $ 2,150  
                                                 
(1) Fair value adjustment of $2,258 including initial value of contingent consideration of $2,229 and an adjust for imputed interest of $29 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

 

 

13
 

 

The amount reported in the table above for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 includes the amount of undistributed earnings attributable to the mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests that is distributed on a quarterly basis.

 

The carrying amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements for cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying amounts of the notes payable (including credit lines used to finance liquidation engagements) and long-term debt approximate fair value because the contractual interest rates or effective yields of such instruments are consistent with current market rates of interest for instruments of comparable credit risk.

 

(o) Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

 

The Company’s use of derivatives consists of a forward exchange contract agreement in the amount of $6,000 Canadian dollars.  The forward exchange contract is required to be settled anytime between May 1, 2015 and June 30, 2015.  The net gains and losses from the foreign exchange contract is reported as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated financial statements. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the net gain from the foreign exchange contract was $14. 

 

(p) Foreign Currency Translation

 

The Company transacts business in various foreign currencies. In countries where the functional currency of the underlying operations has been determined to be the local country's currency, revenues and expenses of operations outside the United States are translated into United States dollars using average exchange rates while assets and liabilities of operations outside the United States are translated into United States dollars using year-end exchange rates. Equity accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the historical rate. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included in stockholders' equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Transaction losses were $108 and $39 during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

(q) Supplemental Cash Flows Disclosure

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, supplemental non-cash activity included a decrease in goods held for sale or auction of $4,026, a decrease in prepaid expenses of $2,531, and a decrease of note payable of $6,570 related to the bankruptcy filing of Great American Group Energy and Equipment, LLC (“GAGEE”), a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary of the Company, in the first quarter of 2015 as more fully described in Note 8.

 

(r) Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the condensed consolidated financial statements in 2014 to conform to the current year presentation. In 2014, $196 of costs were reclassified from selling, general and administrative costs to direct costs in the valuation and appraisal segment.

 

(s) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued guidance which makes targeted amendments to current consolidation guidance. Among other things, the standard changes the manner in which we would assesses one of the characteristics of variable interest entities (VIEs) and introduces a separate analyses specific to limited partnerships and similar entities for assessing if the equity holders at risk lack decision making. Limited partnerships and similar entities will be a VIE unless the limited partners hold substantive kick-out rights or participating rights. A right to liquidate an entity is akin to a kick-out right. Guidance for limited partnerships under the voting model has been eliminated. A limited partner and similar partners with a controlling financial interest obtained through substantive kick out rights would consolidate a limited partnership or similar entity. The guidance is effective for our annual and interim periods beginning in 2016. Early adoption is allowed. We have not yet determined the impact that the new guidance will have on our results of operations and financial position and have not yet determined if we will early adopt the standard.

 

14
 

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “ Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ” The update requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of being presented as an asset. Debt disclosures will include the face amount of the debt liability and the effective interest rate. The update requires retrospective application and represents a change in accounting principle. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The adoption of this statement will impact future presentation and disclosures of the financial statements.

 

NOTE 3— ACQUISITIONS

 

Acquisition of MK Capital

 

On January 2, 2015 the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire all of the equity interests of MK Capital, a wealth management business with operations primarily in New York. The terms of the purchase agreement required the sellers to meet certain pre-closing conditions. On February 2, 2015, the closing conditions were satisfied and the Company completed the purchase of MK Capital for a total purchase price of $9,386. The purchase price is comprised of a cash payment in the amount of $2,500 and 333,333 newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock at closing which were valued at $2,687 for accounting purposes determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s shares of common stock on the acquisition date on February 2, 2015, less a 19.4% discount for lack of marketability as the shares issued are subject to certain restrictions that limit their trade or transfer. The purchase agreement also requires the payment of contingent consideration in the form of future cash payments with a fair value of $2,229 and the issuance of common stock with a fair value of $1,970. The contingent cash consideration of $2,229 has been recorded based on the payment of the contingent cash consideration of $1,250 on the first anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2016) and a final cash payment of $1,250 on the second anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2017) to the former members of MK Capital discounted at 8.0% per annum (initial discount of $271). In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combination”, the contingent consideration liability has been classified as a liability on the acquisition date. Imputed interest expense totaled $29 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The balance of the contingent consideration liability was $2,258 at March 31, 2015 (discount of $242 at March 31, 2015) and has been recorded as contingent consideration liability – current portion in the amount of $1,172 and contingent consideration liability, net of current portion in the amount of $1,086 in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.–The fair value of the contingent stock consideration in the amount of $1,970 has been classified as equity in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”, and is comprised the issuance of 166,667 shares of common stock on the first anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2016) and 166,666 shares of common stock on the second anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2017). The contingent cash and stock consideration is payable on the first and second anniversary dates of the closing provided that MK Capital generates a minimum amount of gross revenues as defined in the purchase agreement for the twelve months following the first and second anniversary dates of the closing. The acquisition of MK Capital allows the Company to expand into the wealth management business.

 

In connection with the issuance of common stock to the members of MK Capital, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement which allows the selling members of MK Capital to register their shares upon the Company filing a prospectus or registration statement at any time subsequent to the acquisition of MK Capital.

 

The preliminary purchase price allocation was as follows:

 

Tangible assets acquired and assumed:        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 49  
Accounts receivable     8  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     30  
Property and equipment     15  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (87 )
Customer relationships     2,400  
Goodwill     6,971  
         
Total   $ 9,386  

 

15
 

 

The amount of revenue and earnings attributable to MK Capital in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations during the three months ended March 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

    Period from  
    February 2, 2015  
    through  
    March 31, 2015  
       
Revenues   $ 292  
Income before income taxes     38  

 

The pro forma financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 as if the MK Capital acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2014 is in management’s opinion immaterial to the pro forma financial information amounts reported below.

 

2014 Acquisition of B. Riley and Co. Inc.

 

On June 18, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of BRC pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement (the “Acquisition Agreement”), dated as of May 19, 2014, by and among the Company, Darwin Merger Sub I, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, B. Riley Capital Markets, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“BCM”), BRC, B. Riley & Co. Holdings, LLC (“BRH”), Riley Investment Management LLC (“RIM,” and collectively with BRC and BRH, the “B. Riley Entities”) and Bryant Riley, a director of the Company and principal owner of each of the B. Riley Entities. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of BRC, Darwin Merger Sub I, Inc. merged with and into BRC, and BRC subsequently merged with and into BCM, with BCM surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the acquisitions of BRH and RIM on August 1, 2014 in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

 

The Company acquired BRC in exchange for the issuance of 4,182,637 shares of newly issued for a total purchase price of $26,351. The fair value of the newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock for accounting purposes was determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s shares of common stock on the acquisition date on June 18, 2014, less a 25% discount for lack of marketability as the shares issued are subject to certain restrictions that limit their trade or transfer. The BRC acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the June 18, 2014 acquisition date for BRC and August 1, 2014 for BRH and RIM. The application of the acquisition method of accounting resulted in goodwill of $21,869. Acquisition related costs, such as legal, accounting, valuation and other professional fees related to the acquisition of BRC in the amount of $997 were charged against earnings in the second quarter of 2014. All of the recognized goodwill is expected to be non-deductible for tax purposes.

 

The purchase price allocation was as follows:

 

Tangible assets acquired and assumed:        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,667  
Restricted cash     50  
Securities owned     1,978  
Accounts receivable     1,845  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     302  
Property and equipment     76  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (3,194 )
Securities sold, not yet purchased     (922 )
Deferred tax liability     (1,120 )
Customer relationships     1,200  
Tradename     1,600  
Goodwill     21,869  
         
Total   $ 26,351  

 

16
 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

 

The unaudited financial information in the table below summarizes the combined results of operations of the Company and BRC as well as the related impact of the new employment agreements with Bryant Riley, Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen that became effective upon the acquisition of BRC on a pro forma basis, as though they had occurred as of January 1, 2014. The pro forma financial information presented includes the effects of adjustments related to the amortization charges from the acquired intangible assets and the elimination of certain activities excluded from the transaction. The pro forma financial information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at the beginning of the earliest period presented, nor does it intend to be a projection of future results .

 

    Pro Forma Unaudited  
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31, 2014  
       
Revenues   $ 29,045  
Net loss attributable to B. Riley Financial, Inc.   $ (503 )
         
Basic loss per share   $ (0.09 )
Diluted loss per share   $ (0.09 )
Weighted average basic shares outstanding     5,613,307  
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     5,613,307  

 

NOTE 4— ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

The components of accounts receivable, net, include the following:

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Accounts receivable   $ 12,629     $ 7,797  
Investment banking fees, commissions and other receivables     734       1,608  
Unbilled receivables     2,240       1,421  
Total accounts receivable     15,603       10,826  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     (788 )     (728 )
Accounts receivable, net   $ 14,815     $ 10,098  

 

Additions and changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts consist of the following:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Balance, beginning of period   $ 728     $ 275  
Add:  Additions to reserve     60       -  
Less:  Write-offs     -       -  
Less:  Recoveries     -       -  
Balance, end of period   $ 788     $ 275  

 

Unbilled receivables represent the amount of contractual reimbursable costs and fees for services performed in connection with fee and service based auction and liquidation contracts.

 

NOTE 5— GOODS HELD FOR SALE OR AUCTION

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Machinery and equipment   $ 375     $ 4,026  
Retail goods     1,557       -  
Aircraft parts and other     90       91  
Total   $ 2,022     $ 4,117  

 

17
 

 

Goods held for sale or auction includes machinery and equipment, retail goods and aircraft parts. At March 31, 2015, machinery and equipment consisted of machinery and equipment purchased for a wholesale and industrial auction in the amount of $375. At December 31, 2014, machinery and equipment consisted of five oils rigs with a carrying value of $4,026 which includes a lower-of-cost or market adjustment of $1,782 for one of the oil rigs . At March 31, 2015, retail goods represented inventory purchased as part of the liquidation engagement for the 121 retail locations previously operated by Schoenenreus, a retailer of men’s, women’s and children’s shoes, clothing and accessories in the Netherlands. The retail goods were all sold in April 2015 upon the completion of the liquidation engagement. Aircraft parts and other is primarily comprised of aircraft parts with a carrying value of $90 and $91 which includes a lower of cost or market adjustment of $1,297 as of the end of each of the periods ended March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

The machinery and equipment with a carrying value of $4,026 as of December 31, 2014 served as collateral for the related note payable, which had an outstanding principal amount of $6,570 as of December 31, 2014. The machinery and equipment is owned by GAGEE, a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary of the Company, which filed for bankruptcy in the first quarter of 2015 as more fully described in Note 8. As a result of the bankruptcy filing, the asset and liabilities of GAGEE including the machinery and equipment of $4,026 at December 31, 2014, is no longer consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 6— GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Goodwill of $27,557 at December 31, 2014 is comprised of $1,975 in the Auction and Liquidation segment, $3,713 of goodwill in the Valuation and Appraisal segment and $21,869 in the Capital Markets segment. On February 2, 2015, goodwill increased by $6,971 from the Company’s purchase of MK Capital. The increase in goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and was recorded in the Capital Markets segment based on the preliminary purchase price allocation. The acquisition of MK Capital allows the Company to expand into the wealth management business.

 

Other intangible assets increased from $2,799 at December 31, 2014 to $5,107 at March 31, 2015 from the acquisition of MK Capital. Other intangible assets includes $1,600 for the tradename of B. Riley and $1,200 for customer relationships in connection with the acquisition of BRC on June 18, 2014 and $2,400 for customer relationships related to the acquisition of MK Capital on February 2, 2015. The customer relationships are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of 4 to 13 years and the tradename is not being amortized since it has an indefinite life. Amortization expense was $92 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

NOTE 7— CREDIT FACILITIES

 

Credit facilities consist of the following arrangements:

 

(a) $100,000 Asset Based Credit Facility

 

On July 15, 2013, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo Bank”) that amended and restated that certain First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2010. The maximum revolving loan amount under the asset based credit facility remains at $100,000, less the aggregate principal amount borrowed under the UK Credit Agreement (if in effect), and the maturity date has been extended from July 16, 2013 to July 15, 2018. The asset based credit facility can be used for borrowings and letter of credit obligations up to the aggregate amount of $100,000, less the aggregate principal amount borrowed under the UK Credit Agreement (if in effect). The interest rate for each revolving credit advance under the Credit Agreement is, subject to certain terms and conditions, equal to the LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% to 3.25% (2.92% at March 31, 2015) depending on the type of advance and the percentage such advance represents of the related transaction for which such advance is provided. The restated Credit Agreement removed the Company’s United Kingdom subsidiary as a party to such agreement and the concept of borrowings thereunder for certain transactions in the United Kingdom. On March 19, 2014, the Company entered into a separate credit agreement (a “UK Credit Agreement”) with an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank which provides for the financing of transactions in the United Kingdom. The facility allows the Company to borrow up to 50 million British Pounds. Any borrowings on the UK Credit Agreement reduce the availability on the asset based $100,000 credit facility. The UK Credit Agreement is cross collateralized and integrated in certain respects with the Credit Agreement. Cash advances and the issuance of letters of credit under the credit facility are made at the lender’s discretion. The letters of credit issued under this facility are furnished by the lender to third parties for the principal purpose of securing minimum guarantees under liquidation services contracts more fully described in Note 2(c). All outstanding loans, letters of credit, and interest are due on the expiration date which is generally within 180 days of funding. The credit facility is secured by the proceeds received for services rendered in connection with liquidation service contracts pursuant to which any outstanding loan or letters of credit are issued and the assets that are sold at liquidation related to such contract. The credit facility also provides for success fees in the amount of 5% to 20% of the net profits, if any, earned on the liquidation engagements funded under the Credit Agreement as set forth therein. On July 15, 2014, the Company entered into a further amendment to the Credit Agreement whereby Wells Fargo Bank consented to the reverse stock split, Private Placement, repayment of long-term debt as more fully described in Note 8, and the acquisition of BRC. Interest expense totaled $146 (including amortization of deferred loan fees of $23) and $149 (including success fees of $100 and amortization of deferred loan fees of $23) for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The outstanding balance under this credit facility was $4,474 and $18,506 at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

18
 

 

The Credit Agreement governing the credit facility contains certain covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company’s ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Credit Agreement, the lender may cease making loans, terminate the Credit Agreement and declare all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable. The Credit Agreement specifies a number of events of default (some of which are subject to applicable grace or cure periods), including, among other things, nonpayment defaults, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, and material judgment defaults.

 

(b) Line of Credit

 

On May 17, 2011, GAAV entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (Accounts Receivable Line of Credit) (the “Line of Credit”) with BFI Business Finance (“BFI”). The Line of Credit is collateralized by the accounts receivable of GAAV and allows for borrowings in the amount of 85% of the net face amount of prime accounts, as defined in the Line of Credit, with maximum borrowings not to exceed $2,000. The interest rate under the Line of Credit is the prime rate plus 2% (6% at March 31, 2015), payable monthly in arrears. The Line of Credit was amended effective February 3, 2012 and the maximum borrowings allowed was increased from $2,000 to $3,000. The maturity date of the Line of Credit is February 3, 2016 and the maturity date may be extended for successive periods equal to one year, unless GAAV gives BFI written notice of its intent to terminate the Line of Credit at least thirty days prior to the maturity date of the Line of Credit. BFI has the right to terminate the Line of Credit at its sole discretion upon giving sixty days’ prior written notice to GAAV. In connection with the Line of Credit, GAG, LLC entered into a limited continuing guaranty of GAAV’s obligations under the Line of Credit. At March 31, 2015, there was $3,932 of accounts receivable as collateral for the Line of Credit and the total borrowings outstanding was $1,880 and $1,120 was available and unused. Interest expense totaled $50 and $9 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

NOTE 8— NOTES PAYABLE

 

Notes-payable debt consists of the following arrangements:

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
                 
Note payable collateralizeed by machinery and equipment   $ -     $ 6,570  
$4,500 notes payable to related party - Riley Investment Partners, L.P.     4,500       -  
Total notes payable, current portion   $ 4,500     $ 6,570  

 

(a) Note Payable Collateralized by Machinery and Equipment

 

On May 29, 2008, GAGEE entered into a credit agreement with Garrison Special Opportunities Fund LP, Gage Investment Group LLC (collectively, the “Lenders”) to finance the purchase of certain machinery and equipment to be sold at auction or liquidation. The principal amount of the loan was $12,000 and borrowings bore interest at a rate of 20% per annum. The loan is collateralized by the machinery and equipment which were purchased with the proceeds from the loan as more fully described in Note 5. GAGEE was required to make principal and interest payments from proceeds from the sale of the machinery and equipment. GAGEE is a special purpose entity created to purchase the machinery and equipment, whose assets consist only of the machinery and equipment in question and whose liabilities are limited to the Lenders’ note and certain operational expenses related to this transaction. GAG, LLC guaranteed GAGEE’s liabilities to the Lenders up to a maximum of $1,200. The original maturity date of the loan was May 29, 2009; however, GAGEE exercised its right to extend the maturity date for 120 days until September 26, 2009. On September 26, 2009, the note payable became due and payable.

 

On October 8, 2009, GAGEE and GAG, LLC entered into a Forbearance Agreement effective as of September 27, 2009 (the “Forbearance Agreement”) with the Lenders and Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC (the “Administrative Agent”), relating to the credit agreement, by and among GAGEE, as borrower, GAG, LLC, as guarantor, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. Pursuant to the terms of the Forbearance Agreement, the Lenders agreed to forbear from exercising any of the remedies available to them under the credit agreement and the related security agreement unless a forbearance default occurs, as specified in the Forbearance Agreement. Pursuant to the Forbearance Agreement, and further amendments to the credit agreement for which the most recent amendment which was effective December 31, 2013 the maturity date of the note payable was extended to June 30, 2015 and the interest rate remained at 0% through maturity. GAGEE has no assets other than those collateralizing the loan which is comprised of prepaid and other current assets of $2,531 and machinery and equipment with a carrying value of $4,026 that is included in goods held for sale or auction in the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2014. GAG, LLC has satisfied its obligation to pay the $1,200 guarantee and the credit agreement does not provide for other recourse against GAG, LLC. At December 31, 2014, the note payable balance was $6,570. On January 11, 2015, GAGEE filed for voluntary bankruptcy protection as more fully discussed below.

 

19
 

 

On January 11, 2015, GAGEE filed a voluntary petition with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas for relief under Chapter 7 of Title 11 of the United States Code (as amended, the "Bankruptcy Code"). At December 31, 2014, GAGEE had total assets of $6,557 and total liabilities of $6,570. Total assets included $2,531 of other receivables included in prepaid and other current assets and $4,026 of goods held for sale which was comprised of five oil rigs (see Note 5). Total liabilities include the $6,570 of notes payable discussed above that is collateralized by the assets of GAGEE.  Under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code the assets of GAGEE will be liquidated and the resulting cash proceeds will be used by the bankruptcy trustee to pay creditors.  As a result of the bankruptcy filing on January 11, 2015, the assets and liabilities of GAGEE described above are no longer be consolidated in the Company's consolidated financial statements for periods subsequent to the bankruptcy filing.   The loss on deconsolidation of GAGEE was $13 in the three months ended March 31, 2015. At the present time, management does not expect the bankruptcy of GAGEE to have a material impact on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

 

(b) $4,500 Note Payable to Related Party – Riley Investment Partners, L.P.

 

In March 2015, the Company had capital deployed for three retail liquidation engagements. On March 10, 2015, the Company borrowed $4,500 from Riley Investment Partners, L.P. (“Payee”) in accordance with the subordinated unsecured promissory note (the “RIP Note”). The principal amount of $4,500 for the RIP Note accrues interest at the rate of 10% per annum (or 15% in the event of a default under the RIP Note). The borrowings are for short-term working capital needs and capital for other retail liquidation engagements. The Payee is also is entitled to a success fee (the “Success Fee”) of 20% of the net profit, if any, earned by the Company in connection with a designated liquidation transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the RIP Note, under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to pay to Payee any portion of the combined amount of interest and the Success Fee which exceeds twelve percent (12%) of the $4,500 principal amount of the RIP Note. The outstanding principal amount, together with the accrued and unpaid interest and the Success Fee, are due and payable by the Company on March 9, 2016. The RIP Note is subordinated in certain respects to the Company’s guaranty relating to its existing credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and, in the event of certain insolvency proceedings, with respect to such credit facility itself, as well as to any other indebtedness of the Company to the extent required by the documents governing the repayment thereof. Interest expense on the RIP Note totaled $26 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The RIP Note was repaid on May 4, 2015.

 

Riley Investment Management LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is the general partner of Payee. Bryant Riley, the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, owns or controls approximately 45% of the equity interests of the Payee. In addition, Thomas Kelleher, the President of the Company, and one other employee of the Company, own or control de minimis amounts of the equity interests of the Payee. After considering the economic interests of Mr. Riley and Mr. Kelleher in the RIP Note and comparing the terms of the RIP Note to terms that may have been available from unaffiliated third parties, the disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors unanimously approved the issuance of the RIP Note.

 

(c) $60,000 Note Payable

 

On July 31, 2009, the Great American Members contributed all of their membership interests of GAG, LLC to the Company in exchange for 528,000 shares of common stock of the Company and a subordinated unsecured promissory note in an initial principal amount of $60,000 issued in favor of the Great American Members and the Phantom Equityholders. In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, an initial principal payment of $4,383 was made, thereby reducing the principal amount of the note to $55,617. On August 28, 2009, the note was replaced with separate subordinated unsecured promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”) issued in favor of each of the Great American Members and Phantom Equityholders. At December 31, 2013, the principal amount of $1,724 was payable to the Phantom Equityholders with a maturity date of July 31, 2015 and $48,759 was payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen, the two former Great American Members, both of whom were executive officers and directors of the Company at such time, with a maturity date of July 31, 2018 (subject to annual principal payments based upon cash flow, with certain limitations). The interest rate on these notes was 12.0% on $640 of the principal balance payable to the Phantom Equityholders and 3.75% on the remaining $1,084 principal balance payable to the Phantom Equityholders and $48,759 payable to the Great American Members.

 

20
 

 

On January 31, 2014, the Company paid in full the $640 of principal balance for the Notes to the Phantom Equityholders that had the 12.0% interest rate. On June 5, 2014, the Company used $30,180 of the net proceeds from the Private Placement to repay the Notes payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen. The $30,000 principal payment and then outstanding accrued interest of $180 retired the entire $48,759 face amount of outstanding Notes payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen. The discount of $18,759 for the repayment of the Notes payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen has been recorded as a capital contribution to additional paid in capital in our consolidated financial statements. On July 31, 2014, the remaining outstanding principal amount of $1,085 was paid in full to the Phantom Equityholders. As of August 1, 2014, there is no remaining outstanding principal or interest payable on the Notes.  

 

Interest expense was $467 for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

 

NOTE 9— INCOME TAXES

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 34.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and the effective benefit rate was (43.2)% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The effective income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2015 is lower than the statutory federal and state income tax rate due to the tax differential on net income attributable to noncontrolling interests during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $19,464, state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $19,678, and foreign tax credit carryforwards of $342. The Company’s federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire in the tax year ending December 31, 2030, the state net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2032, and the foreign tax credit carryforwards will expire in 2022.

 

The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Tax benefits of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are evaluated on an ongoing basis, including a review of historical and projected future operating results, the eligible carryforward period, and other circumstances. As a result of the common stock offering that was completed on June 5, 2014, the Company had a more than 50% ownership shift in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Accordingly, the Company may be limited to the amount of net operating loss that may be utilized in future taxable years depending on the Company’s actual taxable income. As of March 31, 2015, the Company believes that the net operating loss that existed as of the more than 50% ownership shift will be utilized in future tax periods before the loss carryforwards expire and it is more-likely-than-not that future taxable earnings will be sufficient to realize its deferred tax assets and has not provided an allowance.

 

On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the accounting guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This accounting guidance addresses the determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under the accounting guidance, the Company must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company did not recognize any additional liabilities for uncertain tax positions as a result of the implementation of this accounting guidance.

 

The Company’s uncertain tax positions are related to tax years that remain subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the calendar years ended December 31, 2011 to 2014. The Company and its subsidiaries’ state tax returns are also open to audit under similar statutes of limitations for the same tax years. The Company accrues interest on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. Penalties, if incurred, would be recognized as a component of income tax expense. The Company had no such accrued interest or penalties included in the accrued liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption.

 

NOTE 10— EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, after giving effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Basic common shares outstanding exclude 66,000 common shares that are held in escrow and subject to forfeiture that were issued to the former Great American members upon the final settlement of claims for goods held for sale in connection with the Acquisition. Dilutive common shares outstanding includes contingently issuable shares that are currently in escrow and subject to release if the conditions for the final settlement of claims for goods held for sale in connection with the Acquisition was satisfied at the end of the respective periods. Weighted average diluted shares outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2014 exclude 4,778 shares from the computation of net loss per diluted share because the impact would have been anti-dilutive.

 

21
 

 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share was calculated as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Net income (loss) attributable to B. Riley Financial, Inc.   $ 2,682     $ (1,334 )
                 
Weighted average shares outstanding:                
Basic     16,117,422       1,434,107  
Effect of dilutive potential common shares:                
Restricted stock units and non-vested shares     -       -  
Contingently issuable shares     44,882       -  
Diluted     16,162,304       1,434,107  
                 
Basic income (loss) per share   $ 0.17     $ (0.93 )
Diluted income (loss) per share   $ 0.17     $ (0.93 )

 

NOTE 11— COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Legal Matters

 

In 2015, the Company was served with a lawsuit that seeks to assert claims of breach of contract and other matters with damages in an amount up to $10,000. The Company is vigorously defending this lawsuit. This lawsuit is in the initial stages, the financial impact to the Company, if any, cannot be estimated.

 

The Company is subject to certain legal and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company does not believe that the results of these claims are likely to have a material effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In April 2015, the Company formed GACP I, L.P. (“GACP”), a direct lending fund that will focus on providing asset-based debt loans to middle market companies. One of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries is the general partner in GACP. In connection with the formation of GACP, the Company has committed to invest $5,000 in exchange for an ownership interest of 5% of GACP.

 

NOTE 12— RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

At March 31, 2015, amounts due from related party of $545 represents amounts due from CA Global Partners, LLC (“CA Global”). As December 31, 2014, amounts due to related party of $213 represents amounts due to CA Global. CA Global is one of the members of Great American Global Partners, LLC (“GA Global Ptrs”) which started operations in the first quarter of 2013. The amount receivable at March 31, 2015 is comprised of expenses paid by the Company and amounts advanced to CA Global and amounts payable at December 31, 2014 is comprised of expenses that were paid on behalf of the Company by CA Global in connection with certain auctions of wholesale and industrial machinery and equipment that they were managed on behalf of GA Global Ptrs.

 

NOTE 13— BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

The Company’s operating segments reflect the manner in which the business is managed and how the Company allocates resources and assesses performance internally. The Company has several operating subsidiaries through which it delivers specific services. The Company provides auction, liquidation, capital advisory, financing, real estate, and other services to stressed or distressed companies in a variety of diverse industries that have included apparel, furniture, jewelry, real estate, and industrial machinery. The Company also provides appraisal and valuation services for retail and manufacturing companies. As a result of the acquisition of BRC, the Company provides corporate finance, research, sales and trading services to corporate, institutional and high net worth clients.  In addition, with the acquisition of MK Capital in 2015, the Company also provides wealth management services in the Capital Markets segment.

 

The Company’s business in 2014 prior to the acquisition of BRC on June 18, 2014, was previously classified by management into the Auction and Liquidation segment and Valuation and Appraisal segment. Upon closing the acquisition of BRC on June 18, 2014, the Company’s business is classified into the Auction and Liquidation segment, Valuation and Appraisal segment, and Capital Markets segment. These reportable segments are all distinct businesses, each with a different marketing strategy and management structure.

 

22
 

 

The following is a summary of certain financial data for each of the Company’s reportable segments:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2015     2014  
Auction and Liquidation reportable segment:                
Revenues - Services and fees   $ 5,122     $ 5,145  
Revenues - Sale of goods     4,447       9,268  
Total revenues     9,569       14,413  
Direct cost of services     (3,583 )     (2,705 )
Cost of goods sold     (890 )     (9,064 )
Selling, general, and administrative expenses     (1,965 )     (2,740 )
Depreciation and amortization     (9 )     (42 )
Segment income (loss)     3,122       (138 )
Valuation and Appraisal reportable segment:                
Revenues - Services and fees     7,254       7,240  
Direct cost of services     (3,195 )     (3,354 )
Selling, general, and administrative expenses     (2,188 )     (2,575 )
Depreciation and amortization     (34 )     (38 )
Segment income     1,837       1,273  
Capital markets reportable segment:                
Revenues - Services and fees     9,208       -  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses     (6,495 )     -  
Depreciation and amortization     (107 )     -  
Segment income     2,606       -  
Consolidated operating income from reportable segments     7,565       1,135  
Corporate and other expenses     (2,104 )     (2,393 )
Interest income     2       2  
Interest expense     (252 )     (628 )
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes     5,211       (1,884 )
(Provision) benefit for income taxes     (1,775 )     814  
                 
Net income (loss)     3,436       (1,070 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     754       264  
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to B. Riley Financial, Inc.   $ 2,682     $ (1,334 )
                 
Capital expenditures:                
Auction and Liquidation segment   $ -     $ 36  
Valuation and Appraisal segment     7       -  
Capital Markets segment     108          
Corporate and Other     14       -  
Total   $ 129     $ 36  

 

    As of     As of  
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Total assets:                
Auction and Liquidation segment   $ 39,899     $ 41,360  
Valuation and Appraisal segment     11,854       9,527  
Capital markets segment     55,612       48,878  
Corporate and other     28,536       39,225  
Total   $ 135,901     $ 138,990  

 

NOTE 14— NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

B. Riley & Co., LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, is a registered broker-dealer and, accordingly, is subject to SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1) which requires B. Riley & Co., LLC to maintain minimum net capital and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, both as defined, shall not exceed 15 to 1.  As of March 31, 2015, B. Riley & Co., LLC had net capital of $5,640 (an excess of $5,291).  B. Riley & Co., LLC’s net capital ratio for March 31, 2015 was 0.79 to 1. 

 

23
 

 

NOTE 15— SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On May 4, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a dividend of $0.06 per share, which will be paid on or about June 12, 2015 to stockholders of records on May 22, 2015.

 

24
 

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

This report contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially.

 

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we, nor any other person, assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We are under no obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements after the filing of this Annual Report to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report. Readers are also urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us which attempt to advise interested parties of the factors which affect our business, including without limitation the disclosures made in Item 1A of Part II of this Quarterly Report under the caption “Risk Factors”.

 

Risk factors that could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements include but are not limited to risks related to: volatility in our revenues and results of operations; changing conditions in the financial markets; our ability to generate sufficient revenues to achieve and maintain profitability; the short term nature of our engagements; the accuracy of our estimates and valuations of inventory or assets in “guarantee” based engagements; competition in the asset management business, potential losses related to our auction or liquidation engagements; our dependence on communications, information and other systems and third parties; potential losses related to purchase transactions in our auction and liquidations business; the potential loss of financial institution clients; potential losses from or illiquidity of our proprietary investments; changing economic and market conditions; potential liability and harm to our reputation if we were to provide an inaccurate appraisal or valuation; potential mark-downs in inventory in connection with purchase transactions; failure to successfully compete in any of our segments; loss of key personnel; our ability to borrow under our credit facilities as necessary; failure to comply with the terms of our credit agreements; and our ability to meet future capital requirements.

 

Except as otherwise required by the context, references in this Annual Report to “the “Company,” “B. Riley,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the combined business of B. Riley Financial, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading independent investment bank with offices in Los Angeles, Orange County, San Francisco and New York providing corporate finance, research, sales and trading services to corporate, institutional and high net worth clients. We are also a leading provider of asset disposition, valuation and appraisal services to a wide range of retail, wholesale and industrial clients, as well as lenders, capital providers, private equity investors and professional service firms throughout the United States, Canada and Europe. We now operate our business in three segments: capital markets services, auction and liquidation solutions and valuation and appraisal services.

 

Our capital markets services segment provides a full array of investment banking, corporate finance, research, wealth management, sales and trading services to corporate, institutional and high net worth clients.  Our corporate finance and investment banking services include merger and acquisitions advisory to public and private companies, initial and secondary public offerings, and institutional private placements. We also provide financial advisory services rendered in connection with client mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, recapitalizations and other strategic transactions as well as market making services to public companies. In addition, we trade equity securities as a principal for the Company’s account.

 

Our auction and liquidation solutions segment utilizes our significant industry experience, network of highly skilled employees and scalable network of independent contractors and industry-specific advisors to tailor our services to the specific needs of a multitude of clients, logistical challenges and distressed circumstances. We have established appraisal and valuation methodologies and practices in a broad array of asset categories which have made us a recognized industry leader. Furthermore, our scale and pool of resources allow us to offer our services on a nationwide basis. Since 1995, we have participated in liquidations involving over $25 billion in aggregate asset value and auctioned assets with an estimated aggregate value of over $6 billion.

 

25
 

 

Our valuation and appraisal services segment provides valuation and appraisal services to financial institutions, lenders, private equity investors and other providers of capital. These services primarily include the valuation of assets (i) for purposes of determining and monitoring the value of collateral securing financial transactions and loan arrangements and (ii) in connection with potential business combinations. Our valuation and appraisal services divisions operate through limited liability companies that are majority owned by us. Our clients include major financial institutions such as Bank of America, Credit Suisse, GE Capital, JPMorgan Chase, Union Bank of California, and Wells Fargo. Our clients also include private equity firms such as Apollo Management, Goldman Sachs Capital Partners, and Sun Capital Partners.

 

Historically, revenues from our auction and liquidation segment vary significantly from quarter to quarter and have a significant impact on our operating results from period to period. These revenues have historically comprised a significant amount of our total revenues and operating profits. In addition, revenues from investment banking transactions in our capital markets segment will vary from quarter to quarter in the future and have comprised a significant amount of our total revenues and operating profits. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and year ended December 31, 2014, revenues from our auction and liquidation segment were 36.8% and 35.0% of total revenues. Our profitability in each reporting period is impacted by the number and size of retail liquidation engagements we perform on a quarterly or annual basis.

 

Private Placement and Strategic Combination

 

On June 5, 2014, we completed a private placement of 10,289,300 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “Private Placement”). Fifty-three accredited investors (the “Investors”) participated in the Private Placement pursuant to the terms and provisions of a securities purchase agreement entered into among us and the Investors on May 19, 2014. At the closing of the Private Placement on June 5, 2014, we received net proceeds of approximately $51.2 million. On June 5, 2014, we used $30.2 million of the net proceeds from the Private Placement to repay long-term debt payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen, both of whom were executive officers and directors of the Company at the time of such repayment. The $30.0 million principal payment and then outstanding accrued interest of $0.2 million retired the entire $48.8 million face amount of the long-term debt at a discount of $18.8 million. The discount of $18.8 million has been recorded as a capital contribution to additional paid in capital in our consolidated financial statements.

 

On June 18, 2014, we completed the acquisition of BRC pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2014, by and among the Company, Darwin Merger Sub I, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, B. Riley Capital Markets, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“BCM”), BRC, B. Riley & Co. Holdings, LLC (“BRH”), Riley Investment Management LLC (“RIM”), and collectively with BRC and BRH, the (“B. Riley Entities”) and Bryant Riley, a director of the Company and principal owner of each of the B. Riley Entities. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of BRC, Darwin Merger Sub I, Inc. merged with and into BRC, and BRC subsequently merged with and into BCM, with BCM surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. We completed the acquisitions of BRH, whose operations include asset management and financial advisory services, and RIM, which provides services to certain pooled investment vehicles, on August 1, 2014.

 

The total purchase price for the B. Riley Entities was $26.4 million, which was paid at closing on June 18, 2014, in the form of 4,182,637 newly issued shares of our common stock. The fair value of the newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock for accounting purposes was determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s shares of common stock on the acquisition date, less a 25% discount for lack of marketability as the shares issued are subject to certain restrictions that limit their trade or transfer in the open market.

 

Effective upon the closing of the acquisition on June 18, 2014, Bryant Riley, the principal owner of BRC, was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. As a result of the acquisition of BRC, Bryant Riley owns approximately 24.7% of our outstanding common stock.

 

Recent Developments

 

During the second quarter of 2014, we initiated a strategic review of our operations taking into account the planned synergies as a result of the acquisition of BRC. As a result of the strategic review, we implemented cost savings measures that resulted in a reduction in corporate overhead and the restructuring of our operations in Europe. In the third quarter of 2014, we implemented a reduction in force for some of our corporate employees and a significant number of our employees in the United Kingdom and we closed our office in Deerfield, Illinois. These initiatives resulted in a restructuring charge of $2.5 million in the third quarter of 2014. As part of the strategic review, we restructured our UK appraisal business whereby we entered into a joint marketing and strategic alliance with an entity owned and controlled by our former UK appraisal senior management. As a result of the restructuring, we anticipate a shift in our strategic focus from Europe which is expected to result in a substantial reduction in revenues from European operations.

 

26
 

 

On January 2, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire all of the membership interests of MK Capital, Advisors, LLC (“MK Capital”) a wealth management business with operations primarily in New York. The terms of the purchase agreement required the seller to meet certain pre-closing conditions. On February 2, 2015, the closing conditions were satisfied and we completed the purchase of MK Capital for a total purchase price of $9.4 million. Upon closing, we paid the members of MK Capital $2.5 million in cash and issued 333,333 shares of our common stock to such members, which were valued at $2.7 million for accounting purposes determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s shares of common stock on the acquisition date on February 2, 2015, less a 19.4% discount for lack of marketability as the shares issued are subject to certain restrictions that limit their trade or transfer. The purchase agreement also requires the payment of contingent consideration in the form of future cash payments with a fair value of $2.2 million and the issuance of common stock with a fair value of $2.0 million. The contingent cash consideration has been recorded as a note payable to the former members of MK Capital, as more fully described in Note 8. The fair value of the contingent stock consideration in the amount of $2.0 million has been classified as equity in accordance with ASC 805, “ Business Combinations ”, and is comprised the issuance of 166,667 shares of common stock on the first anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2016) and 166,666 shares of common stock on the second anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2017). The contingent cash and stock consideration is payable on the first and second anniversary dates of the closing provided that MK Capital generates a minimum amount of gross revenues as defined in the purchase agreement for the twelve months following the first and second anniversary dates of the closing. The acquisition of MK Capital allows the Company to expand into the wealth management business.

 

On January 11, 2015, Great American Group Energy Equipment, LLC ("GAGEE"), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that was formed for the purpose of acquiring oil rigs in 2008, filed a voluntary petition with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas for relief under Chapter 7 of Title 11 of the United States Code (as amended, the "Bankruptcy Code"). At December 31, 2014, GAGEE had total assets of $6.5 million and total liabilities of $6.6 million. Total assets included $2.5 million of other receivables included in prepaid and other current assets and $4.0 million of goods held for sale which was comprised of five oil rigs (see Note 6).  Total liabilities include a note payable in the amount of $6.6 million that is collateralized by the assets of GAGEE.  Under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code the assets of GAGEE will be liquidated and the resulting cash proceeds will be used by the bankruptcy trustee to pay creditors.  As a result of the bankruptcy filing on January 11, 2015, the assets and liabilities of GAGEE described above will no longer be consolidated in the Company's consolidated financial statements for periods subsequent to the bankruptcy filing. At the present time, management does not expect the bankruptcy of GAGEE to have a material impact on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

 

In February 2015, we were engaged to participate in a joint venture involving the liquidation of inventory for the going-out-of-business sale of 133 Target stores located in Canada. The joint venture provided Target Canada with a minimum guarantee of amounts to be realized from the liquidation of inventory. In connection with our portion of the guarantee, we provided a letter of credit to Target Canada in the amount of $14.0 million in February 2015. The liquidation sale of inventory was completed in April 2015 and the letter of credit was returned to us.

 

In March 2015, we purchased inventory and intellectual property of Schoenenreus from a bankruptcy trustee in the Netherlands for $3.2 million. Schoenenreus is a retailer of men’s, women’s and children’s shoes, clothing and accessories and operates 121 retail locations throughout the Netherlands. We started the going-out-of-business sale of all of Schoenenreus’s inventory in March 2015 and completed the sale of all of the inventory in April 2015.

 

In March 2015, we were engaged to liquidate the inventory for the going-out-of-business sale of 153 CACHE retail stores located throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands. We provided a minimum guarantee of amounts to be realized from the liquidation of inventory. We also acquired CACHE’s intellectual property and lease designation rights for all retail locations which we expect to market to strategic buyers and monetize these assets. The liquidation sale of inventory was completed in April 2015.

 

In March 2015, the Company had capital deployed for three retail liquidation engagements. On March 10, 2015, we borrowed $4.5 million from Riley Investment Partners, L.P. (“RIP”) in accordance with the subordinated unsecured promissory note (the “RIP Note”). The borrowings are for short-term working capital needs and capital for other retail liquidation engagements. The principal amount of $4.5 million for the RIP Note accrues interest at the rate of 10% per annum (or 15% in the event of a default under the RIP Note). The RIP is also is entitled to a success fee (the “Success Fee”) of 20% of the net profit, if any, earned by the Company in connection with a designated liquidation transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the RIP Note, under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to pay to RIP any portion of the combined amount of interest and the Success Fee which exceeds twelve percent (12%) of the $4.5 million principal amount of the RIP Note. The outstanding principal amount, together with the accrued and unpaid interest and the Success Fee, are due and payable by us on March 9, 2016. The RIP Note is subordinated in certain respects to our guaranty relating to our existing credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and, in the event of certain insolvency proceedings, with respect to such credit facility itself, as well as to any other indebtedness of ours to the extent required by the documents governing the repayment thereof. Riley Investment Management LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is the general partner of RIP. Bryant Riley, the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, owns or controls approximately 45% of the equity interests of the RIP. In addition, Thomas Kelleher, the President of the Company, and one other employee of the Company, own or control de minimis amounts of the equity interests of the RIP. After considering the economic interests of Mr. Riley and Mr. Kelleher in the RIP Note and comparing the terms of the RIP Note to terms that may have been available from unaffiliated third parties, the disinterested members of our Board of Directors unanimously approved the issuance of the RIP Note. The RIP Note was repaid on May 4, 2015 in accordance with its terms.

 

27
 

 

In April 2015, the Company formed GACP I, L.P. (“GACP”), a direct lending fund that will focus on providing asset-based debt loans to middle market companies. One of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries is the general partner in GACP. In connection with the formation of GACP, the Company has committed to invest $5.0 million in exchange for an ownership interest of 5% of GACP.

 

Revenues from the operations of BRC and MK Capital are reflected in the capital markets segment and totaled $9.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and $19.4 million for the period from June 18, 2014 to December 31, 2014. Capital markets segment revenues from the for the three months ended March 31, 2015 include revenues from investment banking fees of $6.2 million, commissions and other income primarily earned from research, wealth management and sales and trading of $3.4 million, and trading losses of $0.4 million. Capital markets segment revenues for the period June 18, 2018 to December 31, 2014 include revenues from investment banking fees of $10.3 million, commissions and other income primarily earned from research, sales and trading of $7.8 million, and trading income of $1.3 million.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and on other factors that management believes to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Critical accounting policies represent the areas where more significant judgments and estimates are used in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements. A discussion of such critical accounting policies, which include revenue recognition, valuation of securities, reserves for accounts receivable and slow moving goods held for sale or auction, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, the fair value of mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and accounting for income tax valuation allowances can be found in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. There have been no material changes to the policies noted above as of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2015.

 

28
 

 

Results of Operations

 

The following period to period comparisons of our financial results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    Three Months     Three Months  
    March 31, 2015     March 31, 2014  
    Amount     %     Amount     %  
Revenues:                                
Services and fees   $ 21,584       82.9 %   $ 12,385       57.2 %
Sale of goods     4,447       17.1 %     9,268       42.8 %
Total revenues     26,031       100.0 %     21,653       100.0 %
                                 
Operating expenses:                                
Direct cost of services     6,778       26.0 %     6,059       28.0 %
Cost of goods sold     890       3.4 %     9,064       41.8 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses     12,901       49.6 %     7,788       36.0 %
Total operating expenses     20,569       79.0 %     22,911       105.8 %
Operating income (loss)     5,462       21.0 %     (1,258 )     -5.8 %
Other income (expense):                                
Interest income     2       0.0 %     2       0.0 %
Interest expense     (253 )     -1.0 %     (628 )     -2.9 %
Income (loss) before income taxes     5,211       20.0 %     (1,884 )     -8.7 %
(Provision) benefit for income taxes     (1,775 )     -6.8 %     814       3.8 %
Net income (loss)     3,436       13.2 %     (1,070 )     -4.9 %
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     754       2.9 %     264       1.2 %
Net (loss) income attributable to B. Riley Financial, Inc.   $ 2,682       10.3 %   $ (1,334 )     -6.2 %

 

 

Revenues.

 

The table below and the discussion that follows are based on how we analyze our business.

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015
    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2014
    Change  
    Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  
                                     
Revenues - Serivces and Fees:                                                
Auction and Liquidation segment   $ 5,122       19.6 %   $ 5,145       23.8 %   $ (23 )     -0.4 %
Valuation and Appraisal segment     7,254       27.9 %     7,240       33.4 %     14       0.2 %
Capital Markets segment     9,208       35.4 %     -       n/m       9,208       n/m  
Subtotal     21,584       82.9 %     12,385       57.2 %     9,199       74.3 %
                                                 
Revenues - Sale of goods                                                
Auction and Liquidation     4,447       17.1 %     9,268       42.8 %     (4,821 )     -52.0 %
                                                 
Total revenues   $ 26,031       100.0 %   $ 21,653       100.0 %   $ 4,378       20.2 %

___________________

n/m - Not applicable or not meaningful.

 

29
 

 

Total revenues increased $4.4 million, or 20.2%, to $26.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $21.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due to an increase in revenues from services and fees of $9.2 million; offset by a decrease in revenues from the sale of goods of $4.8 million. The increase in revenues from services and fees of $9.2 million in 2015 was primarily due to an increase in revenues of $9.2 million from our capital markets segment which includes the operating results from the operations of BRC which we acquired on June 18, 2014 and the operations of MK Capital which we acquired on February 2, 2015. The decrease in revenues in the auction and liquidation segment from the sale of goods of $4.8 million in 2015 was primarily due to a decrease in the sale of wholesale and industrial equipment where we acquired title to the equipment and sold the equipment at auction. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, we did not have any of these types of wholesale and industrial engagements. The $4.4 million of revenues from the sale of goods in 2015 was primarily due to the sale of retail goods related to the retail liquidation engagement of Schoenenreus, a retailer of men’s, women’s and children’s shoes, clothing and accessories that operated 121 retail locations throughout the Netherlands. We acquired title to the retail goods from the bankruptcy trustee of Schoenenreus in March 2015 for $3.2 million and we sold all of the retail goods in the months of March and April 2015.

 

Revenues from services and fees in the auction and liquidation segment were $5.1 million during the each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. Revenues from services and fees from wholesale and industrial auctions and the sale of fixtures in connection with our retail liquidation services engagements were $2.4 million during each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. Revenues from retail liquidation engagements were $2.4 million during each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. Revenues from services and fees related to retail liquidation engagements in the United States were $2.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase from $1.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. We did not have any significant revenues from services and fees related to liquidation engagements in Europe during the three months ended March 31, 2015. In the comparable period in 2014, we had $1.3 million of revenues from services and fees related to retail liquidation engagements in Europe. Revenues from services and fees related to real estate and capital advisory engagements were $0.3 million during each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Revenues from services and fees in the valuation and appraisal segment increased $0.1 million, to $7.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $7.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in revenues was primarily due increases of (a) $0.2 million related to appraisal engagements where we perform valuations for the monitoring of collateral for financial institutions, lenders, and private equity investors and (b) $0.3 million for appraisals of machinery and equipment and intellectual property. These increases were offset by a decrease in revenues of $0.4 million from our appraisal operations in the United Kingdom which we restructured in the third quarter of 2014.

 

Revenues from services and fees in the capital markets segment were $9.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. Capital markets segment revenues include revenues from BRC during the current quarter related to investment banking fees of $6.2 million, commissions and other income primarily earned from research, sales and trading of $3.1 million, and trading losses of $0.4 million. Capital markets segment revenues also includes revenues from MK Capital for the period from February 2, 2015 to March 31, 2015 in the amount of $0.3 million related to wealth management services.

 

Sale of Goods, Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

 

Revenues from the sale of goods of $4.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due to the sale of retail goods related to the retail liquidation engagement of Schoenenreus. Costs of goods sold was $0.9 million resulting in a gross margin of $3.5 or 80.0% during the three months ended March 31, 2015. Revenues from the sale of goods of $9.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 primarily related to one large wholesale and industrial auction engagement that was completed in the first quarter of 2014. Cost of goods sold was $9.1 million resulting in a gross margin of $0.2 million or 2.2% during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Direct Costs of Services. Direct cost of services and direct cost of services measured as a percentage of revenues – services and fees by segment during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended March 31, 2015     Three Months Ended March 31, 2014  
    Auction and     Valuation and           Auction and     Valuation and        
    Liquidation     Appraisal           Liquidation     Appraisal        
    Segment     Segment     Total     Segment     Segment     Total  
                                     
Revenues - Services and fees   $ 5,122     $ 7,254             $ 5,145     $ 7,240          
Direct cost of services     3,583       3,195     $ 6,778       2,705       3,354     $ 6,059  
                                                 
Gross margin on services and fees   $ 1,539     $ 4,059             $ 2,440     $ 3,886          
                                                 
Gross margin percentage     30.0 %     56.0 %             47.4 %     53.7 %        

  

30
 

 

Total direct costs increased $0.5 million, to $6.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $5.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. Direct costs of services in the auction and liquidation segment increased $0.9 million to $3.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $2.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in expenses was primarily due to an increase in the number of fee and commission type engagements in 2015 where we contractually bill fees, commissions and reimbursable expenses as compared to the same period in 2014. Direct costs of services in the valuation and appraisal services segment decreased $0.5 million, to $2.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease in direct costs of services in the valuation and appraisal segment was primarily due to a slight decrease in headcount from productivity and efficiencies we gained in 2015.

 

Gross margin in the auction and liquidation segment for services and fees decreased to 30.0% of revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2015, as compared to 47.4% of revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease in the gross margin during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due to a change in the mix of fee type engagements in 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014. In the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had revenues of $1.3 million related to fee type engagements in Europe where we earn a higher margin as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 where most of our fee type engagements were in the United States where we earn a lower margin.

 

Gross margins in the valuation and appraisal segment increased to 61.4% of revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2015 as compared to 56.4% of revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in the gross margin is primarily to due to the increased productivity we experienced during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from the increase in business and revenues from the appraisals for machinery and equipment as compared to the same period in 2014.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 were comprised of the following:

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015
    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2014
    Change  
    Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  
                                     
Auction and Liquidation segment   $ 1,974       15.3 %   $ 2,782       35.7 %   $ (808 )     -29.0 %
Valuation and Appraisal segment     2,222       17.2 %     2,613       33.6 %     (391 )     -15.0 %
Capital Markets segment     6,602       51.2 %     -       n/a       6,602       n/a  
Corporate and Other segment     2,103       16.3 %     2,393       30.7 %     (290 )     -12.1 %
Total selling, general & administrative expenses   $ 12,901       100.0 %   $ 7,788       100.0 %   $ 5,113       65.7 %

  

Total selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.1 million, or 65.7%, to $12.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $7.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $6.6 million in the capital markets segment as a result of the acquisition of BRC on June 18, 2014 and MK Capital on February 2, 2015, offset by decreases in selling general and administrative expenses of (a) $0.8 million in the auction and liquidation segment, (b) $0.4 million in the valuation and appraisal segment and (c) $0.3 million in corporate and other.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses in the auction and liquidation segment decreased $0.8 million, or 29.0%, to $2.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in payroll and other operating expenses of $0.6 million related to the former operations of our GA Keen real estate advisory services division and a decrease in operating expenses of $0.2 million related to capital advisory services business and our retail liquidation operations in the United Kingdom that we restructured in 2014.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses in the valuation and appraisal segment decreased $0.4 million, or 15.0%, to $2.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease in operating expenses of $0.4 million was primarily due to a decrease in operating expenses from our valuation and appraisal business in Europe resulting from the restructuring of the operations in the third quarter of 2014.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for corporate and other decreased $0.3 million, or 12.1%, to $2.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in payroll and related expenses as a result of the restructuring in the third quarter of 2014 which resulted in a reduction of corporate headcount and the closure of our office in Deerfield, Illinois.

 

31
 

 

Other Income (Expense). Other income consisted of interest income that was less than $0.1 million during each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. Other expense is comprised of interest expense which totaled $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $0.3 million from interest expense of $0.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease in interest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense of $0.5 million as a result of the early repayment of a portion of the principal balance of the related party notes payable that accrued interest at 12.0% in January 2014, the retirement of $48.8 million of face amount of long-term debt payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen on June 5, 2014 and the repayment of the remaining principal balance of the related party notes payable of $1.0 million on July 31, 2014 as more fully discussed in Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. The decrease in interest expense was offset by an increase in interest expense of $0.2 million related to the related party note payable, note payable from the acquisition of MK Capital and an increase in interest expense on the revolving line of credit.

 

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes. Income before income taxes was $5.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 as compared to a loss before income taxes of $1.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in income before income taxes of $7.1 million in such period in 2015 as compared to the loss in such period in 2014 was primarily due to an increase in operating income of (a) $3.3 million in our auction and liquidation segment, (b) $2.6 million in our capital markets segment, (c) $0.5 million in our valuation and appraisal segment, and (d) a decrease in corporate overhead and interest expense of $0.6 million as discussed above.

 

(Provision) Benefit For Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was $1.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 as compared to a benefit for income taxes of $0.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The effective income tax rate was 34.1% during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and a benefit of 43.2% during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

 

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests represents the proportionate share of net income generated by Great American Global Partners, LLC in 2015 and 2014 that we do not own. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $0.8 million and $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company. Net income attributable to the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $2.7 million compared to a net loss of $1.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in net income during the three months ended March 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 was primarily due to the increase in operating income in each of our three operating segments and a decrease in corporate overhead and interest expense as more fully described above.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our operations are funded through a combination of existing cash on hand, cash generated from operations, proceeds from the private placement of common stock, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and special purposes financing arrangements.  On June 5, 2014, we completed a private placement of 10,289,300 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $5.00 per share and raised net proceeds of $51.2 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 we generated net income of $2.7 million and during the year ended December 31, 2014 we generated a net loss of $5.8 million. Our cash flows and profitability are impacted by the number and size of retail liquidation and capital markets engagements performed on a quarterly and annual basis. Our cash flow from operations historically was also impacted by the interest expense and debt service requirements on the $50.5 million in principal of subordinated, unsecured promissory notes. On June 5, 2014, we used $30.2 million of the proceeds from the Private Placement to repay long-term debt payable to Andrew Gumaer and Harvey Yellen, both of whom were executive officers and directors of the Company at the time of such repayment. The $30.0 million principal payment and then outstanding accrued interest of $0.2 million retired the entire $48.8 million face amount of the long-term debt at a discount of $18.8 million. The discount of $18.8 million has been recorded as a capital contribution to additional paid in capital in our consolidated financial statements. On July 31, 2014, principal payments totaling $1.0 million were paid in accordance with the terms of the other subordinated, unsecured promissory notes, which represented the remaining outstanding principal amount on such notes. As of August 1, 2014, there is no remaining outstanding principal or interest payable on such notes. Cash provided by operations was $17.4 million and $5.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had $10.3 million of unrestricted cash, $25.7 million of restricted cash, net investments in securities of $9.7 million, and $1.9 million of borrowings outstanding on our revolving credit facility and $9.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our asset based credit facility and note payable –related party. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, funds available under our asset based credit facility and cash expected to be generated from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. We continue to monitor our financial performance to ensure sufficient liquidity to fund operations and execute on our business plan.

 

32
 

 

From time to time, we may decide to pay dividends which will be dependent upon our financial condition and results of operations. The declaration and payment of any future dividends or repurchases of our common stock will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, capital expenditures, and other factors that may be deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

 

Cash Flow Summary

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2015     2014  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Net cash provided by (used in):                
Operating activities   $ 17,342     $ 5,292  
Investing activities     (20,573 )     209  
Financing activities     (8,009 )     (7,507 )
Effect of foreign currecy on cash     (29 )     43  
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents   $ (11,269 )   $ (1,963 )

 

Cash provided by operating activities was $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $12.0 million from the $5.3 million of cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Net cash used in investing activities was $20.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to cash provided by investing activities of $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. Net cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily comprised $2.5 million of cash used in connection with the acquisition of MK Capital, an increase in restricted cash of $18.0 million and $0.1 million of cash used to purchase property and equipment. The increase in restricted cash of $18.0 million was primarily the result the use of cash to collateralize letters of credit that were required in accordance with the terms of certain retail liquidation engagements that we were contracted to provide services for in the first quarter of 2015. Cash used in financing activities was $8.0 million and $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 consisted of $14.0 million used to repay a portion of the balance outstanding on our asset based credit facility and $0.3 million of distributions to noncontrolling interests, offset by proceeds from borrowings of $1.8 million under our revolving credit facility and proceeds of $4.5 million from borrowings from the note payable – related party.

 

Contingent Consideration

 

In connection with the acquisition of MK Capital on February 2, 2015 for a total purchase price of $9.4 million, at closing $2.5 million of the purchase price was paid in cash and 333,333 newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $2.7 million were issues to the former members of MK Capital. The purchase agreement also requires the payment of contingent consideration in the form of future cash payments with a fair value of $2.2 million and the issuance of common stock with a fair value of $2.0 million. The contingent cash consideration of $2.2 million payable to the former members of MK Capital represents the fair value of the contingent cash consideration of $1.25 million due on the first anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2016) and a final cash payment of $1.25 million due on the second anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2017), with imputed interest expense calculated at 8% per annum. The contingent stock consideration of $2.0 million is comprised the issuance of 166,667 shares of common stock on the first anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2016) and 166,666 shares of common stock on the second anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2017). The contingent cash and stock consideration is payable on the first and second anniversary dates of the closing provided that MK Capital generates a minimum amount of gross revenues as defined in the purchase agreement for the twelve months following the first and second anniversary dates of the closing.

 

Credit Agreements

 

From time to time, we utilize our asset based credit facility to fund costs and expenses incurred in connection with liquidation engagements. We also utilize this credit facility in order to issue letters of credit in connection with liquidation engagements conducted on a guaranteed basis. Subject to certain limitations and offsets, we are permitted to borrow up to $100.0 million under the credit facility, less the aggregate principal amount borrowed under the UK Credit Agreement (if in effect), and the maturity date has been extended from July 16, 2013 to July 15, 2018. Borrowings under the credit facility are only made at the discretion of the lender and are generally required to be repaid within 180 days. The interest rate for each revolving credit advance under the related credit agreement is, subject to certain terms and conditions, equal to the LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% to 3.25% depending on the type of advance and the percentage such advance represents of the related transaction for which such advance is provided. On March 19, 2014, the Company entered into a separate credit agreement (a “UK Credit Agreement”) with an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association which provides for the financing of transactions in the United Kingdom. The facility allows the Company to borrow up to 50 million British Pounds. Any borrowings on the UK Credit Agreement reduce the availability on the asset based $100.0 million credit facility. The UK Credit Agreement is cross collateralized and integrated in certain respects with the Credit Agreement. The credit facility is secured by the proceeds received for services rendered in connection with the liquidation service contracts pursuant to which any outstanding loan or letters of credit are issued and the assets that are sold at liquidation related to such contract, if any. The credit facility also provides for success fees in the amount of 5% to 20% of the net profits, if any, earned on liquidation engagements that are financed under the credit facility as set forth in the related credit agreement. We typically seek borrowings on an engagement-by- engagement basis. The credit agreement governing the credit facility contains certain covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company’s ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance under the credit facility for borrowings was $4.5 million and $18.5 million, respectively. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were letters of credit outstanding for two retail liquidation engagements in the amount of $25.5 million and $8.6 million, respectively.

 

33
 

 

On May 29, 2008, Great American Group Energy Equipment, LLC (“GAGEE”) entered into a credit agreement to finance the purchase of oil rigs and other equipment related to the oil exploration business to be sold at auction or liquidation. Under the original credit agreement, the principal amount of the loan was $12.0 million and borrowings bear interest at a rate of 20% per annum. The loan is collateralized by the oil rigs and other equipment related to the oil exploration business that was purchased with the proceeds from the loan. GAGEE is required to make principal and interest payments from proceeds from the sale of the oil rigs and other equipment related to the oil exploration business. GAGEE is a special purpose entity created to purchase the oil rigs and other equipment related to the oil exploration business, whose assets consist only of the oil rigs and other equipment related to the oil exploration business in question and whose liabilities are limited to the lenders’ note and certain operational expenses related to this transaction. Under the Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated March 19, 2012, the maturity date of the note payable was extended to December 31, 2012 with an interest rate of 0% through maturity. GAGEE entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement effective December 31, 2012 which extended the maturity date of the note payable to December 31, 2013 and the interest rate remained at 0% through maturity. GAGEE entered into a Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement effective December 31, 2013 which extended the maturity date of the note payable to June 30, 2015 and the interest rate remained at 0% through maturity. The Third, Fourth and Fifth Amendments to the Credit Agreement also provided for the lender to reimburse GAGEE for certain expenses from proceeds of the sale or lease of the assets that collateralize the note payable. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the lease payments collected from the lease of four oil rigs was used to reduce the outstanding note payable balance by $0.3 million, to $6.6 million at December 31, 2014. GAG, LLC guaranteed GAGEE’s liabilities to the lenders up to a maximum of $1.2 million. GAG, LLC made a payment of $1.2 million on October 9, 2009 in full satisfaction of its guaranty under the credit agreement, which reduced the principal amount of borrowings and interest due under the credit agreement. The credit agreement does not provide for other recourse against us, GAG, LLC or any of our other subsidiaries.

 

On January 11, 2015, GAGEE filed a voluntary petition with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas for relief under Chapter 7 of Title 11 of the United States Code (as amended, the "Bankruptcy Code"). At December 31, 2014, GAGEE had total assets of $6.5 million and total liabilities of $6.6 million. Total assets included $2.5 million of other receivables included in prepaid and other current assets and $4.0 million of goods held for sale which was comprised of five oil rigs, see Note 5 to our condensed consolidated financial statements. Total liabilities included the $6.6 million of notes payable discussed above that is collateralized by the assets of GAGEE.  Under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code the assets of GAGEE will be liquidated and the resulting cash proceeds will be used by the bankruptcy trustee to pay creditors.  As a result of the bankruptcy filing on January 11, 2015, the assets and liabilities of GAGEE described above are no longer consolidated in the Company's consolidated financial statements for periods subsequent to the bankruptcy filing.   At the present time, management does not expect the bankruptcy of GAGEE to have a material impact on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

 

Accounts Receivable Line of Credit

 

On May 17, 2011, one of our majority owned subsidiaries entered into an Accounts Receivable Line of Credit with a finance company. Proceeds from the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit were used to pay off borrowings under the factoring agreement.  The Accounts Receivable Line of Credit is collateralized by the accounts receivable of our majority owned subsidiary and allows for borrowings in the amount of 85% of the net face amount of prime accounts, as defined in the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit, with maximum borrowings not to exceed $2.0 million. The interest rate under the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit is the prime rate plus 2%, payable monthly in arrears. The Accounts Receivable Line of Credit was amended effective February 3, 2012 and the maximum borrowings allowed increased from $2.0 million to $3.0 million. The maturity date of the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit is February 3, 2016 and the maturity date may be extended for successive periods equal to one year, unless our majority owned subsidiary gives the finance company written notice of its intent to terminate the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit at least thirty days prior to the maturity date of the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit. The finance company has the right to terminate the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit at its sole discretion upon giving sixty days’ prior written notice. In connection with the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit, GAG, LLC entered into a limited continuing guaranty of our majority owned subsidiary’s obligations under the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit. Borrowings outstanding under the Accounts Receivable Line of Credit were $1.9 million and $0.1 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

34
 

 

Promissory Notes and Other Borrowings

 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $48.8 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding owed to Andrew Gumaer, a member of our Board of Directors and an executive officer, and Harvey Yellen, a former director and executive officer, all of which accrued interest at 3.75%. In addition, there was $1.7 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding payable to other related parties, $1.0 million of which accrued interest at 3.75% and $0.7 million of which accrue interest at 12.0%. On January 31, 2014, the Company paid in full the $0.7 million of principal balance for the notes that had the 12.0% interest rate. The remaining $1.0 million principal amount payable had a maturity date of July 31, 2014. The $48.8 million principal amount payable to Messrs. Gumaer and Yellen had a maturity date of July 31, 2018.

 

On June 5, 2014, we used $30.2 million of the net proceeds from the Private Placement to repay the principal amount and accrued interest owing to Messrs. Gumaer and Yellen. The $30.0 million principal payment and then outstanding accrued interest of $0.2 million retired the entire $48.8 million face amount of such outstanding notes. The discount of $18.8 million for the repayment of the notes payable was recorded as a capital contribution to additional paid in capital in our consolidated financial statements. On July 31, 2014, the remaining outstanding principal amount of $1.0 million was paid in full to the other related parties. As of August 1, 2014, there is no remaining outstanding principal or interest payable on the notes payable to related parties.

 

On March 10, 2015, the Company borrowed $4.5 million from Payee in accordance with the RIP Note. The principal amount of $4.5 million for the RIP Note accrues interest at the rate of 10% per annum (or 15% in the event of a default under the RIP Note). The borrowings are for short-term working capital needs and capital for other retail liquidation engagements. The Payee is also is entitled to the Success Fee of 20% of the net profit, if any, earned by the Company in connection with a designated liquidation transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the RIP Note, under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to pay to Payee any portion of the combined amount of interest and the Success Fee which exceeds twelve percent (12%) of the $4.5 million principal amount of the RIP Note. The outstanding principal amount, together with the accrued and unpaid interest and the Success Fee, are due and payable by the Company on March 9, 2016. The RIP Note is subordinated in certain respects to the Company’s guaranty relating to its existing credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and, in the event of certain insolvency proceedings, with respect to such credit facility itself, as well as to any other indebtedness of the Company to the extent required by the documents governing the repayment thereof. The RIP Note was repaid on May 4, 2015.

 

Riley Investment Management LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is the general partner of Payee. Bryant Riley, the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, owns or controls approximately 45% of the equity interests of the Payee. In addition, Thomas Kelleher, the President of the Company, and one other employee of the Company, own or control de minimis amounts of the equity interests of the Payee. After considering the economic interests of Mr. Riley and Mr. Kelleher in the RIP Note and comparing the terms of the RIP Note to terms that may have been available from unaffiliated third parties, the disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors unanimously approved the issuance of the RIP Note.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements and do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities or entered into any options on non-financial assets.

 

New Accounting Standards

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued guidance which makes targeted amendments to current consolidation guidance. Among other things, the standard changes the manner in which we would assesses one of the characteristics of variable interest entities (VIEs) and introduces a separate analyses specific to limited partnerships and similar entities (such as Nutra SA) for assessing if the equity holders at risk lack decision making. Limited partnerships and similar entities will be a VIE unless the limited partners hold substantive kick-out rights or participating rights. A right to liquidate an entity is akin to a kick-out right. Guidance for limited partnerships under the voting model has been eliminated. A limited partner and similar partners with a controlling financial interest obtained through substantive kick out rights would consolidate a limited partnership or similar entity. The guidance is effective for our annual and interim periods beginning in 2016. Early adoption is allowed. We have not yet determined the impact that the new guidance will have on our results of operations and financial position and have not yet determined if we will early adopt the standard.

 

35
 

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” The update requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of being presented as an asset. Debt disclosures will include the face amount of the debt liability and the effective interest rate. The update requires retrospective application and represents a change in accounting principle. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The adoption of this statement will impact future presentation and disclosures of the financial statements.

 

36
 

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We carried out an evaluation required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of our fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2015. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of March 31, 2015.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes to our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter covered by this Quarterly Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Inherent Limitation on Effectiveness of Controls

 

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures. These limitations include the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures and reasonable resource constraints. In addition, because we have designed our system of controls based on certain assumptions, which we believe are reasonable, about the likelihood of future events, our system of controls may not achieve its desired purpose under all possible future conditions. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurance, but not absolute assurance, of achieving their objectives.

 

37
 

 

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

 

From time to time, we are involved in litigation arising out of our operations. We believe that we are not currently a party to any proceedings the adverse outcome of which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Given the nature of our operations and services we provide, a wide range of factors could materially affect our operations and profitability. Changes in competitive, market and economic conditions also affect our operations. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known or that are currently considered to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations or stock price. If any of the following risks or uncertainties occurs, our business, financial condition or operating results could materially suffer.

 

Our revenues and results of operations are volatile and difficult to predict.

 

Our revenues and results of operations fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, due to a number of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    Our ability to attract new clients and obtain additional business from our existing client base;

 

    The number, size and timing of mergers and acquisition transactions, capital raising transactions and other strategic advisory services where we act as an adviser on our auction and liquidation and investment banking engagements;

 

    The extent to which we acquire assets for resale, or guarantee a minimum return thereon, and our ability to resell those assets at favorable prices;

 

    Variability in the mix of revenues from the auction and liquidation and valuation and appraisal services businesses;

 

    The rate of growth of new service areas;

 

    The types of fees we charge clients, or other financial arrangements we enter into with clients; and

 

    Changes in general economic and market conditions.

 

We have limited or no control over some of the factors set forth above and, as a result, may be unable to forecast our revenues accurately. For example, our investment banking revenues are typically earned upon the successful completion of a transaction, the timing of which is uncertain and beyond our control. A client’s acquisition transaction may be delayed or terminated because of a failure to agree upon final terms with the counterparty, failure to obtain necessary regulatory consents or board or stockholder approvals, failure to secure necessary financing, adverse market conditions or unexpected financial or other problems in the business of a client or a counterparty. If the parties fail to complete a transaction on which we are advising or an offering in which we are participating, we will earn little or no revenue from the contemplated transaction.

 

We rely on projections of revenues in developing our operating plans for the future and will base our expectations regarding expenses on these projections and plans. If we inaccurately forecast revenues and/or earnings, or fail to accurately project expenses, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for these inaccuracies and, as a result, may suffer operating losses and such losses could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. If, for any reason, we fail to meet company, investor or analyst projections of revenue, growth or earnings, the market price of the common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Conditions in the financial markets and general economic conditions have impacted and may continue to impact our ability to generate business and revenues, which may cause significant fluctuations in our stock price.

 

Our business has in the past, and may in the future, be materially affected by conditions in the financial market and general economic conditions, such as the level and volatility of interest rates, investor sentiment, the availability and the cost of credit, the U.S. mortgage market, the U.S. real estate market, volatile energy prices, consumer confidence, unemployment, and geopolitical issues. Further, certain aspects of our business are cyclical in nature and changes in the current economic environment may require us to adjust our sales and marketing practices and react to different business opportunities and modes of competition. If we are not successful in reacting to changing economic conditions, we may lose business opportunities which could harm our financial condition. For example, we are more likely to conduct auctions and liquidations in connection with insolvencies and store closures during periods of economic downturn relative to periods of economic expansion. Conversely, during an economic downturn, financial institutions that provide asset-based loans typically reduce the number of loans made, which reduces their need for our valuation and appraisal services.  

 

38
 

 

In addition, weakness or disruption in equity markets and diminished trading volume of securities could adversely impact our sales and trading business in the future. Any industry-wide declines in the size and number of underwritings and mergers and acquisitions transactions could also have an adverse effect on our investment banking revenues. Reductions in the trading prices for equity securities tend to reduce the transaction value of investment banking transactions, such as underwriting and mergers and acquisitions transactions, which in turn may reduce the fees we earn from these transactions. Market conditions may also affect the level and volatility of securities prices and the liquidity and value of investments in our funds and proprietary inventory, and we may not be able to manage our business’s exposure to these market conditions. In addition to these factors, deterioration in the financial markets or economic conditions could materially affect our investment banking business in other ways, including the following:

  

    Our opportunity to act as underwriter or placement agent could be adversely affected by a reduction in the number and size of capital raising transactions or by competing government sources of equity.

 

    The number and size of mergers and acquisitions transactions or other strategic advisory services where we act as adviser could be adversely affected by continued uncertainties in valuations related to asset quality and creditworthiness, volatility in the equity markets, and diminished access to financing.

 

    Market volatility could lead to a decline in the volume of transactions that we execute for our customers and, therefore, to a decline in the revenue we receive from commissions and spreads.

 

    We may experience losses in securities trading activities, or as a result of write-downs in the value of securities that we own, as a result of deteriorations in the businesses or creditworthiness of the issuers of such securities.

 

    We may experience losses or write downs in the realizable value of our proprietary investments due to the inability of companies we invest in to repay their borrowings.

 

    Our access to liquidity and the capital markets could be limited, preventing us from making proprietary investments and restricting our sales and trading businesses.

 

    We may incur unexpected costs or losses as a result of the bankruptcy or other failure of companies for which we have performed investment banking services to honor ongoing obligations such as indemnification or expense reimbursement agreements.

 

    Sudden sharp declines in market values of securities can result in illiquid markets and the failure of counterparties to perform their obligations, which could make it difficult for us to sell securities, hedge securities positions, and invest funds under management.

 

    As an introducing broker to clearing firms, we are responsible to the clearing firm and could be held liable for the defaults of our customers, including losses incurred as the result of a customer’s failure to meet a margin call. When we allow customers to purchase securities on margin, we are subject to risks inherent in extending credit. This risk increases when a market is rapidly declining and the value of the collateral held falls below the amount of a customer’s indebtedness. If a customer’s account is liquidated as the result of a margin call, we are liable to our clearing firm for any deficiency.

 

    Competition in our investment banking, sales, and trading businesses could intensify as a result of the increasing pressures on financial services companies and larger firms competing for transactions and business that historically would have been too small for them to consider.

 

    Market volatility could result in lower prices for securities, which may result in reduced management fees calculated as a percentage of assets under management.

 

    Market declines could increase claims and litigation, including arbitration claims from customers.

 

    Our industry could face increased regulation as a result of legislative or regulatory initiatives. Compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

 

    Government intervention may not succeed in improving the financial and credit markets and may have negative consequences for our business.

 

It is difficult to predict how long current financial market and economic conditions will continue, whether they will deteriorate and if they do, which of our business lines will be adversely affected. If one or more of the foregoing risks occurs, our revenues are likely to decline and, if we were unable to reduce expenses at the same pace, our profit margins could erode.

   

39
 

 

We focus principally on specific sectors of the economy in our investment banking operations, and deterioration in the business environment in these sectors or a decline in the market for securities of companies within these sectors could harm our business.

 

We focus principally on five target industries in our investment banking operations: consumer goods, consumer services, defense, industrials and technology. Volatility in the business environment in these industries or in the market for securities of companies within these industries could adversely affect our financial results and the market value of our common stock. The business environment for companies in some of these industries has been subject to high levels of volatility in recent years, and our financial results have consequently been subject to significant variations from year to year. The market for securities in each of our target industries may also be subject to industry-specific risks. For example, we have research, investment banking and principal investments focused in the areas of defense. This sector has been subject to U.S. Department of Defense budget cuts as well as by disruptions in the financial markets and downturns in the general economy.  The consumer goods and services sectors are subject to consumer spending trends, which have been volatile, to mall traffic trends, which have been down, to the availability of credit, and to broader trends such as the rise of Internet retailers.  Emerging markets have driven the growth of certain consumer companies but emerging market economies are fragile, subject to wide swings in GDP, and subject to changes in foreign currencies.  The technology industry has been volatile, driven by evolving technology trends, by technological obsolescence, by enterprise spending, and by changes in the capital spending trends of major corporations and government agencies around the world. 

 

Our investment banking operations focus on various sectors of the economy, and we also depend significantly on private company transactions for sources of revenues and potential business opportunities. Most of these private company clients are initially funded and controlled by private equity firms. To the extent that the pace of these private company transactions slows or the average transaction size declines due to a decrease in private equity financings, difficult market conditions in our target industries or other factors, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

 

Underwriting and other corporate finance transactions, strategic advisory engagements and related sales and trading activities in our target industries represent a significant portion of our investment banking business. This concentration of activity in our target industries exposes us to the risk of declines in revenues in the event of downturns in these industries.

 

Our corporate finance and strategic advisory engagements are singular in nature and do not generally provide for subsequent engagements.

 

Our investment banking clients generally retain us on a short-term, engagement-by-engagement basis in connection with specific corporate finance, merger and acquisition transactions (often as an advisor in company sale transactions) and other strategic advisory services, rather than on a recurring basis under long-term contracts. As these transactions are typically singular in nature and our engagements with these clients may not recur, we must seek new engagements when our current engagements are successfully completed or are terminated. As a result, high activity levels in any period are not necessarily indicative of continued high levels of activity in any subsequent period. If we are unable to generate a substantial number of new engagements that generate fees from new or existing clients, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The asset management business is intensely competitive.

 

Over the past several years, the size and number of asset management funds, including hedge funds and mutual funds, has continued to increase. If this trend continues, it is possible that it will become increasingly difficult for our funds to raise capital. More significantly, the allocation of increasing amounts of capital to alternative investment strategies by institutional and individual investors leads to a reduction in the size and duration of pricing inefficiencies. Many alternative investment strategies seek to exploit these inefficiencies and, in certain industries, this drives prices for investments higher, in either case increasing the difficulty of achieving targeted returns. In addition, if interest rates were to rise or there were to be a prolonged bull market in equities, the attractiveness of our funds relative to investments in other investment products could decrease. Competition is based on a variety of factors, including:

 

    investment performance;

 

    investor perception of the drive, focus and alignment of interest of an investment manager;

 

    quality of service provided to and duration of relationship with investors;

 

    business reputation; and

 

    level of fees and expenses charged for services.

 

40
 

 

We compete in the asset management business with a large number of investment management firms, private equity fund sponsors, hedge fund sponsors and other financial institutions. A number of factors serve to increase our competitive risks, as follows:

 

    investors may develop concerns that we will allow a fund to grow to the detriment of its performance;

 

    some of our competitors have greater capital, lower targeted returns or greater sector or investment strategy specific expertise than we do, which creates competitive disadvantages with respect to investment opportunities;

 

    some of our competitors may perceive risk differently than we do which could allow them either to outbid us for investments in particular sectors or, generally, to consider a wider variety of investments;

 

    there are relatively few barriers to entry impeding new asset management firms, and the successful efforts of new entrants into our various lines of business, including former “star” portfolio managers at large diversified financial institutions as well as such institutions themselves, will continue to result in increased competition; and

 

    other industry participants in the asset management business continuously seek to recruit our best and brightest investment professionals away from us.

 

   These and other factors could reduce our earnings and revenues and adversely affect our business. In addition, if we are forced to compete with other alternative asset managers on the basis of price, we may not be able to maintain our current base management and incentive fee structures. We have historically competed primarily on the performance of our funds, and not on the level of our fees relative to those of our competitors. However, there is a risk that fees in the alternative investment management industry will decline, without regard to the historical performance of a manager, including our managers. Fee reductions on our existing or future funds, without corresponding decreases in our cost structure, would adversely affect our revenues and distributable earnings.

 

Poor investment performance may decrease assets under management and reduce revenues from and the profitability of our asset management business.

 

Revenues from our asset management business are primarily derived from asset management fees. Asset management fees are generally comprised of management and incentive fees. Management fees are typically based on assets under management, and incentive fees are earned on a quarterly or annual basis only if the return on our managed accounts exceeds a certain threshold return, or “highwater mark,” for each investor. We will not earn incentive fee income during a particular period, even when a fund had positive returns in that period, if we do not generate cumulative performance that surpasses a highwater mark. If a fund experiences losses, we will not earn incentive fees with regard to investors in that fund until its returns exceed the relevant highwater mark.

 

In addition, investment performance is one of the most important factors in retaining existing investors and competing for new asset management business. Investment performance may be poor as a result of the current or future difficult market or economic conditions, including changes in interest rates or inflation, terrorism or political uncertainty, our investment style, the particular investments that we make, and other factors. Poor investment performance may result in a decline in our revenues and income by causing (i) the net asset value of the assets under our management to decrease, which would result in lower management fees to us, (ii) lower investment returns, resulting in a reduction of incentive fee income to us, and (iii) investor redemptions, which would result in lower fees to us because we would have fewer assets under management.

 

To the extent our future investment performance is perceived to be poor in either relative or absolute terms, the revenues and profitability of our asset management business will likely be reduced and our ability to grow existing funds and raise new funds in the future will likely be impaired.

 

The historical returns of our funds may not be indicative of the future results of our funds.

 

The historical returns of our funds should not be considered indicative of the future results that should be expected from such funds or from any future funds we may raise. Our rates of returns reflect unrealized gains, as of the applicable measurement date, which may never be realized due to changes in market and other conditions not in our control that may adversely affect the ultimate value realized from the investments in a fund. The returns of our funds may have also benefited from investment opportunities and general market conditions that may not repeat themselves, and there can be no assurance that our current or future funds will be able to avail themselves of profitable investment opportunities. Furthermore, the historical and potential future returns of the funds we manage also may not necessarily bear any relationship to potential returns on our common stock.

 

41
 

 

Our asset management clients may generally redeem their investments, which could reduce our asset management fee revenues.

 

Our asset management fund agreements generally permit investors to redeem their investments with us after an initial “lockup” period during which redemptions are restricted or penalized. However, any such restrictions may be waived by us. Thereafter, redemptions are permitted at specified intervals. If the return on the assets under our management does not meet investors’ expectations, investors may elect to redeem their investments and invest their assets elsewhere, including with our competitors. Our management fee revenues correlate directly to the amount of assets under our management; therefore, redemptions may cause our fee revenues to decrease. Investors may decide to reallocate their capital away from us and to other asset managers for a number of reasons, including poor relative investment performance, changes in prevailing interest rates which make other investments more attractive, changes in investor perception regarding our focus or alignment of interest, dissatisfaction with changes in or a broadening of a fund’s investment strategy, changes in our reputation, and departures or changes in responsibilities of key investment professionals. For these and other reasons, the pace of redemptions and corresponding reduction in our assets under management could accelerate. In the future, redemptions could require us to liquidate assets under unfavorable circumstances, which would further harm our reputation and results of operations.

 

We are subject to risks in using custodians.

 

Our asset management subsidiary and its managed funds depend on the services of custodians to settle and report securities transactions. In the event of the insolvency of a custodian, our funds might not be able to recover equivalent assets in whole or in part as they will rank among the custodian’s unsecured creditors in relation to assets which the custodian borrows, lends or otherwise uses. In addition, cash held by our funds with the custodian will not be segregated from the custodian’s own cash, and the funds will therefore rank as unsecured creditors in relation thereto.

 

We may suffer losses if our reputation is harmed.

 

Our ability to attract and retain customers and employees may be diminished to the extent our reputation is damaged. If we fail, or are perceived to fail, to address various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, we could harm our business prospects. These issues include, but are not limited to, appropriately dealing with market dynamics, potential conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, ethical issues, customer privacy, record-keeping, sales and trading practices, and the proper identification of the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our products and services. Failure to appropriately address these issues could give rise to loss of existing or future business, financial loss, and legal or regulatory liability, including complaints, claims and enforcement proceedings against us, which could, in turn, subject us to fines, judgments and other penalties. In addition, our capital markets operations depend to a large extent on our relationships with our clients and reputation for integrity and high-caliber professional services to attract and retain clients. As a result, if a client is not satisfied with our services, it may be more damaging in our business than in other businesses.

 

Our capital markets operations are highly dependent on communications, information and other systems and third parties, and any systems failures could significantly disrupt our capital markets business.

 

Our data and transaction processing, custody, financial, accounting and other technology and operating systems are essential to our capital markets operations. A system malfunction (due to hardware failure, capacity overload, security incident, data corruption, etc.) or mistake made relating to the processing of transactions could result in financial loss, liability to clients, regulatory intervention, reputational damage and constraints on our ability to grow. We outsource a substantial portion of our critical data processing activities, including trade processing and back office data processing. We also contract with third parties for market data and other services. In the event that any of these service providers fails to adequately perform such services or the relationship between that service provider and us is terminated, we may experience a significant disruption in our operations, including our ability to timely and accurately process transactions or maintain complete and accurate records of those transactions.

 

Adapting or developing our technology systems to meet new regulatory requirements, client needs, expansion and industry demands also is critical for our business. Introduction of new technologies present new challenges on a regular basis. We have an ongoing need to upgrade and improve our various technology systems, including our data and transaction processing, financial, accounting, risk management and trading systems. This need could present operational issues or require significant capital spending. It also may require us to make additional investments in technology systems and may require us to reevaluate the current value and/or expected useful lives of our technology systems, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

 

42
 

 

Secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our internal and outsourced computer systems and networks also is critically important to our business. We take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant. However, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code, inadvertent, erroneous or intercepted transmission of information (including by e-mail), and other events that could have an information security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our clients' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients', our counterparties' or third parties' operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us.

 

A disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business due to fire, natural disaster, health emergency (for example, a disease pandemic), power or communication failure, act of terrorism or war may affect our ability to service and interact with our clients. If we are not able to implement contingency plans effectively, any such disruption could harm our results of operations.

 

The growth of electronic trading and the introduction of new technology in the markets in which our market-making business operates may adversely affect this business and may increase competition.

 

The continued growth of electronic trading and the introduction of new technologies is changing our market-making business and presenting new challenges. Securities, futures and options transactions are increasingly occurring electronically, through alternative trading systems. It appears that the trend toward alternative trading systems will continue to accelerate. This acceleration could further increase program trading, increase the speed of transactions and decrease our ability to participate in transactions as principal, which would reduce the profitability of our market-making business. Some of these alternative trading systems compete with our market-making business and with our algorithmic trading platform, and we may experience continued competitive pressures in these and other areas. Significant resources have been invested in the development of our electronic trading systems, which includes our ATM business, but there is no assurance that the revenues generated by these systems will yield an adequate return on the investment, particularly given the increased program trading and increased percentage of stocks trading off of the historically manual trading markets.

 

Pricing and other competitive pressures may impair the revenues of our sales and trading business.

 

We derive a significant portion of our revenues for our investment banking operations from our sales and trading business. There has been intense price competition and trading volume reduction in this business in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute trades electronically and through alternative trading systems has increased the downward pressure on per share trading commissions and spreads. We expect these trends toward alternative trading systems and downward pricing pressure in the business to continue. We believe we may experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by competing on the basis of price or by using their own capital to facilitate client trading activities. In addition, we face pressure from our larger competitors, which may be better able to offer a broader range of complementary products and services to clients in order to win their trading business. These larger competitors may also be better able to respond to changes in the research, brokerage and investment banking industries, to compete for skilled professionals, to finance acquisitions, to fund internal growth and to compete for market share generally. As we are committed to maintaining and improving our comprehensive research coverage in our target sectors to support our sales and trading business, we may be required to make substantial investments in our research capabilities to remain competitive. If we are unable to compete effectively in these areas, the revenues of our sales and trading business may decline, and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.

 

Some of our large institutional sales and trading clients in terms of brokerage revenues have entered into arrangements with us and other investment banking firms under which they separate payments for research products or services from trading commissions for sales and trading services, and pay for research directly in cash, instead of compensating the research providers through trading commissions (referred to as “soft dollar” practices). In addition, we have entered into certain commission sharing arrangements in which institutional clients execute trades with a limited number of brokers and instruct those brokers to allocate a portion of the commission directly to us or other broker-dealers for research or to an independent research provider. If more of such arrangements are reached between our clients and us, or if similar practices are adopted by more firms in the investment banking industry, it may further increase the competitive pressures on trading commissions and spreads and reduce the value our clients place on high quality research. Conversely, if we are unable to make similar arrangements with other investment managers that insist on separating trading commissions from research products, volumes and trading commissions in our sales and trading business also would likely decrease.

 

43
 

 

Larger and more frequent capital commitments in our trading and underwriting businesses increase the potential for significant losses.

 

Certain financial services firms make larger and more frequent commitments of capital in many of their activities. For example, in order to win business, some investment banks increasingly commit to purchase large blocks of stock from publicly traded issuers or significant stockholders, instead of the more traditional marketed underwriting process in which marketing is typically completed before an investment bank commits to purchase securities for resale. We may participate in this activity and, as a result, we may be subject to increased risk. Conversely, if we do not have sufficient regulatory capital to so participate, our business may suffer. Furthermore, we may suffer losses as a result of the positions taken in these transactions even when economic and market conditions are generally favorable for others in the industry.

 

We may increasingly commit our own capital as part of our trading business to facilitate client sales and trading activities. The number and size of these transactions may adversely affect our results of operations in a given period. We may also incur significant losses from our sales and trading activities due to market fluctuations and volatility in our results of operations. To the extent that we own assets, i.e., have long positions, in any of those markets, a downturn in the value of those assets or in those markets could result in losses. Conversely, to the extent that we have sold assets we do not own, i.e., have short positions, in any of those markets, an upturn in those markets could expose us to potentially large losses as we attempt to cover our short positions by acquiring assets in a rising market.

 

We have made and may make principal investments in relatively high-risk, illiquid assets that often have significantly leveraged capital structures, and we may fail to realize any profits from these activities for a considerable period of time or lose some or all of the principal amount we invest in these activities.

 

We may purchase equity securities and, to a lesser extent, debt securities, in venture capital, seed and other high risk financings of early-stage, pre-public or “mezzanine stage”, distressed situations and turnaround companies, as well as funds or other collective investment vehicles. We risk the loss of capital we have invested in these activities.

 

We may use our capital, including on a leveraged basis in proprietary investments in both private company and public company securities that may be illiquid and volatile. The equity securities of a privately-held entity in which we make a proprietary investment are likely to be restricted as to resale and may otherwise be highly illiquid. In the case of fund or similar investments, our investments may be illiquid until such investment vehicles are liquidated. We expect that there will be restrictions on our ability to resell the securities of any such company that we acquire for a period of at least six months after we acquire those securities. Thereafter, a public market sale may be subject to volume limitations or dependent upon securing a registration statement for an initial and potentially secondary public offering of the securities. We may make principal investments that are significant relative to the overall capitalization of the investee company and resales of significant amounts of these securities might be subject to significant limitations and adversely affect the market and the sales price for the securities in which we invest. In addition, our principal investments may involve entities or businesses with capital structures that have significant leverage. The large amount of borrowing in the leveraged capital structure increases the risk of losses due to factors such as rising interest rates, downturns in the economy or deteriorations in the condition of the investment or its industry. In the event of defaults under borrowings, the assets being financed would be at risk of foreclosure, and we could lose our entire investment.

 

Even if we make an appropriate investment decision based on the intrinsic value of an enterprise, we cannot assure you that general market conditions will not cause the market value of our investments to decline. For example, an increase in interest rates, a general decline in the stock markets, or other market and industry conditions adverse to companies of the type in which we invest and intend to invest could result in a decline in the value of our investments or a total loss of our investment.

 

In addition, some of these investments are, or may in the future be, in industries or sectors which are unstable, in distress or undergoing some uncertainty. Further, the companies in which we invest may rely on new or developing technologies or novel business models, or concentrate on markets which are or may be disproportionately impacted by pressures in the financial services and/or mortgage and real estate sectors, have not yet developed and which may never develop sufficiently to support successful operations, or their existing business operations may deteriorate or may not expand or perform as projected. Such investments may be subject to rapid changes in value caused by sudden company-specific or industry-wide developments. Contributing capital to these investments is risky, and we may lose some or all of the principal amount of our investments. There are no regularly quoted market prices for a number of the investments that we make. The value of our investments is determined using fair value methodologies described in valuation policies, which may consider, among other things, the nature of the investment, the expected cash flows from the investment, bid or ask prices provided by third parties for the investment and the trading price of recent sales of securities (in the case of publicly-traded securities), restrictions on transfer and other recognized valuation methodologies. The methodologies we use in valuing individual investments are based on estimates and assumptions specific to the particular investments. Therefore, the value of our investments does not necessarily reflect the prices that would actually be obtained by us when such investments are sold. Realizations at values significantly lower than the values at which investments have been reflected in values would result in loses of potential incentive income and principal investments.

 

44
 

 

We may experience write downs of our investments and other losses related to the valuation of our investments and volatile and illiquid market conditions.

 

In our proprietary investment activities, our concentrated holdings, illiquidity and market volatility may make it difficult to value certain of our investment securities. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the values of these securities in future periods. In addition, at the time of any sales and settlements of these securities, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to take write downs in the value of our investment and securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

 

Our underwriting and market-making activities may place our capital at risk.

 

We may incur losses and be subject to reputational harm to the extent that, for any reason, we are unable to sell securities we purchased as an underwriter at the anticipated price levels. As an underwriter, we also are subject to heightened standards regarding liability for material misstatements or omissions in prospectuses and other offering documents relating to offerings we underwrite. Further, even though underwriting agreements with issuing companies typically include a right to indemnification in favor of the underwriter for these offerings to cover potential liability from any material misstatements or omissions, indemnification may be unavailable or insufficient in certain circumstances, for example if the issuing company has become insolvent. As a market maker, we may own large positions in specific securities, and these undiversified holdings concentrate the risk of market fluctuations and may result in greater losses than would be the case if our holdings were more diversified.

 

Our businesses, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets or whose securities or obligations we hold.

 

The amount and duration of our credit exposures have been increasing over the past year, as have the breadth and size of the entities to which we have credit exposures. We are exposed to the risk that third parties that owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Declines in the market value of securities can result in the failure of buyers and sellers of securities to fulfill their settlement obligations, and in the failure of our clients to fulfill their credit obligations. During market downturns, counterparties to us in securities transactions may be less likely to complete transactions. In addition, particularly during market downturns, we may face additional expenses defending or pursuing claims or litigation related to counterparty or client defaults.

 

Our businesses may be adversely affected by the disruptions in the credit markets, including reduced access to credit and liquidity and higher costs of obtaining credit.

 

In the event existing internal and external financial resources do not satisfy our needs, we would have to seek additional outside financing. The availability of outside financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as our financial condition and results of operations, the availability of acceptable collateral, market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, and the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry.

 

Widening credit spreads, as well as significant declines in the availability of credit, could adversely affect our ability to borrow on an unsecured basis. Disruptions in the credit markets could make it more difficult and more expensive to obtain funding for our businesses. If our available funding is limited or we are forced to fund our operations at a higher cost, these conditions may require us to curtail our business activities and increase our cost of funding, both of which could reduce our profitability, particularly in our businesses that involve investing and taking principal positions.

 

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to financial services firms, including ours. Failures of financial institutions have often been attributable in large part to insufficient liquidity. Liquidity is of particular importance to our sales and trading business, and perceived liquidity issues may affect the willingness of our clients and counterparties to engage in sales and trading transactions with us. Our liquidity could be impaired due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects our sales and trading clients, third parties or us. Further, our ability to sell assets may be impaired if other market participants are seeking to sell similar assets at the same time.

 

45
 

 

Our clients engaging us with respect to mergers and acquisitions often rely on access to the secured and unsecured credit markets to finance their transactions. The lack of available credit and the increased cost of credit could adversely affect the size, volume and timing of our clients’ merger and acquisition transactions—particularly large transactions—and adversely affect our investment banking business and revenues.

 

We have experienced losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability.

 

Our profitability in each reporting period is impacted by the number and size of retail liquidation and capital markets engagements we perform on a quarterly or annual basis. It is possible that we will continue to experience losses with respect to our current operations as we continue to expand our operations. In addition, we expect that our operating expenses will increase to the extent that we grow our business. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenues to achieve or maintain profitability.

 

Because of their significant stock ownership, some of our existing stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

 

Our executive officers, directors and their affiliates own or control, in the aggregate, approximately 30.8% of our outstanding common stock as of March 31, 2015. In particular, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bryant R. Riley, owns or controls, in the aggregate, 3,944,410 shares of our common stock or 24.2% of our outstanding common stock as of March 31, 2015. These stockholders are able to exercise influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, such as the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, including transactions involving an actual or potential change of control of the company or other transactions that non-controlling stockholders may not deem to be in their best interests. This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:

 

    deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company;

 

    impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover, or other business combination involving our company;

 

    causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders; or

 

    discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

We may incur losses as a result of “guarantee” based engagements that we enter into in connection with our auction and liquidation solutions business.

 

In many instances, in order to secure an engagement, we are required to bid for that engagement by guaranteeing to the client a minimum amount that such client will receive from the sale of inventory or assets. Our bid is based on a variety of factors, including: our experience, expertise, perceived value added by engagement, valuation of the inventory or assets and the prices we believe potential buyers would be willing to pay for such inventory or assets. An inaccurate estimate of any of the above or inaccurate valuation of the assets or inventory could result in us submitting a bid that exceeds the realizable proceeds from any engagement. If the liquidation proceeds, net of direct operating expenses, are less than the amount we guaranteed in our bid, we will incur a loss. Therefore, in the event that the proceeds, net of direct operating expenses, from an engagement are less than the bid, the value of the assets or inventory decline in value prior to the disposition or liquidation, or the assets are overvalued for any reason, we may suffer a loss and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Losses due to any auction or liquidation engagement may cause us to become unable to make payments due to our creditors and may cause us to default on our debt obligations.

 

We have three engagement structures for our auction and liquidation services: (i) a “fee” based structure under which we are compensated for our role in an engagement on a commission basis, (ii) purchase on an outright basis (and take title to) the assets or inventory of the client, and (iii) “guarantee” to the client that a certain amount will be realized by the client upon the sale of the assets or inventory based on contractually defined terms in the auction or liquidation contract. We bear the risk of loss under the purchase and guarantee structures of auction and liquidation contracts. If the amount realized from the sale or disposition of assets, net of direct operating expenses, does not equal or exceed the purchase price (in purchase transaction), we will recognize a loss on the engagement, or should the amount realized, net of direct operating expenses, not equal or exceed the “guarantee,” we are still required to pay the guaranteed amount to the client.

 

46
 

 

We could incur losses in connection with outright purchase transactions in which we engage as part of our auction and liquidation solutions business.

 

When we conduct an asset disposition or liquidation on an outright purchase basis, we purchase from the client the assets or inventory to be sold or liquidated and therefore, we hold title to any assets or inventory that we are not able to sell. In other situations, we may acquire assets from our clients if we believe that we can identify a potential buyer and sell the assets at a premium to the price paid. We store these unsold or acquired assets and inventory until they can be sold or, alternatively, transported to the site of a liquidation of comparable assets or inventory that we are conducting. If we are forced to sell these assets for less than we paid, or are required to transport and store assets multiple times, the related expenses could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

We depend on financial institutions as primary clients for our valuation and appraisal business. Consequently, the loss of any financial institutions as clients may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

A majority of the revenue from our valuation and appraisal business is derived from engagements by financial institutions. As a result, any loss of financial institutions as clients of our valuation and advisory services, whether due to changing preferences in service providers, failures of financial institutions or mergers and consolidations within the finance industry, could significantly reduce the number of existing, repeat and potential clients, thereby adversely affecting our revenues. In addition, any larger financial institutions that result from mergers or consolidations in the financial services industry could have greater leverage in negotiating terms of engagements with us, or could decide to internally perform some or all of the valuation and appraisal services which we currently provide to one of the constituent institutions involved in the merger or consolidation or which we could provide in the future. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our valuation and appraisal business.

 

We may face liability or harm to our reputation as a result of a claim that we provided an inaccurate appraisal or valuation and our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the liability.

 

We could face liability in connection with a claim by a client that we provided an inaccurate appraisal or valuation on which the client relied. Any claim of this type, whether with or without merit, could result in costly litigation, which could divert management’s attention and company resources and harm our reputation. Furthermore, if we are found to be liable, we may be required to pay damages. While our appraisals and valuations are typically provided only for the benefit of our clients, if a third party relies on an appraisal or valuation and suffers harm as a result, we may become subject to a legal claim, even if the claim is without merit. We carry insurance for liability resulting from errors or omissions in connection with our appraisals and valuations; however, the coverage may not be sufficient if we are found to be liable in connection with a claim by a client or third party.

 

We could be forced to mark down the value of certain assets acquired in connection with outright purchase transactions.

 

In most instances, inventory is reported on the balance sheet at its historical cost; however, according to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, inventory whose historical cost exceeds its market value should be valued conservatively, which dictates a lower value should apply. Accordingly, should the replacement cost (due to technological obsolescence or otherwise), or the net realizable value of any inventory we hold be less than the cost paid to acquire such inventory (purchase price), we will be required to “mark down” the value of such inventory held. If the value of any inventory held on our balance sheet, including, but not limited to, oil rigs and other equipment related to the oil exploration business and airplane parts, is required to be written down, such write down could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

 

We operate in highly competitive industries. Some of our competitors may have certain competitive advantages, which may cause us to be unable to effectively compete with or gain market share from our competitors.

 

We face competition with respect to all of our service areas. The level of competition depends on the particular service area and category of assets being liquidated or appraised. We compete with other companies and investment banks to help clients with their corporate finance and capital needs. In addition, we compete with companies and online services in the bidding for assets and inventory to be liquidated. The demand for online solutions continues to grow and our online competitors include other e-commerce providers, auction websites such as eBay, as well as government agencies and traditional liquidators and auctioneers that have created websites to further enhance their product offerings and more efficiently liquidate assets. We expect the market to become even more competitive as the demand for such services continues to increase and traditional and online liquidators and auctioneers continue to develop online and offline services for disposition, redeployment and remarketing of wholesale surplus and salvage assets. In addition, manufacturers, retailers and government agencies may decide to create their own websites to sell their own surplus assets and inventory and those of third parties.

 

47
 

 

We also compete with other providers of valuation and advisory services. Competitive pressures within the valuation and appraisal services market, including a decrease in the number of engagements and/or a decrease in the fees which can be charged for these services, could affect revenues from our valuation and appraisal services as well as our ability to engage new or repeat clients. We believe that given the relatively low barriers to entry in the valuation and appraisal services market, this market may become more competitive as the demand for such services increases.

 

Some of our competitors may be able to devote greater financial resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, secure merchandise from sellers on more favorable terms, adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory availability policies and devote more resources to website and systems development than we are able to do. Any inability on our part to effectively compete could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, growth potential and results of operations.

 

We compete with specialized investment banks to provide financial and investment banking services to small and middle-market companies. Middle-market investment banks provide access to capital and strategic advice to small and middle-market companies in our target industries. We compete with those investment banks on the basis of a number of factors, including client relationships, reputation, the abilities of our professionals, transaction execution, innovation, price, market focus and the relative quality of our products and services. We have experienced intense competition over obtaining advisory mandates in recent years, and we may experience pricing pressures in our investment banking business in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain increased market share by reducing fees. Competition in the middle-market may further intensify if larger Wall Street investment banks expand their focus to this sector of the market. Increased competition could reduce our market share from investment banking services and our ability to generate fees at historical levels.

 

We also face increased competition due to a trend toward consolidation. In recent years, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the financial services industry. This trend was amplified in connection with the unprecedented disruption and volatility in the financial markets during the past several years, and, as a result, a number of financial services companies have merged, been acquired or have fundamentally changed their respective business models. Many of these firms may have the ability to support investment banking, including financial advisory services, with commercial banking, insurance and other financial services in an effort to gain market share, which could result in pricing pressure in our businesses.

 

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, we may not be able to compete successfully in our industry.

 

Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of senior management and the ability to attract and retain other highly qualified management personnel. We face competition for management from other companies and organizations; therefore, we may not be able to retain our existing personnel or fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover at existing compensation levels. Although we have entered into employment agreements with key members of the senior management team, there can be no assurances such key individuals will remain with us. The loss of any of our executive officers or other key management personnel would disrupt our operations and divert the time and attention of our remaining officers and management personnel which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and potential for growth.

 

We also face competition for highly skilled employees with experience in our industry, which requires a unique knowledge base. We may be unable to recruit or retain other existing technical, sales and client support personnel that are critical to our ability to execute our business plan.

 

We frequently use borrowings under credit facilities in connection with our guaranty engagements, in which we guarantee a minimum recovery to the client, and outright purchase transactions.

 

In engagements where we operate on a guaranty or purchase basis, we are typically required to make an upfront payment to the client. If the upfront payment is less than 100% of the guarantee or the purchase price in a “purchase” transaction, we may be required to make successive cash payments until the guarantee is met or we may issue a letter of credit in favor of the client. Depending on the size and structure of the engagement, we may borrow under our credit facilities and may be required to issue a letter of credit in favor of the client for these additional amounts. If we lose any availability under our credit facilities, are unable to borrow under credit facilities and/or issue letters of credit in favor of clients, or borrow under credit facilities and/or issue letters of credit on commercially reasonable terms, we may be unable to pursue large liquidation and disposition engagements, engage in multiple concurrent engagements, pursue new engagements or expand our operations. We are required to obtain approval from the lenders under our existing credit facilities prior to making any borrowings thereunder in connection with a particular engagement. Any inability to borrow under our credit facilities, or enter into one or more other credit facilities on commercially reasonable terms may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and growth.

  

48
 

 

Defaults under our credit agreements could have an adverse impact on our ability to finance potential engagements.

 

The terms of our credit agreements contain a number of events of default. Should we default under any of our credit agreements in the future, lenders may take any or all remedial actions set forth in such credit agreement, including, but not limited to, accelerating payment and/or charging us a default rate of interest on all outstanding amounts, refusing to make any further advances or issue letters of credit, or terminating the line of credit. As a result of our reliance on lines of credit and letters of credit, any default under a credit agreement, or remedial actions pursued by lenders following any default under a credit agreement, may require us to immediately repay all outstanding amounts, which may preclude us from pursuing new liquidation and disposition engagements and may increase our cost of capital, each of which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we cannot meet our future capital requirements, we may be unable to develop and enhance our services, take advantage of business opportunities and respond to competitive pressures.

 

We may need to raise additional funds in the future to grow our business internally, invest in new businesses, expand through acquisitions, enhance our current services or respond to changes in our target markets. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or equity derivative securities, the issuance of these securities could result in dilution to our existing stockholders. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities, the terms of that debt could impose additional restrictions on our operations or harm our financial condition. Additional financing may be unavailable on acceptable terms.

 

We are subject to net capital and other regulatory capital requirements; failure to comply with these rules would significantly harm our business.

 

B. Riley & Co., LLC, our broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the net capital requirements of the SEC, FINRA, and various self-regulatory organizations of which it is a member. These requirements typically specify the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer must maintain and also mandate that a significant part of its assets be kept in relatively liquid form. Failure to maintain the required net capital may subject a firm to limitation of its activities, including suspension or revocation of its registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by FINRA and other regulatory bodies, and ultimately may require its liquidation. Failure to comply with the net capital rules could have material and adverse consequences, such as:

 

    limiting our operations that require intensive use of capital, such as underwriting or trading activities; or

 

    restricting us from withdrawing capital from our subsidiaries, when our broker-dealer subsidiary has more than the minimum amount of required capital. This, in turn, could limit our ability to implement our business and growth strategies, pay interest on and repay the principal of our debt and/or repurchase our shares.

  

In addition, a change in the net capital rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation, or amount of net capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or any large charge against net capital, could have similar adverse effects.

 

Furthermore, B. Riley & Co., LLC is subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from it to B. Riley Financial, Inc. As a holding company, B. Riley Financial, Inc. depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments, if any, and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. As a result, regulatory actions could impede access to funds that B. Riley Financial, Inc. needs to make payments on obligations, including debt obligations, or dividend payments. In addition, because B. Riley Financial, Inc. holds equity interests in the firm’s subsidiaries, its rights as an equity holder to the assets of these subsidiaries may not materialize, if at all, until the claims of the creditors of these subsidiaries are first satisfied.

 

We may incur losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.

 

We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through operational and compliance reporting systems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms. Our investing and trading processes seek to balance our ability to profit from investment and trading positions with our exposure to potential losses. While we employ limits and other risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate economic and financial outcomes or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. Thus, we may, in the course of our investment and trading activities, incur losses, which may be significant.

 

In addition, we are investing our own capital in our funds and funds of funds as well as principal investing activities, and limitations on our ability to withdraw some or all of our investments in these funds or liquidate our investment positions, whether for legal, reputational, illiquidity or other reasons, may make it more difficult for us to control the risk exposures relating to these investments.

 

49
 

 

  Our risk management policies and procedures may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.

 

Our risk management strategies and techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk. We seek to manage, monitor and control our operational, legal and regulatory risk through operational and compliance reporting systems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms; however, there can be no assurance that our procedures will be fully effective. Further, our risk management methods may not effectively predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, some of our risk management methods are based on an evaluation of information regarding markets, clients and other matters that are based on assumptions that may no longer be accurate. A failure to adequately manage our growth, or to effectively manage our risk, could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

We are exposed to the risk that third parties that owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure, and breach of contract or other reasons. We are also subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances. As an introducing broker, we could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers. These may present credit concerns, and default risks may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect, foresee or reasonably guard against. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely affect us. If any of the variety of instruments, processes and strategies we utilize to manage our exposure to various types of risk are not effective, we may incur losses.

 

Our common stock price may fluctuate substantially, and your investment could suffer a decline in value.

 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including, among other things:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    announcements of significant contracts and transactions by us or our competitors;

 

    sale of common stock or other securities in the future;

 

    the trading volume of our common stock;

 

    changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors; and

 

    general economic conditions.

  

In addition, the stock market in general and the market for shares traded on the OTCBB in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

 

There is a limited market for our common shares and the trading price of our common shares is subject to volatility.

 

Our common shares began trading on the OTCBB in August 2009, following the completion of the Acquisition. The trading market for our common shares is limited and an active trading market may not develop. Selling our common shares may be difficult because the limited trading market for our shares on the OTCBB could result in lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask prices of our shares, as well as lower trading volume. 

 

50
 

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue new series of preferred stock that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, which could adversely affect the value of your shares.

 

Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that our board of directors will be authorized to issue from time to time, without further stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each series, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, rights of redemption, including sinking fund provisions, redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of any series. Such shares of preferred stock could have preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights. We may issue additional preferred stock in ways which may delay, defer or prevent a change of control of our company without further action by our stockholders. Such shares of preferred stock may be issued with voting rights that may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock by increasing the number of outstanding shares having voting rights, and by the creation of class or series voting rights.

 

Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control and could also limit the market price of our stock.

 

Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our bylaws, as amended, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. For example, while such structure is currently in the process of being phased out by 2017 following amendments we adopted in October 2014, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws historically provided that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors, with each class elected at a separate election. Until such phase-out is complete, the existence of a staggered board could delay or prevent a potential acquirer from obtaining majority control of our board, and thus defer potential acquisitions. We are also governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors, including delaying or impeding a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest or other change of control transaction involving our company. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could prevent the consummation of a transaction in which our stockholders could receive a substantial premium over the then current market price for their shares.

 

We may incur significant loss of revenues from European operations in connection with the restructuring and reduction of our European operations.

 

As a result of the strategic review of our operations we conducted in connection with our acquisition of BRC, we implemented cost savings measures in the third quarter of 2014 that resulted in a reduction in corporate overhead and the restructuring of our operations in Europe, including a reduction in force for some of our corporate employees and a significant number of our employees in the United Kingdom. In connection with such strategic review, we also restructured our UK appraisal business whereby we entered into a joint marketing and strategic alliance with an entity owned and controlled by our former UK appraisal senior management. As a result of such restructuring and reductions in force, revenues from our operations in Europe are expected to significantly decrease in the future.

 

Our ability to use net loss carryovers to reduce our taxable income may be limited.

 

As a result of the common stock offering that was completed on June 5, 2014, the Company had a more than 50% ownership shift in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Accordingly, the Company may be limited to the amount of net operating loss that may be utilized in future taxable years depending on the Company’s actual taxable income. As of December 31, 2014, the Company believes that the net operating loss that existed as of the more than 50% ownership shift will be utilized in future tax periods before the loss carryforwards expire and it is more-likely-than-not that future taxable earnings will be sufficient to realize its deferred tax assets and has not provided an allowance. However, to the extent that the Company is unable to utilize such net operating loss, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

51
 

 

Financial services firms have been subject to increased scrutiny over the last several years, increasing the risk of financial liability and reputational harm resulting from adverse regulatory actions.

 

Firms in the financial services industry have been operating in a difficult regulatory environment which we expect will become even more stringent in light of recent well-publicized failures of regulators to detect and prevent fraud. The industry has experienced increased scrutiny from a variety of regulators, including the SEC, the NYSE, FINRA and state attorneys general. Penalties and fines sought by regulatory authorities have increased substantially over the last several years. This regulatory and enforcement environment has created uncertainty with respect to a number of transactions that had historically been entered into by financial services firms and that were generally believed to be permissible and appropriate. We may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Each of the regulatory bodies with jurisdiction over us has regulatory powers dealing with many aspects of financial services, including, but not limited to, the authority to fine us and to grant, cancel, restrict or otherwise impose conditions on the right to carry on particular businesses. For example, a failure to comply with the obligations imposed by the Exchange Act on broker-dealers and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 on investment advisers, including record-keeping, advertising and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities, or by the Investment Company Act of 1940, could result in investigations, sanctions and reputational damage. We also may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or foreign governmental regulatory authorities or FINRA or other self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have adverse financial effects on us or cause reputational harm to us, which could harm our business prospects.

 

In addition, financial services firms are subject to numerous conflicts of interests or perceived conflicts. The SEC and other federal and state regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest. We have adopted various policies, controls and procedures to address or limit actual or perceived conflicts and regularly review and update our policies, controls and procedures. However, appropriately addressing conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to appropriately address conflicts of interest. Our policies and procedures to address or limit actual or perceived conflicts may also result in increased costs and additional operational personnel. Failure to adhere to these policies and procedures may result in regulatory sanctions or litigation against us. For example, the research operations of investment banks have been and remain the subject of heightened regulatory scrutiny which has led to increased restrictions on the interaction between equity research analysts and investment banking professionals at securities firms. Several securities firms in the U.S. reached a global settlement in 2003 and 2004 with certain federal and state securities regulators and self-regulatory organizations to resolve investigations into the alleged conflicts of interest of research analysts, which resulted in rules that have imposed additional costs and limitations on the conduct of our business. 

  

Asset management businesses have experienced a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries which have resulted in increased scrutiny within the industry and new rules and regulations for mutual funds, investment advisors and broker-dealers. We are registered as an investment advisor with the SEC and the regulatory scrutiny and rulemaking initiatives may result in an increase in operational and compliance costs or the assessment of significant fines or penalties against our asset management business, and may otherwise limit our ability to engage in certain activities. In addition, the SEC staff has conducted studies with respect to soft dollar practices in the brokerage and asset management industries and proposed interpretive guidance regarding the scope of permitted brokerage and research services in connection with soft dollar practices. The SEC staff has indicated that it is considering additional rulemaking in this and other areas, and we cannot predict the effect that additional rulemaking may have on our asset management or brokerage business or whether it will be adverse to us. In addition, Congress is currently considering imposing new requirements on entities that securitize assets, which could affect our credit activities. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could make compliance more difficult and expensive and affect the manner in which we conduct business.  

 

Recently enacted financial reforms and related regulations may negatively affect our business activities, financial position and profitability.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) institutes a wide range of reforms that will impact financial services firms and requires significant rule-making. In addition, the legislation mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. For example, in January 2011 the SEC released its mandated study on the effectiveness of current legal and regulatory standards for broker-dealers and investment advisers, which may result in the imposition of fiduciary duties on broker-dealers. The legislation and regulation of financial institutions, both domestically and internationally, include calls to increase capital and liquidity requirements; limit the size and types of the activities permitted; and increase taxes on some institutions. FINRA’s oversight over broker-dealers and investment advisors may be expanded, and new regulations on having investment banking and securities analyst functions in the same firm may be created. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rule making procedures and studies and will take effect over several years. As a result, we cannot assess the impact of these new legislative and regulatory changes on our business at the present time. However, these legislative and regulatory changes could affect our revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities, impact the value of assets that we hold, require us to change certain of our business practices, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise adversely affect our businesses. If we do not comply with current or future legislation and regulations that apply to our operations, we may be subject to fines, penalties or material restrictions on our businesses in the jurisdiction where the violation occurred. Accordingly, such new legislation or regulation could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

 

52
 

 

Our failure to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

 

As we have expanded the number and scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to our and our funds’ and clients’ investment and other activities. Certain of our funds have overlapping investment objectives, including funds which have different fee structures, and potential conflicts may arise with respect to our decisions regarding how to allocate investment opportunities among ourselves and those funds. For example, a decision to acquire material non-public information about a company while pursuing an investment opportunity for a particular fund gives rise to a potential conflict of interest when it results in our having to restrict the ability of the Company or other funds to take any action.

 

In addition, there may be conflicts of interest regarding investment decisions for funds in which our officers, directors and employees, who have made and may continue to make significant personal investments in a variety of funds, are personally invested. Similarly, conflicts of interest may exist or develop regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities between the Company and the funds.

 

We also have potential conflicts of interest with our investment banking and institutional clients including situations where our services to a particular client or our own proprietary or fund investments or interests conflict or are perceived to conflict with a client. It is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to investor or client dissatisfaction or litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny of, or litigation in connection with, conflicts of interest would have a material adverse effect on our reputation, which would materially adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including as a result of redemptions by our investors from our hedge funds, an inability to raise additional funds and a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us.

 

Our exposure to legal liability is significant, and could lead to substantial damages.

 

We face significant legal risks in our businesses. These risks include potential liability under securities laws and regulations in connection with our capital markets, asset management and other businesses. The volume and amount of damages claimed in litigation, arbitrations, regulatory enforcement actions and other adversarial proceedings against financial services firms have increased in recent years. We also are subject to claims from disputes with our employees and our former employees under various circumstances. Risks associated with legal liability often are difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude can remain unknown for significant periods of time, making the amount of legal reserves related to these legal liabilities difficult to determine and subject to future revision. Legal or regulatory matters involving our directors, officers or employees in their individual capacities also may create exposure for us because we may be obligated or may choose to indemnify the affected individuals against liabilities and expenses they incur in connection with such matters to the extent permitted under applicable law. In addition, like other financial services companies, we may face the possibility of employee fraud or misconduct. The precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases and there can be no assurance that we will be able to deter or prevent fraud or misconduct. Exposures from and expenses incurred related to any of the foregoing actions or proceedings could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, future results of operations could be adversely affected if reserves relating to these legal liabilities are required to be increased or legal proceedings are resolved in excess of established reserves.

 

Misconduct by our employees or by the employees of our business partners could harm us and is difficult to detect and prevent.

 

There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees in the financial services industry in recent years, and we run the risk that employee misconduct could occur at our firm. For example, misconduct could involve the improper use or disclosure of confidential information, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm. It is not always possible to deter misconduct and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases. Our ability to detect and prevent misconduct by entities with whom we do business may be even more limited. We may suffer reputational harm for any misconduct by our employees or those entities with whom we do business.

 

53
 

 

We may not pay dividends regularly or at all in the future.

 

Prior to the declaration of a dividend by our Board of Directions on October 29, 2014, we historically have not paid dividends on shares of our capital stock. From time to time, we may decide to pay dividends which will be dependent upon our financial condition and results of operations. Our Board of Directors may reduce or discontinue dividends at any time for any reason it deems relevant and there can be no assurances that we will continue to generate sufficient cash to pay dividends, or that we will continue to pay dividends with the cash that we do generate. The determination regarding the payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, and there can be no assurances that we will continue to generate sufficient cash to pay dividends, or that we will pay dividends in future periods.

 

54
 

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

 

On January 2, 2015, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire all of the outstanding membership interests in MK Capital, a wealth management business with operations primarily in New York. The terms of the purchase agreement required the sellers to meet certain pre-closing conditions. On February 2, 2015, the closing conditions were satisfied and we completed the purchase of the outstanding membership interests in MK Capital for a total purchase price of $9.4 million. Upon closing, we paid the members of MK Capital $2.5 million in cash and issued such members 333,333 shares of our common stock, which were valued in the aggregate at $2.7 million for accounting purposes determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s shares of common stock on the acquisition date on February 2, 2015, less a 19.4% discount for lack of marketability as the shares issued are subject to certain restrictions that limit their trade or transfer. The purchase agreement also requires the payment of contingent consideration to the former members of MK Capital in the form of future cash payments with a fair value of $2.2 million and the issuance of common stock with a fair value of $2.0 million. The contingent cash consideration of $2.2 million has been recorded based on a payment of the contingent cash consideration of $1.25 million on the first anniversary of the closing (February 2, 2016) and a final cash payment of $1.25 million on the second anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2017) to the former members of MK Capital, discounted at 8.0% per annum. The contingent cash consideration has been recorded as a contingent consideration liability to the former members of MK Capital. The fair value of the contingent stock consideration in the amount of $2.0 million has been classified as equity in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”, and is comprised the issuance of 166,667 shares of common stock on the first anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2016) and 166,666 shares of common stock on the second anniversary date of the closing (February 2, 2017). The contingent cash and stock consideration is payable on the first and second anniversary dates of the closing provided that MK Capital generates a minimum amount of gross revenues as defined in the purchase agreement for the twelve months following the first and second anniversary dates of the closing. The issuance of shares of our common stock to the members of MK Capital was made in reliance on the private offering exemption of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or the private offering safe harbor provision of Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder based on the following factors: (i) the number of offerees or purchasers, as applicable, (ii) the absence of general solicitation, (iii) investment representations obtained from the members of MK Capital, including with respect to their status as accredited investors, (iv) the provision of appropriate disclosure, and (v) the placement of restrictive legends on the stock certificates reflecting such shares of common stock. The acquisition of MK Capital allows the Company to expand into the wealth management business.

 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

 

None.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 5. Other Information.

 

On May 4, 2015, the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Company’s Corporate Governance Committee, appointed Kenneth Young to serve as a director of the Company and as a member of the Company’s Compensation Committee. Mr. Young will serve as a director of the Company and his term will expire at the Company’s 2015 annual meeting of stockholders. There is not any arrangement or understanding between Mr. Young and any other person pursuant to which Mr. Young was selected to be a director.

 

Kenneth Young has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Lightbridge Communications Corporation (“LLC”) since August 2008.  Mr. Young also served as President and Chief Operating Officer of LCC from May 2008 to August 2008, Senior Vice President, President of the Americas from June 2007 to May 2008, and Chief Marketing Officer from May 2006 to June 2007. Prior to joining LCC in 2006, Mr. Young served as Chief Operating Officer for Liberty Media’s Connectid mobile content subsidiary, as well as Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Liberty Media’s TruePosition location based services organization. Before joining Liberty Media, Mr. Young spent over 16 years with the now combined AT&T Corporation and held senior management positions with Cingular Wireless, SBC Wireless, and Southwestern Bell Telephone. Mr. Young holds a Master in Business Administration from the University of Southern Illinois and a Bachelor of Science in Computer Sciences from Graceland University.       

 

As a non-employee director, Mr. Young will receive the same compensation paid to other non-employee directors of the Company in accordance with the policies and procedures previously approved by the Board of Directors for non-employee directors, as disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2015. In addition, Mr. Young has entered into the Company’s standard form of indemnification agreement. 

 

 

Item 6. Exhibits.

 

The exhibits filed as part of this Quarterly Report are listed in the index to exhibits immediately preceding such exhibits, which index to exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

 

55
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

  B. Riley Financial, Inc.
   
Date: May 7, 2015 By: / s /  PHILLIP J. AHN
    Name:  Phillip J. Ahn
    Title:  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
    (Principal Financial Officer)

 

56
 

 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
10.1*#   Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.2*   Senior Secured, Super-Priority Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated January 15, 2015, by and among the registrant. and The Wet Seal, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
10.3*   Plan Sponsorship Agreement, dated January 15, 2015, by and between the registrant and The Wet Seal, Inc.
10.4*   Security Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2015, by and among the registrant and The Wet Seal, Inc., The Wet Seal Retail, Inc., Wet Seal Catalog, Inc., and Wet Seal GC, LLC.
10.5*   Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Note, dated March 10, 2015, issued by the registrant to Riley Investment Partners, L.P.
10.6*   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2014, by and between Great American Group WF, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.7 *   Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2015, by and between Great American Group WF, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.8 *   Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2015, by and between Great American Group WF, LLC, GA Retail, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
31.1*   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
31.2*   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
32.1*   Certification required by 18 United States Code Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2*   Certification required by 18 United States Code Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
101.INS*   XBRL Instance Document
     
101.SCH*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
     
101.CAL*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
     
101.LAB*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
     
101.PRE*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
     
101.DEF*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

* Filed herewith.
These exhibits are being “furnished” and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, nor shall they be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

57

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC.

Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan

 

(formerly Great American Group, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan)

 

(formerly Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp.

2009 Stock Incentive Plan)

  

 

Plan Document

 

   

1.           Establishment, Purpose, and Types of Awards . B. Riley Financial, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby establishes this equity-based incentive compensation plan (originally established by Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp.) to be known as the “B. Riley Financial, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “ Plan ”), for the following purposes: (a) to enhance the Company’s ability to attract highly qualified personnel; (b) to strengthen its retention capabilities; (c) to enhance the long-term performance and competitiveness of the Company; and (d) to align the interests of Participants with those of the Company’s shareholders.

 

(a)           Effective Date . This Plan shall become effective upon the date adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that no Awards shall be granted hereunder until the Plan has been approved by a vote of a majority of the votes cast at a duly held meeting of the Company’s shareholders (or by such other shareholder vote that the Committee determines to be sufficient for the issuance of Shares and Awards according to the Company’s governing documents and Applicable Law).

 

(b)           Awards . The Plan permits the granting of the following types of Awards according to the Sections of the Plan listed here:

 

Section 5 Stock Options
Section 6 Share Appreciation Rights (SARs)
Section 7 Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units (RSUs), and Unrestricted Shares
Section 8 Deferred Share Units (DSUs)
Section 9 Performance Awards

 

(c)           Appendices . Incorporated by reference and thereby part of the Plan are the terms set forth in Appendix I.

 

(d)           Effect on Other Plans, Awards, and Arrangements . This Plan is not intended to affect and shall not affect any stock options, equity-based compensation, or other benefits that the Company or its Affiliates may have provided, or may separately provide in the future, pursuant to any agreement, plan, or program that is independent of this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective upon shareholder approval of this Plan, no further awards shall be granted under the Pride Capital Group, LLC Phantom Stock Plan.

 

2.           Defined Terms . Terms in the Plan and any Appendix that begin with an initial capital letter have the defined meaning set forth in Appendix I , unless the context indicates a different meaning.

 

1
 

  

3.           Shares Subject to the Plan . Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13 below, a total of 3,210,133 Shares shall be available for issuance under the Plan. The Shares deliverable pursuant to Awards shall be authorized, but unissued Shares, or Shares that the Company otherwise holds in treasury or in trust. Any Shares subject to an Award that is settled in cash rather than in Shares, or subject to an Award that expires or is forfeited, cancelled or otherwise terminated without the issuance of some or all of the Shares subject to the Award will again be available for future Awards to the extent of such cash settlement, or non-issuance due to expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or termination. In addition, previously issued Shares that are not related to a particular Award (e.g., Shares already owned by a Participant) and Shares subject to an Award that are tendered or withheld by the Company in payment of all or part of the exercise price of such Award or in satisfaction of applicable Withholding Taxes shall be added to the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Further, and to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws: (i) the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan shall not be reduced by any Shares issued under the Plan through the settlement, assumption, or substitution of outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the acquisition by the Company (or an Affiliate of the Company) of another entity; and (ii) the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan shall be increased by the number of shares available for issuance under any shareholder approved plan of an entity acquired by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company (as such number has been equitably adjusted by the Committee to give effect to the acquisition).

 

4.           Eligibility .

 

(a)           General Rule . Awards may only be made to Eligible Persons (as determined for each Award on its Grant Date). Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth its Grant Date and all other terms and conditions of the Award, that is signed on behalf of the Company (or delivered by an authorized agent through an electronic medium), and that, if required by the Committee, is signed by the Eligible Person as an acceptance of the Award. The grant of an Award shall not obligate the Company or any Affiliate to continue the employment or service of any Eligible Person, or to provide any future Awards or other remuneration at any time thereafter.

 

(b)           Limits on Individual Awards . The maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options, SARs, and Performance Awards may be granted to any Participant in any calendar year shall be 1,000,000 Shares. The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section 13(a), below. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder, in applying the foregoing limitations with respect to a Participant, if any Option or SAR is canceled, the canceled Option or SAR shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to the Grantee. For this purpose, the repricing of an Option or SAR shall be treated as the cancellation of the existing Option or SAR and the grant of a new Option or SAR.

 

(c)           Replacement Awards . Subject to Applicable Laws (including any associated shareholder approval requirements), the Committee may, in its sole discretion and upon such terms as it deems appropriate, require as a condition for granting an Award that an Eligible Person surrender for cancellation some or all Awards that have previously been granted under this Plan or otherwise. An Award conditioned upon such surrender may or may not be the same type of Award, may cover the same (or a lesser or greater) number of Shares as such surrendered Award, may have other terms that are determined without regard to the terms or conditions of such surrendered Award, and may contain any other terms that the Committee deems appropriate. Except in connection with a Change in Control, Options or SARs with a per Share exercise price (as adjusted pursuant to Section 13 below) higher than Fair Market Value may not be cancelled under this Section 4(c) without the approval of the Company’s shareholders.

 

5.           Stock Options .

 

(a)           Grants . The Committee may grant Options to Eligible Persons pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan, and that may include vesting or other requirements for the right to exercise the Option; provided that –

 

(i)          the exercise price for Shares subject to purchase through exercise of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the Grant Date; and

 

(ii)         no Option shall be exercisable for a term ending more than ten years after its Grant Date.

 

2
 

  

(b)           Method of Exercise . Subject to Section 14 below, Options may be exercised by the Participant (or his guardian or personal representative) giving notice to the Company pursuant to procedures established by the Company for the exercise of Options. Such notice shall state the number of Shares the Participant has elected to purchase under the Option and the method by which the exercise price and any applicable Withholding Taxes will be paid. The exercise price and Withholding Taxes may be paid in cash or check payable to the Company (in U.S. dollars), or to the extent that the Committee or the terms of an Award Agreement expressly permit, all or any part of the exercise price or Withholding Taxes may be satisfied –

 

(i)          by delivery or attestation of Shares (valued at their Fair Market Value) that are subject to the Option being exercised or that the Participant already owns;

 

(ii)         by delivery of a properly executed exercise notice with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver to the Company the amount necessary to pay the exercise price or Withholding Taxes from the sale or proceeds of a loan from the broker with respect to the sale of Shares or a broker loan secured by Shares; or

 

(iii)        by a combination of (i) and (ii).

 

An Award Agreement for an Option may provide that, if, on the date upon which such Option or any portion thereof is to expire, Fair Market Value exceeds the per Share exercise price of such Option and if such Option or portion thereof that will expire is otherwise exercisable, the Option shall be automatically exercised by delivery or attestation of Shares that are subject to such Option in satisfaction of the exercise price and any applicable Withholding Taxes.

 

(c)           Exercise of an Unvested Option . The Committee in its sole discretion may allow a Participant to exercise an unvested Option, in which case the Shares then issued shall be Restricted Shares having analogous vesting restrictions to the unvested Option.

 

(d)           Termination of Continuous Service . The Committee may establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the terms and conditions on which an Option shall remain exercisable following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service. Except to the extent an Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise, an Option shall be exercisable, only to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option at the date of terminating Continuous Service, only until the “Option Termination Date” determined pursuant to the following table:

 

Reason for terminating Continuous Service   Option Termination Date
(i) By the Company for Cause, or what would have been Cause if the Company had known all of the relevant facts.   Termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service, or when Cause first existed if earlier.
(ii) Disability of the Participant.   Within one year after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.
(iii) Retirement of the Participant after age 60 with 5 years or more of Continuous Service.   Within six months after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.
(iv) Death of the Participant during Continuous Service or within 90 days thereafter.   Within one year after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.
(v) Other than due to Cause or the Participant’s Disability, Retirement, or Death.   Within 90 days after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Award Agreement. To the extent that a Participant is not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of his or her termination of Continuous Service, or if the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Award Agreement or above (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Shares underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan and become available for future Awards.

 

3
 

  

(e)           Buyout . If a Participant so elects, the Committee may cancel an Option in exchange for a payment to a Participant in cash, cash equivalents, new Awards, or Shares, at such time and on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall have established and communicated to the Participant; provided, however, that, except in connection with a Change in Control, the per Share exercise price of any Option cancelled pursuant to this Section 5(e) (as adjusted pursuant to Section 13 below) shall not be greater than the Fair Market Value of a Share on such date unless the terms of the cancellation of such Option are approved by the shareholders of the Company. In addition, but subject to Section 4(c) above and to any shareholder approval requirement of Applicable Law, if the Fair Market Value for Shares subject to an Option is more than 33% below their exercise price for more than 30 consecutive business days, the Committee may unilaterally terminate and cancel the Option by providing each affected Participant with either cash or a new Award that has (i) a value equal to that of the vested portion of the Option being cancelled (with value being uniformly determined as of the buyout date in accordance with the methodology that the Company generally uses for financial accounting purposes for its Awards), (ii) vesting terms not less favorable to the Participant than the Option being cancelled, and (iii) any other terms and conditions that the Committee may set forth in the Award Agreement for the new Award; subject, except in connection with a Change in Control, to shareholder approval of any Awards or program involving the cancellation of Options in exchange for Option grants having a lower exercise price.

 

(f)           Special ISO Provisions . The following provisions shall control any grants of Options that are denominated as ISOs.

 

(i)           Grants of ISOs . The Committee may grant ISOs only to Employees (including officers who are Employees) of the Company or an Affiliate that is a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. Each Option that is intended to be an ISO must be designated in the Award Agreement as an ISO, provided that any Option designated as an ISO will be a Non-ISO to the extent the Option fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 422. In the case of an ISO, the Committee shall determine the acceptable methods of payment on the Date of Grant and it shall be included in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(ii)          Maximum Limit . The number of Shares that are available for ISO Awards shall not exceed 3,210,133 Shares (as adjusted pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan), and shall be determined, to the extent required under the Code, by reducing the number of Shares designated in Section 3 of the Plan by the number of Shares issued pursuant to Awards, provided that any Shares that are subject to Awards issued under the Plan and forfeited back to the Plan before an issuance of Shares shall be available for issuance pursuant to future ISO Awards.

 

(iii)         $100,000 Limit . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as ISOs first become exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year (under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate) exceeds U.S. $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Non-ISOs. For purposes of determining whether the U.S. $100,000 limit is exceeded, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an ISO shall be determined as of the Grant Date. In reducing the number of Options treated as ISOs to meet the U.S. $100,000 limit, the most recently granted Options shall be reduced first. In the event that Section 422 of the Code is amended to alter the limitation set forth therein, the limitation of this paragraph shall be automatically adjusted accordingly.

 

(iv)         Grants to 10% Holders . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who is a Ten Percent Holder on the Grant Date, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed five years from the Grant Date, and the exercise price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the Grant Date. In the event that Section 422 of the Code is amended to alter the limitations set forth therein, the limitation of this paragraph shall be automatically adjusted accordingly.

 

(v)          Substitution of Options . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, in the event the Company or an Affiliate acquires (whether by purchase, merger or otherwise) all or substantially all of outstanding capital stock or assets of another corporation or in the event of any reorganization or other transaction qualifying under Code Section 424, the Committee may, in accordance with the provisions of that Section, substitute ISOs for ISOs under the plan of the acquired company provided (i) the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an ISO immediately after the substitution over the aggregate exercise price of such shares is not more than the similar excess immediately before such substitution, and (ii) the new ISO does not give additional benefits to the Participant, including any extension of the exercise period.

 

4
 

  

(vi)         Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . By executing an ISO Award Agreement, each Participant agrees to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any Shares acquired through exercise of the ISO, if such disposition occurs within the earlier of (i) two years of the Grant Date, or (ii) one year after the exercise of the ISO being exercised. Each Participant further agrees to provide any information about a disposition of Shares as may be requested by the Company to assist it in complying with any applicable tax laws.

 

6.           SARs .

 

(a)           Grants . The Committee may grant SARs to Eligible Persons pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan; provided that:

 

(i)          the exercise price for the Shares subject to each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the Grant Date;

 

(ii)         no SAR shall be exercisable for a term ending more than ten years after its Grant Date; and

 

(iii)        each SAR shall, except to the extent a SAR Award Agreement provides otherwise, be subject to the provisions of Section 5(d) relating to the effect of a termination of Participant’s Continuous Service and Section 5(e) relating to buyouts, in each case with “SAR” being substituted for “Option.”

 

(b)           Settlement . Subject to Section 14 below, a SAR shall entitle the Participant, upon exercise of the SAR, to receive Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the product of the number of Shares as to which the SAR is being exercised, and the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value, on such date, of the Shares covered by the exercised SAR, over (ii) an exercise price designated in the SAR Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR Award Agreement may limit the total settlement value that the Participant will be entitled to receive upon the SAR’s exercise, and may provide for settlement either in cash or in any combination of cash or Shares that the Committee may authorize pursuant to an Award Agreement. An Award Agreement for a SAR may provide that, if, on the date upon which such SAR or any portion thereof is to expire, the Fair Market Value exceeds the per Share exercise price of such SAR and if such SAR or portion thereof that will expire is otherwise exercisable, the SAR shall be automatically exercised and settled pursuant to this Section 6(b).

 

(c)           SARs related to Options . The Committee may grant SARs either concurrently with the grant of an Option or with respect to an outstanding Option, in which case the SAR shall extend to all or a portion of the Shares covered by the related Option and have an exercise price not less than the exercise price of the related Option. A SAR related to an Option shall entitle the Participant who holds the related Option, upon exercise of the SAR and surrender of the related Option, or portion thereof, to the extent the SAR and related Option each were previously unexercised, to receive payment of an amount determined pursuant to Section 6(b) above. Any SAR granted in tandem with an ISO will contain such terms as may be required to comply with the provisions of Code Section 422.

 

7.           Restricted Shares, RSUs, and Unrestricted Share Awards .

 

(a)           Grant . The Committee may grant Restricted Share, RSU, or Unrestricted Share Awards to Eligible Persons, in all cases pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The Committee shall establish as to each Restricted Share or RSU Award the number of Shares deliverable or subject to the Award (which number may be determined by a written formula), and the period or periods of time (the “Restriction Period”) at the end of which all or some restrictions specified in the Award Agreement shall lapse and the Participant shall receive unrestricted Shares (or cash to the extent provided in the Award Agreement) in settlement of the Award. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Committee, including, without limitation, criteria based on the Participant’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company, individual, group, or divisional performance criteria, Company performance, or other criteria selection by the Committee. The Committee may make Restricted Share and RSU Awards with or without the requirement for payment of cash or other consideration. In addition, the Committee may grant Awards hereunder in the form of Unrestricted Shares which shall vest in full upon the Grant Date or such other date as the Committee may determine or which the Committee may issue pursuant to any program under which one or more Eligible Persons (selected by the Committee in its sole discretion) elect to pay for such Shares or to receive Unrestricted Shares in lieu of cash bonuses that would otherwise be paid.

 

5
 

  

(b)           Vesting and Forfeiture . The Committee shall set forth in an Award Agreement granting Restricted Shares or RSUs, the terms and conditions under which the Participant’s interest in the Restricted Shares or the Shares subject to RSUs will become vested and non-forfeitable. Except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement or the Committee otherwise determines, upon termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service for any reason, the Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Shares and RSUs to the extent the Participant’s interest therein has not vested on or before such termination date; provided that if a Participant purchases Restricted Shares and forfeits them for any reason, the Company shall return the purchase price to the Participant to the extent either set forth in an Award Agreement or required by Applicable Laws.

 

(c)           Certificates for Restricted Shares . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Company shall hold certificates representing Restricted Shares and, if applicable, dividends (whether in Shares or cash) that accrue with respect to them until the restrictions lapse, and the Participant shall provide the Company with appropriate stock powers endorsed in blank. The Participant’s failure to provide such stock powers within ten days after a written request from the Company shall entitle the Committee to unilaterally declare a forfeiture of all or some of the Participant’s Restricted Shares.

 

(d)           Issuance of Shares upon Vesting . As soon as practicable after vesting of a Participant’s Restricted Shares (or of the right to receive Shares underlying RSUs), the Company shall deliver to the Participant, free from vesting restrictions, one Share for each surrendered and vested Restricted Share (or deliver one Share free of the vesting restriction for each vested RSU), unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise and subject to Section 10 below regarding Withholding Taxes. No fractional Shares shall be distributed, and cash shall be paid in lieu thereof.

 

(e)           Dividends Payable on Vesting . If provided in an Award Agreement, whenever Shares are deliverable to a Participant (or duly-authorized transferee) pursuant to Section 7(d) above as a result of the vesting of a Restricted Share or RSU Award, the Participant or his or her duly authorized transferee shall also be entitled to receive, with respect to each Share then vesting, a number of Shares equal to the sum of –

 

(i)          any per-Share dividends which were declared and paid in Shares to the Company’s shareholders of record between the Grant Date and the date Shares are delivered to the Participant pursuant to the particular vesting event for the Award; and

 

(ii)         the Shares that the Participant could have purchased at their Fair Market Value on the payment date of any cash dividends if the Participant had received such cash dividends with respect to each Restricted Share, or Share subject to an RSU, between the Grant Date and the date Shares are delivered to the Participant pursuant to the particular vesting event for the Award.

 

(f)           Deferral Elections for RSUs . To the extent specifically provided in an Award Agreement, a Participant may irrevocably elect, in accordance with Section 8 below, to defer the receipt of all or a percentage of the Shares that would otherwise be transferred to the Participant upon the vesting of an RSU Award. If the Participant makes this election: (i) the Company shall credit the Shares subject to the election, and, if applicable, any associated dividends, to a DSU account established pursuant to Section 8 below on the date such Shares and, if applicable, any associated dividends would otherwise have been delivered to the Participant pursuant to Sections 7(d) and 7(e) above, and (ii) any vesting that would have occurred within the 12-month period following the date of the Participant’s election shall occur on the 12-month anniversary of such election, provided that vesting may occur immediately upon the Participant’s death or Disability if so provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(g)           Section 83(b) Elections . To the extent expressly permitted by an Award Agreement or the Committee, a Participant may make an election under Code Section 83(b) (the “ Section 83(b) Election ”) with respect to Restricted Shares. A Participant who has received RSUs may, within ten days after receiving the RSU Award, provide the Committee with a written notice of his or her desire to make Section 83(b) Election with respect to the Shares subject to such RSUs. The Committee may in its discretion convert the Participant’s RSUs into Restricted Shares, on a one-for-one basis, in full satisfaction of the Participant’s RSU Award. The Participant may then make a Section 83(b) Election with respect to those Restricted Shares; provided that the Participant’s Section 83(b) Election will be invalid if not filed with the Company and the appropriate U.S. tax authorities within 30 days after the Grant Date of the RSUs replaced by the Restricted Shares.

 

6
 

  

8.           DSUs .

 

(a)           Grants of DSUs . The Committee may make DSU awards to any Eligible Persons pursuant to Award Agreements, regardless of whether or not there is a deferral of compensation, and may permit select Eligible Persons to irrevocably elect, on a form provided by and acceptable to the Committee (the “Election Form”), to forego the receipt of cash or other compensation (including the Shares deliverable pursuant to any RSU Award) and in lieu thereof to have the Company credit to an internal Plan account a number of DSUs having a Fair Market Value equal to the Shares and other compensation deferred. These credits will be made at the end of each calendar quarter (or other period determined by the Committee) during which compensation is deferred. Unless the Company sends an Eligible Person a written notice rejecting an Election Form within five business days after the Company receives it, an Election Form shall take effect on the first day of the next calendar year (or on the first day of the next calendar month in the case of an initial election within 30 days after a Participant becomes first eligible to defer hereunder) after its delivery to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a Participant’s Election Form will be ineffective with respect to any compensation that the Participant earns before the date on which the Election Form takes effect. For any Participant who is subject to U.S. income taxation, the Committee shall only authorize deferral elections pursuant to Section 8: (i) under written procedures, and using written election forms, that satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A, and (ii) shall only be made by Eligible Persons who are Directors, Consultants, or members of a select group of management or highly compensated Employees (within the meaning of the Code).

 

(b)           Vesting . Unless an Award Agreement expressly provides otherwise, each Participant shall be 100% vested at all times in any Shares subject to DSUs.

 

(c)           Issuances of Shares . Unless an Award Agreement or the Committee expressly provides otherwise, the Company shall settle a Participant’s DSU Award, by delivering one Share for each DSU, in five substantially equal annual installments that are issued before the last day of each of the five calendar years that end after the date on which the Participant’s Continuous Service ends for any reason, subject to –

 

(i)          the Participant’s right to elect a different form of distribution, only on a form provided by and acceptable to the Committee, that permits the Participant to select any combination of a lump sum and annual installments that are triggered by, and completed within ten years following, the last day of the Participant’s Continuous Service; and

 

(ii)         the Company’s acceptance of the Participant’s distribution election form executed at the time the Participant elects to defer the receipt of Shares or other compensation pursuant to Section 8(a), provided that the Participant may change a distribution election through any subsequent election that (I) the Participant delivers to the Company at least one year before the date on which distributions are otherwise scheduled to commence pursuant to the Participant’s initial distribution election, and (II) defers the commencement of distributions by at least five years from the originally scheduled distribution commencement date.

 

Fractional shares shall not be issued, and instead shall be paid out in cash.

 

(d)           Dividends . If provided in an Award Agreement, whenever Shares are issued to a Participant pursuant to Section 9(c) above, the Participant shall also be entitled to receive, with respect to each Share issued, a number of Shares determined in a manner consistent with Section 7(e) above (but by reference to the period from the Grant Date of the DSU to its settlement through the issuance of Shares to the Participant).

 

7
 

  

(e)           Emergency Withdrawals . In the event that a Participant suffers an unforeseeable emergency within the contemplation of this Section, the Participant may apply to the Committee for an immediate distribution of all or a portion of the Participant’s DSUs. The unforeseeable emergency must result from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent of the Participant, casualty loss of the Participant’s property, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable conditions beyond the control of the Participant. The Committee shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether a Participant has a qualifying unforeseeable emergency, may require independent verification of the emergency, and may determine whether or not to provide the Participant with cash or Shares. The amount of any distribution hereunder shall be limited to the amount necessary to relieve the Participant’s unforeseeable emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. The number of Shares subject to the Participant’s DSU Award shall be reduced by any Shares distributed to the Participant and by a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of the distribution equal to any cash paid to the Participant pursuant to this Section. For all DSUs granted to Participants who are U.S. taxpayers, the term “unforeseeable emergency” shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the term “dependent” shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 152(a) of the Code.

 

(f)           Unsecured Rights to Deferred Compensation . A Participant’s right to DSUs shall at all times constitute an unsecured promise of the Company to pay benefits as they come due. The right of the Participant (or the Participant’s duly-authorized transferee) to receive benefits hereunder shall be solely an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company. Neither the Participant nor the Participant’s duly-authorized transferee shall have any claim against or rights in any specific assets, Shares, or other funds of the Company.

 

(g)           Termination of Service . For purposes of Section 8 of the Plan, a Participant’s “Continuous Service” shall only end when the Participant incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h). A Participant shall be considered to have experienced a termination of Continuous Service when the facts and circumstances indicate that either (i) no further services will be performed for the Company or any Affiliate after a certain date, or (ii) that the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform after such date (whether as an Employee, Director, or Consultant) are reasonably expected to permanently decrease to no more than 25% of the average level of bona fide services performed by such Participant (whether as an Employee, Director, or Consultant) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or full period of services to the Company and its Affiliates if the Participant has been providing such services for less than 36 months).

 

9.           Performance Awards .

 

(a)           Performance Awards . Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) hereof, the Committee may in its discretion grant Performance Awards, including Performance Units, to any Eligible Person that (i) have substantially the same financial benefits and other terms and conditions as Options, SARs, RSUs, or DSUs, and/or (ii) are settled only in cash. A Performance Award is an Award which is based on the achievement of specific goals with respect to the Company or any Affiliate or the individual performance of the Participant, or any combination thereof, over a specified period of time. All Performance Awards shall be made pursuant to Award Agreements setting forth terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

(b)           Deferral Elections . At any time prior to the date that is both at least six months before the close of a Performance Period (or shorter or longer period that the Committee selects) with respect to a Performance Award and at which time vesting or payment is substantially uncertain to occur, the Committee may permit a Participant who is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees to irrevocably elect, on a form provided by and acceptable to the Committee, to defer the receipt of all or a percentage of the cash or Shares that would otherwise be transferred to the Participant upon the vesting of such Award. If the Participant makes this election, the cash or Shares subject to the election, and, if applicable, any associated interest and dividends, shall be credited to an account established pursuant to Section 8 hereof on the date such cash or Shares would otherwise have been released or issued to the Participant pursuant to this Section.

 

8
 

  

(c)           Performance Compensation Awards . Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9 and in this Appendix II.F., the Committee may, at the time of grant of a Performance Unit, designate such Award as a “ Performance Compensation Award ” (payable in cash or Shares) in order that such Award constitutes “qualified performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), in which event the Committee shall have the power to grant such Performance Compensation Award upon terms and conditions that qualify it as “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of U.S. Code Section 162(m). With respect to each such Performance Compensation Award, the Committee shall establish, in writing within the time required under Code Section 162(m), a “ Performance Period ,” “ Performance Measure(s) ”, and “ Performance Formula(e) ” (each such term being defined below). A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that the Performance Measure(s) for such Award is achieved and the Performance Formula(e) as applied against such Performance Measure(s) determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Award has been earned for the Performance Period. As soon as practicable after the close of each Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Measure(s) for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, determine and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Award to be paid to the Participant and, in so doing, may use negative discretion to decrease, but not increase, the amount of the Award otherwise payable to the Participant based upon such performance.

 

(d)           Limitations on Awards . The maximum Performance Award and the maximum Performance Compensation Award that any one Participant may earn in any one Performance Period shall not together exceed the limitation set forth in Section 4(b) of the Plan for Shares subject to Awards (or, for Performance Units to be settled in cash, U.S. $6,000,000).

 

(e)           Definitions .

 

(i)          “Performance Formula” means, for a Performance Period, one or more objective formulas or standards established by the Committee for purposes of determining whether or the extent to which an Award has been earned based on the level of performance attained or to be attained with respect to one or more Performance Measure(s). Performance Formulae may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative.

 

(ii)         “Performance Measure” means one or more of the following selected by the Committee to measure Company, Affiliate, and/or business unit performance for a Performance Period, whether in absolute or relative terms (including, without limitation, terms relative to a peer group or index):

 

cash flow (before or after dividends) earnings per share (including, without limitation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization)
stock price return on equity
stockholder return or total stockholder return return on capital (including without limitation return on total capital or return on invested capital)
return on investment return on assets or net assets
market capitalization economic value added
debt leverage (debt to capital) Revenue
sales or net sales Backlog
income, pre-tax income or net income operating income or pre-tax profit
operating profit, net operating profit or economic profit gross margin, operating margin or profit margin
return on operating revenue or return on operating assets cash from operations
operating ratio operating revenue
market share improvement general and administrative expenses
customer service new production introductions
product line enhancements strategic mergers or acquisitions
working capital Research
licensing Litigation
human resources information services
sales of assets of Affiliates or business units  

 

9
 

  

Each such measure shall be, to the extent applicable, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as consistently applied by the Company (or such other standard applied by the Committee) and, if so determined by the Committee, and in the case of a Performance Compensation Award, to the extent permitted under Code Section 162(m), adjusted to omit the effects of extraordinary items, gain or loss on the disposal of a business segment, unusual or infrequently occurring events and transactions and cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles. Performance Measures may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant, and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative.

 

(iii)        “Performance Period” means one or more periods of time (of not less than one fiscal year of the Company), as the Committee may designate, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Measure(s) will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s rights in respect of an Award.

 

10.          Taxes; Withholding .

 

(a)           General . As a condition to the issuance or distribution of Shares pursuant to the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person who succeeds to the Participant’s rights) shall make such arrangements as the Company may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the Award and the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares until such obligations are satisfied. If the Committee allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations, the Committee shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for applicable tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

 

(b)           Surrender of Shares . If permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement or the Committee, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy the minimum statutory tax withholding and employment tax obligations associated with an Award by surrendering Shares to the Company (including Shares that would otherwise be issued pursuant to the Award) that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under Applicable Law.

 

(c)           Income Taxes and Deferred Compensation . Participants are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of any federal state, province, or local taxes that may arise in connection with Awards (including, for Participants subject to taxation in the United States, any taxes arising under Section 409A of the Code, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in a written agreement with the Company). Neither the Company nor any of its employees, officers, directors, or service providers shall have any obligation whatsoever to pay such taxes, to prevent Participants from incurring them, or to mitigate or protect Participants from any such tax liabilities. In the absence of any other arrangement, an Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her cash compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment or payments otherwise payable after the date of the exercise of an Award.

 

To the extent that the committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the effective date of the committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Section.

 

The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

 

10
 

  

11.          Non-Transferability of Awards .

 

(a)           General . Except as set forth in this Section 11, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a death beneficiary by a Participant will not constitute a transfer. An Award may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Award, only by such holder, the duly-authorized legal representative of a Participant who is Disabled, or a transferee permitted by this Section 11.

 

(b)           Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 11, the Committee may in its discretion provide that an Award may be transferred, on such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate, either (i) by instrument to the Participant’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below), (ii) by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust (or other entity) in which the Award is to be passed to the Participant’s designated beneficiaries, or (iii) by gift to charitable institutions. Any transferee of the Participant’s rights shall succeed and be subject to all of the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan. “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(c)           Death . In the event of the death of a Participant, any outstanding Awards issued to the Participant shall automatically be transferred to the Participant’s Beneficiary (or, if no Beneficiary is designated or surviving, to the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under the Award pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution).

 

12.          Modification of Awards and Substitution of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify an Award to accelerate the rate at which an Option or SAR may be exercised (including without limitation permitting an Option or SAR to be exercised in full without regard to the installment or vesting provisions of the applicable Award Agreement or whether the Option or SAR is at the time exercisable, to the extent it has not previously been exercised), to accelerate the vesting of any Award, to extend or renew outstanding Awards, to accept the cancellation of outstanding Awards to the extent not previously exercised, or to make any other changes that would be allowed under the Plan for a new Award. However, except in connection with a Change in Control or as approved by the shareholders of the Company, the Committee may not cancel an outstanding Option or SAR whose exercise price per Share is greater than Fair Market Value at the time of cancellation for the purpose of reissuing the Option or SAR to the Participant at a lower exercise price, granting a replacement award of a different type, or exchanging the Award for a cash payment, or otherwise allow for a “repricing” of Options or SARs within the meaning of federal securities laws applicable to proxy statement disclosures. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, no modification of an outstanding Award shall materially and adversely affect a Participant’s rights thereunder unless either (i) the Participant provides written consent, or (ii) before a Change in Control, the Committee determines in good faith that the modification is not materially adverse to the Participant.

 

13.          Change in Capital Structure; Change in Control; Etc .

 

(a)           Changes in Capitalization . In the event of a Share dividend, Share split, or combination of Shares, Share exchange, recapitalization, merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation, spin-off or split-off of an Affiliate, extraordinary cash dividend or other change in the Company’s capital stock (including, but not limited to, the creation or issuance to shareholders generally of rights, options or warrants for the purchase of capital stock of the Company), the number and kind of Shares or securities of the Company to be subject to the Plan and to Awards then outstanding or to be granted, any and all maximum limits on the number of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan, any exercise price for Awards, and other relevant provisions shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee.

 

(b)           Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control but subject to the terms of any Award Agreements or any employment or other similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and a Participant then in effect, each outstanding Award shall be assumed or a substantially equivalent award shall be substituted by the surviving or successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such surviving or successor corporation (the “Successor Corporation”) upon the consummation of the transaction; provided, however, that to the extent outstanding Awards are neither being assumed nor replaced with substantially equivalent Awards by the Successor Corporation, the Committee may in its sole and absolute discretion and authority, without obtaining the approval or consent of the Company’s shareholders or any Participant with respect to his or her outstanding Awards, take one or more of the following actions (with respect to any or all of the Awards, and with discretion to differentiate between individual Participants and Awards for any reason):

 

11
 

  

(i)          accelerate the vesting of Awards so that Awards shall vest (and, to the extent applicable, become exercisable) as to the Shares that otherwise would have been unvested and provide that repurchase rights of the Company with respect to Shares issued pursuant to an Award shall lapse as to the Shares subject to such repurchase right;

 

(ii)         arrange or otherwise provide for the payment of cash or other consideration to Participants in exchange for the satisfaction and cancellation of outstanding Awards (with the Committee determining the amount payable to each Participant based on the Fair Market Value, on the date of the Change in Control, of the Award being cancelled, based on any reasonable valuation method selected by the Committee); or

 

(iii)        terminate all or some Awards upon the consummation of the transaction, provided that the Committee shall provide for vesting of such Awards in full as of a date immediately prior to consummation of the Change in Control. To the extent that an Award is not exercised prior to consummation of a transaction in which the Award is not being assumed or substituted, such Award shall terminate upon such consummation.

 

Notwithstanding the above and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or in any employment or other similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and a Participant then in effect, in the event a Participant is Involuntarily Terminated on or within 12 months (or other period either set forth in an Award Agreement) following a Change in Control, then any Award that is assumed or substituted pursuant to this Section 13(b) shall accelerate and become fully vested (and become exercisable in full in the case of Options and SARs), and any repurchase right applicable to any Shares shall lapse in full, unless an Award Agreement provides for a more restrictive acceleration or vesting schedule or more restrictive limitations on the lapse of repurchase rights or otherwise places additional restrictions, limitations and conditions on an Award. The acceleration of vesting and lapse of repurchase rights provided for in the previous sentence shall occur immediately prior to the effective date of the Participant’s Involuntary Termination, unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise.

 

(c)           Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company other than as part of a Change in Control, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, subject to the ability of the Committee to exercise any discretion authorized in the case of a Change in Control.

 

14.          Laws and Regulations .

 

(a)           General Rules . This Plan, the grant of Awards, the exercise of Options and SARs, and the obligations of the Company hereunder (including those to pay cash or to deliver, sell or accept the surrender of any of its Shares or other securities) shall be subject to all Applicable Laws. In the event that any Shares are not registered under any Applicable Law prior to the required delivery of them pursuant to Awards, the Company may require, as a condition to their issuance or delivery, that the persons to whom the Shares are to be issued or delivered make any written representations and warranties (such as that such Shares are being acquired by the Participant for investment for the Participant’s own account and not with a view to, for resale in connection with, or with an intent of participating directly or indirectly in, any distribution of such Shares) that the Committee may reasonably require, and the Committee may in its sole discretion include a legend to such effect on the certificates representing any Shares issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan.

 

(b)           Black-out Periods . Notwithstanding any contrary terms within the Plan or any Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the absolute discretion to impose a “blackout” period on the exercise of any Option or SAR, as well as the settlement of any Award, with respect to any or all Participants (including those whose Continuous Service has ended) to the extent that the Committee determines that doing so is either desirable or required in order to comply with applicable securities laws, provided that, if any blackout period occurs, the term of any Option or SAR shall not expire until the earlier of (i) 30 days after the blackout period ends or (ii) the Option’s or SAR’s expiration date but only if within 30 days thereafter the Company makes a cash payment to each affected Participant in an amount equal to the value of the Option or SAR (as determined by the Committee) immediately before its expiration to the extent then vested and exercisable.

 

12
 

  

(c)           No Shareholder Rights . Neither a Participant nor any transferee of a Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares underlying any Award until the date of issuance of a share certificate to a Participant or a transferee of a Participant for such Shares in accordance with the Company’s governing instruments and Applicable Law. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, prior to the issuance of Shares pursuant to an Award, a Participant shall not have the right to vote or to receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder with respect to the Shares underlying the Award, notwithstanding its exercise in the case of Options and SARs. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right that is determined based on a record date prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Plan.

 

(d)           Local Law Adjustments and Sub-plans . To facilitate the making of any grant of an Award under this Plan, the Committee may adopt rules and provide for such special terms for Awards to Participants who are located within the United States, foreign nationals, or who are employed by the Company or any Affiliate outside of the United States of America as the Committee may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding the conversion of local currency, taxes, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with the customs and requirements of particular countries. The Company may adopt sub-plans and establish escrow accounts and trusts, and settle Awards in cash in lieu of shares, as may be appropriate, required or applicable to particular locations and countries.

 

15.          Termination, Rescission and Recapture of Awards .

 

(a)          Each Award under the Plan is intended to align the Participant’s long-term interests with those of the Company. Accordingly, to the extent expressly provided in an Award Agreement, the Company may terminate any outstanding, unexercised, unexpired, unpaid, or deferred Awards (“ Termination ”), rescind any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to the Award (“ Rescission ”), or recapture any Shares (whether restricted or unrestricted) or proceeds from the Participant’s sale of Shares issued pursuant to an Award (“ Recapture ”), if the Participant, during his or her Continuous Service or within one year after the termination of his or her Continuous Service, engages in activity which: (i) constitutes a material breach of the terms of any applicable patent, proprietary information, confidentiality, non-disclosure, intellectual property, secrecy or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates; (ii) constitutes the breach of the terms of any non-solicitation, non-competition or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates; or (iii) is materially prejudicial to the interests of the Company and constitutes a breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company or its Affiliates.

 

(b)          Within ten days after receiving notice from the Company of any such activity described in subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii) in Section 15(a) above, the Participant shall deliver to the Company the Shares acquired pursuant to the Award, or, if Participant has sold the Shares, the gain realized, or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment, or delivery; provided, that if the Participant returns Shares that the Participant purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option (or the gains realized from the sale of such Shares), the Company shall promptly refund the exercise price, without interest, that the Participant paid for the Shares. Any payment by the Participant to the Company pursuant to this Section shall be made either in cash or by returning to the Company the number of Shares that the Participant received in connection with the rescinded exercise, payment, or delivery.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15, the Company has sole and absolute discretion not to require Termination, Rescission and/or Recapture, and its determination not to require Termination, Rescission and/or Recapture with respect to any particular act by a particular Participant or particular Award shall not in any way reduce or eliminate the Company’s authority to require Termination, Rescission and/or Recapture with respect to any other act or Participant or Award. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to impose obligations on the Participant to refrain from engaging in lawful competition with the Company after the termination of employment that does not violate subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 15(a) above.

 

13
 

 

(d)          All administrative and discretionary authority given to the Company under this Section shall be exercised by such person or committee (including without limitation the Committee) as the Committee may designate from time to time.

 

(e)          If any provision within this Section 15 is determined to be unenforceable or invalid under any Applicable Law, such provision will be applied to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, and shall automatically be deemed amended in a manner consistent with its objectives and any limitations required under Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to any contrary terms expressly set forth in any Award Agreement, this Section 15 shall not be applicable to any Participant from and after his or her termination of Continuous Service after a Change in Control.

 

16.          Recoupment of Awards . To the extent expressly provided in an Award Agreement, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Committee may in its sole and absolute discretion, without obtaining the approval or consent of the Company’s shareholders or of any Participant, require that a Participant reimburse the Company for all or any portion of any Awards granted to him or her under this Plan (“Reimbursement”), or the Committee may require the Termination or Rescission of, or the Recapture associated with, any Award, if and to the extent—

 

(a)          the granting, vesting, or payment of such Award (or portion thereof) was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results;

 

(b)          in the Committee’s view the Participant engaged in fraud or misconduct that caused a calculation that later proves to be materially inaccurate or partially caused the need for a material financial restatement by the Company or any Affiliate; and

 

(c)          a lower granting, vesting, or payment of such Award would have occurred based upon the conduct described in clause (b) of this Section.

 

In each instance, the Committee may, to the extent practicable and allowable under Applicable Laws, require Reimbursement, Termination or Rescission of, or Recapture relating to, any such Award granted to a Participant.

 

17.          Administration of the Plan . The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, provided that the Board may act in lieu of the Committee on any matter. The Committee shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it deems advisable. In the absence of a duly appointed Committee, the Board shall function as the Committee for all purposes of the Plan.

 

(a)           Committee Composition . The Board shall appoint the members of the Committee. If and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Committee may authorize one or more executive officers to make Awards to Eligible Persons other than themselves. The Board may at any time appoint additional members to the Committee, remove and replace members of the Committee with or without Cause, and fill vacancies on the Committee however caused.

 

(b)           Powers of the Committee . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion:

 

(i)          to grant Awards and to determine Eligible Persons to whom Awards shall be granted from time to time, and the number of Shares, units, or dollars to be covered by each Award;

 

(ii)         to determine, from time to time, the Fair Market Value of Shares;

 

(iii)        to determine, and to set forth in Award Agreements, the terms and conditions of all Awards, including any applicable exercise or purchase price, the installments and conditions under which an Award shall become vested (which may be based on performance), terminated, expired, cancelled, or replaced, and the circumstances for vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and other restrictions and limitations;

 

14
 

  

(iv)        to approve the forms of Award Agreements and all other documents, notices and certificates in connection therewith which need not be identical either as to type of Award or among Participants;

 

(v)         to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement, to determine the meaning of their terms, and to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and procedures relating to the Plan and its administration;

 

(vi)        to the extent consistent with the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify, to cancel, or to waive the Company’s rights with respect to any Awards, to adjust or to modify Award Agreements for changes in Applicable Law, and to recognize differences in foreign law, tax policies, or customs;

 

(vii)       in the event that the Company establishes for itself, or uses the services of a third party to establish, an automated system for the documentation, granting, settlement, or exercise of Award, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, to implement paperless documentation, granting, settlement, or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system; and

 

(viii)      to make all interpretations and to take all other actions that the Committee may consider necessary or advisable to administer the Plan or to effectuate its purposes.

 

Subject to Applicable Law and the restrictions set forth in the Plan, the Committee may delegate administrative functions to individuals who are Directors or Employees.

 

(c)           Action by Committee . Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by an officer or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accounts, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

(d)           Deference to Committee Determinations . The Committee shall have the discretion to interpret or construe ambiguous, unclear, or implied (but omitted) terms in any fashion it deems to be appropriate in its sole discretion, and to make any findings of fact needed in the administration of the Plan or Award Agreements. The Committee’s prior exercise of its discretionary authority shall not obligate it to exercise its authority in a like fashion thereafter. The Committee’s interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan, or of any Award or Award Agreement, and all determination the Committee makes pursuant to the Plan shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The validity of any such interpretation, construction, decision or finding of fact shall not be given de novo review if challenged in court, by arbitration, or in any other forum, and shall be upheld unless clearly made in bad faith or materially affected by fraud.

 

(e)           No Liability; Indemnification . Neither the Board nor any Committee member, nor any Person acting at the direction of the Board or the Committee, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith with respect to administering or interpreting the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement on behalf of the Company. The Company and its Affiliates shall pay or reimburse any member of the Committee, as well as any Director, Employee, or Consultant who in good faith takes action on behalf of the Plan, for all expenses incurred with respect to the Plan, and to the full extent allowable under Applicable Law shall indemnify each and every one of them for any claims, liabilities, and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of their good faith performance of duties on behalf of the Plan. The Company and its Affiliates may, but shall not be required to, obtain liability insurance for this purpose.

 

18.          Governing Law . The terms of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of law rules.

 

15
 

  

19.          Plan Termination or Amendment .

 

If not sooner terminated by the Board, this Plan shall terminate at the close of business on the date ten years after its effective date as determined under Section 1(a) above. No Awards shall be made under the Plan after its termination. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan as it shall deem advisable; provided that no change shall be made that increases the total number of Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (except pursuant to Section 13 above) unless such change is authorized by the shareholders of the Company. A termination or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of the Participant, adversely and materially affect a Participant’s rights under an Award previously granted to him or her. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may amend the Plan to comply with changes in tax or securities laws or regulations, or in the interpretation thereof. Furthermore, the Board may not amend the Plan without shareholder approval to allow for either (i) a “repricing” within the meaning of federal securities laws applicable to proxy statement disclosures, except a repricing in connection with a Change in Control or which is otherwise approved by the shareholders, or (ii) the cancellation of an outstanding Option or SAR whose exercise price is greater than Fair Market Value at the time of cancellation for the purpose of reissuing the Option or SAR to the Participant at a lower exercise price, granting a replacement award of a different type or in exchange for a cash payment, except a cancellation and reissuance, grant of a replacement award or cash payment in connection with a Change in Control.

 

20.          Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

21.          Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.

 

16
 

  

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC.

Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan

 

(formerly Great American Group, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan)

 

(formerly Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp.

2009 Stock Incentive Plan)

  

 

Appendix I: Definitions

 

 

As used in the Plan, the following terms have the meanings indicated when they begin with initial capital letters within the Plan:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person or the power to elect directors, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “affiliated,” “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Applicable Law ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of options and share-based plans under any applicable laws of the United States, any other country, and any provincial, state, or local subdivision, any applicable stock exchange or automated quotation system rules or regulations, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

 

Award ” means any award made pursuant to the Plan, including awards made in the form of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share, a RSU, an Unrestricted Share, a DSU, or a Performance Award, or any combination thereof, whether alternative or cumulative.

 

Award Agreement ” means any document, whether in writing or through an electronic medium, setting forth the terms of an Award that has been authorized by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the form or forms of documents to be used, and may change them from time to time for any reason, including different documents as may be appropriate or applicable for particular locations and countries.

 

Beneficiary ” means the person or entity designated by the Participant, in a form approved by the Company, to exercise the Participant’s rights with respect to an Award or receive payment or settlement under an Award after the Participant’s death.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” will have the meaning set forth in any employment agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliate and the Participant then in effect. In the absence of such an agreement, “Cause” will exist if the Participant is terminated from employment or other service with the Company or an Affiliate for any of the following reasons: (i) the Participant’s willful failure to substantially perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a material Company policy; (ii) the Participant’s commission of any material act or acts of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty, or other willful misconduct; (iii) the Participant’s material unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s willful and material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted herein to include any Affiliate or successor thereto, if appropriate.

 

17
 

  

Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(i)          a sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Company is closed or consummated;

 

(ii)         any “person,” “entity” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or any majority owned subsidiary of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities that have the right to vote in the election of directors generally; provided, however, that the following shall not constitute a “Change in Control” for purposes of this subclause (ii):

 

(A)         any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding any acquisition resulting from the exercise of a conversion or exchange privilege in respect of outstanding convertible or exchangeable securities); or

 

(B)         any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company;

 

(iii)        during any period of two consecutive years during the term of the Plan, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the period but excluding any director whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other than the Board of Directors of the Company; or

 

(iv)        the shareholders of the Company approve a plan or proposal of liquidation of the Company, or a merger, reorganization, or consolidation involving the Company is closed or consummated, other than a merger, reorganization, or consolidation in which holders of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities that have the right to vote in the election of directors generally immediately prior to such transaction own, either directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the securities entitled to vote in the election of directors generally of the merged, reorganized or consolidated entity (or its parent company) immediately following such transaction in substantially the same proportions among such holders as immediately prior to such transaction.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 17 above. With respect to any decision involving an Award intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall consist of two or more Directors of the Company who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. With respect to any decision relating to a Reporting Person, the Committee shall consist of two or more directors who are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board or its successor.

 

Company ” means B. Riley Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation; provided, however, that in the event the Company reincorporates to another jurisdiction, all references to the term “Company” shall refer to the Company in such new jurisdiction.

 

Consultant ” means any person (other than an Employee or Director), including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services.

 

18
 

  

Continuous Service ” means a Participant’s period of service in the absence of any interruption or termination, as an Employee, Director, or Consultant. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; (iv) changes in status from Director to advisory director or emeritus status; or (v) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and its Affiliates. Changes in status between service as an Employee, Director, and a Consultant will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service if the individual continues to perform bona fide services for the Company. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of any Awards shall be tolled during any paid or unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting for all Awards shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (but not for a paid leave).

 

Deferred Share Units ” or “ DSUs ” mean Awards pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

 

Director ” means a member of the Board, or a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate.

 

Disabled ” shall have the meaning set forth in any employment agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and the Participant then in effect (and shall include the term “Disability” if that term is so defined in such employment agreement). In the absence of such an agreement, “Disabled” shall mean a condition under which a Participant —

 

(i)          is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or

 

(ii)         is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, received income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Eligible Person ” means any Consultant, Director, or Employee and includes non-Employees to whom an offer of employment has been or is being extended.

 

Employee ” means any person whom the Company or any Affiliate classifies as an employee (including an officer) for employment tax purposes, whether or not that classification is correct. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

 

Employer ” means the Company and each Affiliate that employs one or more Participants.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value ” as of any date (the “Determination Date”) means: (i) the closing price of a Share on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (collectively, the “Exchange”) on the Determination Date, or, if shares were not traded on the Determination Date, then on the nearest preceding trading day during which a sale occurred; or (ii) if such stock is not traded on the Exchange but is otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market, the mean between the representative bid and asked prices for a Share on the Determination Date; or (iii) if subsections (i) or (ii) do not apply, the fair market value of a Share established in good faith by the Board or the Committee based on relevant facts and circumstances.

 

Grant Date ” means the later of (i) the date designated as the “Grant Date” within an Award Agreement, and (ii) date on which the Committee determines the key terms of an Award, provided that as soon as reasonably practical thereafter the Committee both notifies the Eligible Person of the Award and enters into an Award Agreement with the Eligible Person.

 

19
 

  

Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” means, an Option that qualifies for favorable income tax treatment under Code Section 422.

 

Involuntary Termination ” shall mean, to the extent there is an employment agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and a Participant then in effect and subject to the terms of such employment agreement, a termination of a Participant’s employment on or after a Change in Control (i) by the Participant for “Good Reason” (as defined in any such employment agreement), or (ii) by the Company or its Affiliates without cause or other than upon death or disability which termination entitles such Participant to accelerated or extended severance benefits pursuant to his or her employment agreement. In the absence of such an agreement, “Involuntary Termination” means a termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service under the following circumstances occurring on or after a Change in Control: (i) termination without Cause by the Company or an Affiliate or successor thereto, as appropriate; or (ii) voluntary termination by the Participant, if: (1) the Participant voluntarily terminates Continuous Service within 60 days of one of the following conditions arising without the Participant’s consent: (A) a material reduction in the Participant’s job responsibilities, provided that neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment to a substantially similar position shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities; (B) an involuntary relocation of the Participant’s work site to a facility or location more than 25 miles from the Participant’s principal work site at the time of the Change in Control; or (C) a material reduction in Participant’s total compensation other than as part of an reduction by the same percentage amount in the compensation of all other similarly-situated Employees or Directors; (2) the Participant gives the Company or an Affiliate written notice of the existence of one or more of the conditions listed in (A) through (C) within ten days of the initial existence of the condition; and (3) the Company or Affiliate fails to cure such condition within 30 days following receipt of such written notice by the Participant.

 

Non-ISO ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Option ” means a right to purchase Shares granted under the Plan, at a price determined in accordance with the Plan.

 

Participant ” means any Eligible Person who holds an outstanding Award.

 

Performance Awards ” mean Awards granted pursuant to Section 9.

 

Performance Unit ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9(a) of the Plan which may be paid in cash, in Shares, or such combination of cash and Shares as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine.

 

Person ” means any natural person, association, trust, business trust, cooperative, corporation, general partnership, joint venture, joint-stock company, limited partnership, limited liability company, real estate investment trust, regulatory body, governmental agency or instrumentality, unincorporated organization or organizational entity.

 

Plan ” means this B. Riley Financial, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (including the Appendices hereto).

 

Recapture ” and “ Rescission ” have the meaning set forth in Section 15 of the Plan.

 

Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16 of the Plan.

 

Reporting Person ” means an Employee, Director, or Consultant who is subject to the reporting requirements set forth under Rule 16b-3.

 

Restricted Share ” means a Share awarded with restrictions imposed under Section 7.

 

Restricted Share Unit ” or “ RSU ” means a right granted to a Participant to receive Shares or cash upon the lapse of restrictions imposed under Section 7.

 

20
 

  

Retirement ” means a Participant’s termination of employment after age 65.

 

Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

 

Share ” means an ordinary share, no par value, of the Company, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

 

SAR ” or “ Share Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive amounts awarded under Section 6.

 

Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns (within the meaning of Code Section 422) stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

 

Unrestricted Shares ” mean Shares awarded without restrictions pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.

 

Withholding Taxes ” means the aggregate minimum amount of federal, state, local and foreign income, payroll and other taxes that the Company and any Affiliates are required to withhold in connection with any Award.

 

21
 

  

b. riley financial, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan

 

( formerly Great American Group, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan)

 

(formerly Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp.

2009 Stock Incentive Plan)

 

The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by the Board of Directors of Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. (“AAMAC”) on May 12, 2009 and by the shareholders of Alternative Asset Management Acquisition Corp. (“AAMAC”) on July 31, 2009, and assumed by Great American Group, Inc. on July 31, 2009 (the “2009 Plan”). The 2009 Plan was amended and restated by the Board of Directors of Great American Group, Inc. on August 19, 2009 (the “August 2009 Plan”). The August 2009 Plan was amended and restated by the Board of Directors and stockholders of Great American Group, Inc. on October 7, 2014 (the “2014 Plan”). The 2014 Plan was amended by the Board of Directors of B. Riley Financial, Inc. on February 11, 2015 to reflect the change of the Company’s name from Great American Group, Inc. to B. Riley Financial, Inc. The 2014 Plan was amended by the Board of Directors of B. Riley Financial, Inc. on May 4, 2015 to provide the Committee with discretion to make payments in respect of dividends associated with Shares underlying certain Awards.

 

22

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

SENIOR SECURED, SUPER-PRIORITY DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

January 15, 2015

 

among

 

B. Riley FINANCIAL, INC.

 

as Lender

 

THE WET SEAL, INC.

 

as Lead Borrower for

 

THE WET SEAL, INC.

 

THE WET SEAL RETAIL, INC.

 

WET SEAL CATALOG, INC.

 

as the Borrowers and Debtors-in-Possession

 

The GUARANTORS Party Hereto

 

 

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section   Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS 1
     
1.01 Defined Terms 1
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions 26
1.03 Accounting Terms 27
1.04 Rounding 27
1.05 Times of Day 27
1.06 Reserved 27
     
ARTICLE II THE COMMITMENT AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS 27
     
2.01 Loans 27
2.02 Borrowings. 27
2.03 Reserved. 28
2.04 Reserved. 28
2.05 Prepayments. 28
2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitment. 28
2.07 Repayment of Loans. 29
2.08 Interest. 29
2.09 Fees 29
2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees 29
2.11 Evidence of Debt. 30
2.12 Payments Generally; Funding Source. 30
2.13 Priority; Liens 30
     
ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY; APPOINTMENT OF LEAD BORROWER 30
     
3.01 Taxes. 30
3.02 Reserved 31
3.03 Reserved 31
3.04 Increased Costs. 32
3.05 Reserved 32
3.06 Reserved 32
3.07 Survival 32
3.08 Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent. 32
     
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS 33
     
4.01 Conditions of Initial Borrowing 33
4.02 Reserved 35
4.03 Conditions to all Borrowings 35
     
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 36
     
5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power 36
5.02 Authorization; No Contravention 36
5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents 36
5.04 Binding Effect 36
5.05 Budget; No Material Adverse Effect 36
5.06 Litigation 36

 

i
 

 

5.07 No Default 37
5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens 37
5.09 Environmental Compliance. 37
5.10 Insurance 38
5.11 Taxes 38
5.12 ERISA Compliance 38
5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests 38
5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act. 39
5.15 Disclosure 39
5.16 Compliance with Laws 39
5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses. 39
5.18 Labor Matters. 40
5.19 Security Documents. 40
5.20 Reserved. 40
5.21 Reserved. 40
5.22 Brokers 40
5.23 Customer and Trade Relations 40
5.24 Casualty 40
     
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 40
     
6.01 Financial Statements 40
6.02 Notices 41
6.03 Payment of Obligations 42
6.04 Preservation of Existence 42
6.05 Maintenance of Properties 43
6.06 Maintenance of Insurance 43
6.07 Compliance with Laws 43
6.08 Books and Records; Accountants. 44
6.09 Inspection Rights. 44
6.10 Additional Loan Parties 44
6.11 Reserved. 45
6.12 Information Regarding the Collateral 46
6.13 Physical Inventories. 46
6.14 Environmental Laws. 47
6.15 Further Assurances. 47
6.16 Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds. 47
6.17 Depository Account 48
6.18 Retention of Independent Consultant 48
6.19 Performance Within Approved Budget 48
6.20 Reserved 49
6.21 Additional Bankruptcy Related Affirmative Covenant. 49
     
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS 49
     
7.01 Liens 49
7.02 Investments 50
7.03 Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock 50
7.04 Fundamental Changes 50
7.05 Asset Sales 50
7.06 Restricted Payments 50
7.07 Prepayments of Indebtedness 50

 

ii
 

 

7.08 Change in Nature of Business. 51
7.09 Transactions with Affiliates 51
7.10 Burdensome Agreements 51
7.11 Use of Proceeds 51
7.12 Amendment of Material Documents. 52
7.13 Fiscal Year. 52
7.14 Reserved. 52
7.15 Bankruptcy Related Negative Covenants 52
     
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 53
     
8.01 Events of Default 53
8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default 56
8.03 Application of Funds 57
     
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS 58
     
9.01 Amendments 58
9.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications. 58
9.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies 59
9.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. 59
9.05 Payments Set Aside 60
9.06 Successors and Assigns. 61
9.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality 62
9.08 Right of Setoff 63
9.09 Interest Rate Limitation 63
9.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness 63
9.11 Survival 64
9.12 Severability 64
9.13 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. 64
9.14 Waiver of Jury Trial 65
9.15 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility 65
9.16 Patriot Act Notice 66
9.17 Foreign Asset Control Regulations 66
9.18 Time of the Essence 66
9.19 Press Releases 66
9.20 Additional Waivers. 67
9.21 No Strict Construction. 68
9.22 Attachments. 68
9.23 Reserved. 68
9.24 Relationship with DIP Orders. 68
     
ARTICLE X GUARANTEE 68
     
10.01 The Facility Guaranty. 68
10.02 Guaranteed Obligations Not Affected. 69
10.03 Security. 69
10.04 Guarantee of Payment. 69
10.05 No Discharge or Diminishment of Guarantee. 69
10.06 Defenses of Loan Parties Waived. 70
10.07 Agreement to Pay; Subordination. 70
10.08 Limitation on Guarantee of Guaranteed Obligations. 70
     
SIGNATURES 71

 

iii
 

 

SCHEDULES
   
1.01 Borrowers
   
5.08(b)(1) Owned Real Estate
   
5.08(b)(2) Leased Real Estate
   
5.10 Insurance
   
5.13 Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments
   
7.01 Existing Liens
   
7.03 Existing Indebtedness
   
9.02 Lender’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices
   
EXHIBITS
   
  Form of
   
A Loan Notice
   
B Note
   
C Interim Borrowing Order

 

iv
 

 

SENIOR SECURED, SUPER-PRIORITY DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This SENIOR SECURED, SUPER-PRIORITY DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of January 15, 2015 among

 

The Wet Seal, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Debtor-in-Possession (the “Lead Borrower”),

 

the Persons (as defined below) named on Schedule 1.01 hereto, as Debtors-in-Possession (collectively, the “Borrowers” and individually, a “Borrower”),

 

the Guarantors, as Debtors-in-Possession (as defined below), and

 

B. Riley FINANCIAL, INC. , as lender (in such capacity, the “Lender”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, on January 15, 2015, the Borrowers and the Guarantors commenced Chapter 11 Case Nos. 15-10081, 15-10082, 15-10083, and 15-10084 (collectively, (the “Chapter 11 Case”) by filing a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Borrowers continue to operate their business and manage their properties as debtors and debtors-in-possession pursuant to Sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code; and

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Lender provide a senior secured, super-priority term credit facility to the Borrowers on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Lender and the Borrowers hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1.01         Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“ACH” means automated clearing house transfers.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

“Agreement” means this Senior Secured, Super-Priority Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement.

 

“Applicable Rate” means ten and one-quarter percent (10.25%).

 

“Approved Budget” has the meaning specified in Section 6.19 .

 

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) the Lender, (b) an Affiliate of the Lender (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages the Lender, or (d) the same investment advisor or an advisor under common control with the Lender, Affiliate or advisor, as applicable.

 

1
 

 

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, pursuant to which an assignee lender shall have agreed to become a party hereto as a lender.

 

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease Obligation of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease, agreement or instrument were accounted for as a capital lease.

 

“Available Amount” means, as of any date of determination thereof by the Lender, the result, if a positive number, of:

 

(a)          Loan Cap, provided, however, that the amount of the Loan Cap, for purposes of determining the Available Amount, shall not exceed $1,000,000 prior to the later of (x) entry of the Final Borrowing Order and (y) the date on which the Lender shall have received, reviewed and approved the initial Variance Report;

 

minus

 

(b)          The total of all Borrowings made hereunder (without regard to any repayment of Loans).

 

“Availability Block” means $5,000,000, subject to reduction at the sole discretion of the Lender.

 

“Availability Period” means the period beginning on (and including) the Closing Date and ending on (and excluding) the Termination Date.

 

“Availability Reserves” means such reserves as the Lender from time to time determines in the Lender’s Permitted Discretion as being appropriate, including, without limitation, (a) to reflect the impediments to the Lender’s ability to realize upon the Collateral, (b) to reflect claims and liabilities that the Lender determines will need to be satisfied in connection with the realization upon the Collateral, (c) to reflect criteria, events, conditions, contingencies or risks which adversely affect any component of the Borrowing Base, or the assets, business, financial performance or financial condition of any Loan Party, or (d) to reflect that a Default or an Event of Default then exists. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Availability Reserves may include (but are not limited to) reserves based on (i) post-petition rent for any Lease not rejected in the Chapter 11 Case; (ii) Gift Certificates and Merchandise Credit Liability; (iii) customs, duties, and other costs to release Inventory which is being imported into the United States; (iv) outstanding customer deposits; (v) outstanding Taxes and other governmental charges, including, ad valorem, real estate, personal property, sales, claims of the PBGC, and other Taxes which would reasonably be expected to have priority over the interests of the Lender in the Collateral; (vi) Other DIP Obligations Reserve; (vii) salaries, wages and benefits due to employees of any Loan Party; (vii) reserves for reasonably anticipated changes in the Appraised Value of Eligible Inventory between appraisals; (ix) warehousemen’s or bailee’s charges and other Liens which would reasonably be expected to have priority over the interests of the Lender in the Collateral; and (x) the Professional Fee Carve Out Reserve.

 

2
 

 

“Bank” means any bank organized under the laws of the United States having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11, U.S.C. §101, et seq., as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor statute thereto.

 

“Bankruptcy Court” has the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Bankruptcy Events” means, the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case and any events that lead up to, and typically result from, the commencement of a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

“Bankruptcy Recoveries” means any claims and causes of action to which any Loan Party may be entitled to assert by reason of any avoidance or other power vested in or on behalf of any Loan Party or the estate of any Loan Party under Chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code and any and all recoveries and settlements thereof.

 

“Blocked Account” has the meaning provided in Section 6.11(a)(ii) .

 

“Blocked Account Agreement” means with respect to an account established by a Loan Party, an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, establishing control (as defined in the UCC) of such account by the Lender and whereby the bank maintaining such account agrees to comply only with the instructions originated by the Lender without the further consent of any Loan Party.

 

“Blocked Account Bank” means each bank with whom deposit accounts are maintained in which any funds of any of the Loan Parties from one or more DDAs are concentrated and with whom a Blocked Account Agreement has been, or is required to be, executed in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Borrowers” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

“Borrowing” means a borrowing of Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 .

 

“Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation, an amount equal to:

 

(a)          the Tranche A Borrowing Base;

 

plus

 

(b)          the Tranche B Borrowing Base;

 

plus

 

(c)          the Cash Collateral Amount.

 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (with such changes therein as may be reasonably required by the Lender to reflect the components of and reserves against the Borrowing Base as provided for hereunder from time to time), executed and certified as accurate and complete by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower which shall include appropriate exhibits, schedules, and supporting documentation as reasonably requested by the Lender.

 

3
 

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Lender’s Office is located.

 

“Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (a) the additions, improvements, refurbishments, redesigns, remodels, and build-outs to property (including leasehold interests), plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Loan Parties that are (or would be) set forth in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Loan Parties for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) any assets acquired by a Capital Lease Obligation during such period.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Carve Out Trigger Notice” means written notice from the Lender to the Lead Borrower, its lead counsel, the U.S. Trustee and lead counsel to the Creditors’ Committee notifying such Persons of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

“Case Professionals” means Persons or firms retained by the Loan Parties or the Creditors’ Committee or other statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Case pursuant to §§327 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

“Cash Collateral Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.17 .

 

“Cash Collateral Amount” means, at any time of calculation, the amount of cash then on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account.

 

“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.

 

“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

 

“CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.

 

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following as applicable to any of the Loan Parties or Credit Parties: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation, or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided however, for purposes of this Agreement, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued and shall be deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted after the Closing Date.

 

4
 

 

“Change of Control” means, at any time, (a) during any period of twelve months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Lead Borrower (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such board of directors, or whose nomination for election by shareholders of the Lead Borrower, as the case may be, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than by reason of death or disability to constitute a majority of the board of directors then in office; (b) any person or group (within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except that such person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) directly or indirectly of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of the Lead Borrower on a fully diluted basis, whether as a result of the issuance of securities of the Lead Borrower, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Lead Borrower, any direct or indirect transfers of securities or otherwise, or has the right or ability to Control the Lead Borrower; (c) the Lead Borrower fails to own one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of the other Loan Parties; or (d) any “change in control” or similar event as defined in any document governing Material Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred on or after the Petition Date.

 

“Chapter 11 Case” has the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.01 .

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended and in effect.

 

“Collateral” means collectively, all property upon which a Lien is granted pursuant to any Security Document (including, without limitation, the DIP Orders). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the term “Collateral” shall not, except as expressly provided in the DIP Orders, include Bankruptcy Recoveries.

 

“Commitment” means the maximum principal amount of the Lender’s obligation to make Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01 . As of the Closing Date, the Commitment is $20,000,000.

 

“Consolidated” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of a Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

5
 

 

“Credit Card Holdback Amount” means the aggregate amount of holdbacks issued with respect to Credit Card Receivables, to the extent complying with all criteria of Eligible Credit Card Receivables other than clause (a) thereof.

 

“Credit Card Receivables” means each “payment intangible” (as defined in the UCC) together with all income, payments and proceeds thereof, owed by a major credit or debit card issuer (including, but not limited to, Visa, MasterCard and American Express and such other issuers approved by the Lender) to a Loan Party resulting from charges by a customer of a Loan Party on credit or debit cards issued by such issuer in connection with the sale of goods by a Loan Party, or services performed by a Loan Party, in each case in the ordinary course of its business.

 

“Credit Party” or “Credit Parties” means (a) individually, (i) the Lender and its Affiliates, (ii) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Loan Documents are owing, and (iii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

 

“Credit Party Expenses” means: all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender and its Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, (i) the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of (A) counsel for the Lender and its Affiliates (limited to not more than one primary counsel, and necessary local counsel (limited to one local counsel for each other jurisdiction)), (B) outside consultants for the Lender, (C) appraisers, and (D) commercial finance examinations, and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with (A) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), or (B) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with the Chapter 11 Case or any successor case.

 

“Creditors’ Committee” means any official committee of creditors formed, appointed or approved in the Chapter 11 Case pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.

 

“Customs Broker Agreement” means an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender among a Loan Party, a customs broker or other carrier, and the Lender, in which the customs broker or other carrier acknowledges that it has control over and holds the documents evidencing ownership of the subject Inventory for the benefit of the Lender and agrees, upon notice from the Lender, to hold and dispose of the subject Inventory solely as directed by the Lender.

 

“Data Center Servers” means the data servers and related equipment located in the Borrowers’ Las Vegas, Nevada data center.

 

“DDA” means each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties (other than any blocked account securing Other DIP Obligations). All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Lender shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

 

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

6
 

 

“Default Rate” means an interest rate equal to twelve and one-quarter percent (12.25%).

 

“DIP L/C Obligations” means obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of DIP Letters of Credit (as in the Other DIP Order) approved as administrative claims pursuant to the Other DIP Order.

 

“DIP Orders” means and refers to the Interim Borrowing Order and the Final Borrowing Order.

 

“Disclosure Statement” means a disclosure statement filed in the Chapter 11 Case in connection with a Plan of Reorganization.

 

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale, transfer, license or other disposition of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property (including, without limitation, any Equity Interests) by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.

 

“Dollars” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

 

“Dominion Period” means the period from and after any date on which the Liquidity Amount of the Loan Parties is less than $5,000,000.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.(excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiary organized under the laws of Puerto Rico or any other territory).

 

“Eligible Credit Card Receivables” means Credit Card Receivables due to a Borrower on a non-recourse basis from Visa, MasterCard, American Express Co., Discover, and other major credit card processors reasonably acceptable to the Lender as arise in the ordinary course of business, which have been earned by performance and are deemed by the Lender in its Permitted Discretion to be eligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. Without limiting the foregoing, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Lender, none of the following shall be deemed to be Eligible Credit Card Receivables:

 

(a)          Credit Card Receivables that have been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale;

 

7
 

 

(b)          Credit Card Receivables with respect to which a Borrower does not have good, valid and marketable title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens);

 

(c)          Credit Card Receivables that are not subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Lender, for the benefit of itself and the Credit Parties (it being the intent that chargebacks in the ordinary course by the credit card processors shall not be deemed violative of this clause);

 

(d)          Credit Card Receivables which are disputed, are with recourse (other than standard chargeback rights), or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted (to the extent of such claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);

 

(e)          Credit Card Receivables which the Lender determines in its Permitted Discretion to be uncertain of collection; and

 

(f)          Any portion of any Credit Card Receivables subject to holdback.

 

“Eligible In-Transit Inventory” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, without duplication of other Eligible Inventory, Inventory (a) which has been shipped from a foreign location for receipt by a Borrower within fourteen (14) days of the date of shipment, but which has not yet been delivered to a Borrower, (b) for which payment has been made by a Borrower and title has passed to a Borrower, (c) for which the document of title reflects a Borrower or the Lender as consignee (along with delivery to such Borrower of the documents of title with respect thereto), (d) as to which the Lender has control over the documents of title which evidence ownership of the subject Inventory (such as, if requested by the Lender, by the delivery of a Customs Broker Agreement), and (e) which otherwise would constitute Eligible Inventory; provided that the Lender may, in its discretion, exclude any particular Inventory from the definition of “Eligible In-Transit Inventory” in the event the Lender reasonably determines that such Inventory is subject to any Person’s right or claim which is (or is capable of being) senior to, or pari passu with, the Lien of the Lender (such as, without limitation, a right of stoppage in transit), may not be received by the commencement of any Liquidation, or may otherwise adversely impact the ability of the Lender to realize upon such Inventory.

 

“Eligible Inventory” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, (a) Eligible In-Transit Inventory, and (b) items of Inventory of the Borrowers that are finished goods, merchantable and readily saleable to the public in the ordinary course deemed by the Lender in its Permitted Discretion to be eligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. Without limiting the foregoing, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Lender, none of the following shall be deemed to be Eligible Inventory:

 

(a)          Inventory that is not owned solely by a Borrower, or is leased or on consignment or a Borrower does not have good and valid title thereto;

 

(b)          Inventory (other than Eligible In-Transit Inventory) that is not located at a distribution center used by a Borrower in the ordinary course or at a property that is owned or leased by a Borrower;

 

(c)          Inventory that represents (i) goods damaged, defective or otherwise unmerchantable, (ii) goods that do not conform in all material respects to the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or any of the Security Documents, or (iii) goods to be returned to the vendor;

 

(d)          Inventory that is not located in the United States of America (excluding territories and possessions thereof) other than Eligible In-Transit Inventory;

 

8
 

 

(e)          Inventory that is not subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Lender for the benefit of the Credit Parties;

 

(f)          Inventory which consists of supplies, samples, labels, bags, packaging, and other similar non-merchandise categories;

 

(g)          Inventory as to which insurance in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.07 hereof is not in effect; or

 

(h)          Inventory which has been sold but not yet delivered or as to which the Borrower has accepted a deposit.

 

“Eligible PP&E” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, PP&E of the Borrowers that is deemed by the Lender in its Permitted Discretion to be eligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. Without limiting the foregoing, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Lender, Eligible PP&E shall not include:

 

(a)          PP&E that is not owned solely by a Borrower, or is leased or to which a Borrower does not have good and marketable title thereto;

 

(b)          PP&E that is not located in the United States of America (excluding territories and possessions thereof);

 

(c)          PP&E that is not subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Lender for the benefit of the Credit Parties;

 

(d)          PP&E as to which insurance in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.07 hereof is not in effect; or

 

(e)          PP&E that is not in saleable condition and usuable for its intended purpose.

 

“Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal or presence of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

“Equipment” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.

 

9
 

 

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or non-voting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 . An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless and until that Event of Default has been duly waived as provided in Section 9.01 hereof.

 

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of the Lender, in which its Lender’s Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Loan Party is located, and (c) any U.S. federal withholding tax imposed under FATCA.

 

“Executive Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17 .

 

“Facility Guaranty” means the Guarantee of the Obligations set forth in Article X hereof.

 

“FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

 

10
 

 

“Final Borrowing Order” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court, which order is a Final Order and shall be in form, scope and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender, which, among other matters but not by way of limitation, (i) authorizes the Loan Parties to obtain credit, incur (or guaranty) Obligations, grant Liens under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the DIP Orders and otherwise perform their obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) provides for the super priority of the Lender’s claims (subject to the Professional Fee Carve Out).

 

“Final Order” means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, as entered on the docket of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court, that has not been reversed, stayed, modified or amended and as to which the time to appeal or seek leave to appeal, petition for certiorari, reargue or seek rehearing has expired and no proceeding for certiorari, reargument or rehearing is pending or if an appeal, petition for certiorari, reargument, or rehearing has been sought, the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court has been affirmed by the highest court to which the order was appealed, from which the reargument or rehearing was sought, or certiorari has been denied and the time to take any further appeal or to seek certiorari or further reargument or rehearing has expired.

 

“Financial Officer” means a chief financial officer or vice president corporate controller.

 

“Fiscal Quarter” means any fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year, which quarters shall generally end on the Saturday nearest to the last day of each January, April, July or October of such Fiscal Year in accordance with the fiscal accounting calendar of the Borrowers.

 

“Fiscal Year” means any period of twelve consecutive months ending on the Saturday nearest to the last day of January of any calendar year.

 

“Foreign Assets Control Regulations” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17 .

 

“Foreign Vendor” means a Person that sells In-Transit Inventory to a Borrower.

 

“Foreign Vendor Agreement” means an agreement between a Foreign Vendor and the Lender in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and pursuant to which, among other things, the parties shall agree upon their relative rights with respect to In-Transit Inventory of a Borrower purchased from such Foreign Vendor.

 

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as set forth in accounting rules and standards promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any organization succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

“Gift Certificates and Merchandise Credit Liability” means, at any time, the aggregate face value at such time of (a) outstanding gift certificates and gift cards of the Borrowers entitling the holder thereof to use all or a portion of the certificate to pay all or a portion of the purchase price for any Inventory, and (b) outstanding merchandise credits of the Borrowers.

 

11
 

 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

 

“Guarantor” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower (other than any Borrower), now existing or hereafter created, other than any CFC and the Borrowers.

 

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)          all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

(b)          the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

 

(c)          net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

 

12
 

 

(d)          all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than 60 days);

 

(e)          indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

 

(f)          all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

 

(g)         all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person (including, without limitation, Disqualified Stock), or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

 

(h)         all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.

 

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

 

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(b) .

 

“Independent Consultant” means FTI Consulting, Inc., (or another independent third party consultant reasonably acceptable to the Lender).

 

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 9.07 .

 

“Intellectual Property” means the following: (a) trademarks, service marks, logos, trade dress, copyrights, copyrightable works, including registrations and applications therefor: (b) patent and patent applications, including all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof; (c) inventions, processes, trade secrets, know-how, and confidential information; and (d) licenses of rights in any of the above.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means the first Business Day of each calendar month and the Maturity Date.

 

“In-Transit Inventory” means Inventory of a Borrower which is in the possession of a common carrier and is in transit from a Foreign Vendor of a Borrower from a location outside of the continental United States to a location of a Borrower that is within the continental United States.

 

13
 

 

“Interim Borrowing Order” means an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court, substantially in the form of, and containing the provisions set forth in, Exhibit C (or such other form and provisions as may be reasonably acceptable to the Lender), approving, on an interim basis, the Loan Parties’ obtaining credit and incurring (or guarantying) Obligations, granting Liens to secure the Obligations, and providing for the super priority of the Lender’s claims (subject to the Professional Fee Carve Out), and entering into and performing their obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

“Inventory” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

 

“Inventory Reserves” means such reserves as may be established from time to time by the Lender in the Lender’s reasonable discretion with respect to the status, condition, saleability, or value of the Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Inventory Reserves may include (but are not limited to) reserves based on obsolescence or Shrink, reserves based on ad valorem or other taxes, or reserves reasonably required by the Lender to protect Collateral value based upon changes to the ordinary course business of the Borrowers.

 

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or assets of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (c) any other investment of money or capital (including Capital Expenditures) in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

 

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

“Laws” means each international, foreign, federal, state and local statute, treaty, rule, guideline, regulation, ordinance, code and administrative or judicial precedent or authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and each applicable administrative order, directed duty, request, license, authorization and permit of, and agreement with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law. Without limiting the foregoing, “Laws” shall include the Bankruptcy Code.

 

“L/C Recovery Amount” means, the excess (if any) of (i) the cash collateral deposited by the Borrowers to secure obligations in respect of letters of credit issued to CIT, Rosenthal and other third-parties approved by the Lender in its sole discretion to secure delivery of certain Inventory over (ii) the sum of (x) the maximum payment obligation of Loan Parties upon delivery of such Inventory and (y) amounts drawn under such letters of credit and not reimbursed by a Loan Party.

 

“Lead Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

“Lease” means any agreement, whether written or oral, no matter how styled or structured, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

 

14
 

 

“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

“Lender Parties” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.02(c) .

 

“Lender’s Office” means the Lender’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 9.02 , or such other address or account as the Lender may from time to time notify the Lead Borrower.

 

“Lien” means (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale, Capital Lease Obligation, Synthetic Lease Obligation, or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) and (b) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

“Liquidation” means the exercise by the Lender of those rights and remedies accorded to the Lender under the Loan Documents and applicable Laws as a creditor of the Loan Parties with respect to the realization on the Collateral, including (after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) the conduct by the Loan Parties acting with the consent of the Lender, of any public, private or “going-out-of-business”, “store closing” or other similar sale or any other disposition of the Collateral for the purpose of liquidating the Collateral. Derivations of the word “Liquidation” (such as “Liquidate”) are used with like meaning in this Agreement.

 

“Liquidity Amount” shall mean the amount measured as the sum of (x) unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Loan parties (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts deposited as cash collateral) plus (y) the maximum amount that is available for borrowing hereunder), provided that, if borrowing is unavailable solely due to a Default (that has not become an Event of Default), then such Default shall be deemed not to exist solely for purposes of the foregoing clause (y),

 

“Loan” means an extension of credit by the Lender to the Borrower under Article II .

 

“Loan Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11 .

 

“Loan Cap” means, at any time of determination, the lesser of (a) the Commitment (after giving effect to any reductions in the Commitment pursuant to Section 2.06 ) minus the Availability Block or (b) the Borrowing Base.

 

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, the DIP Orders, the Security Documents, and any other instrument or agreement now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection herewith.

 

“Loan Notice” means a notice of Borrowing of Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

 

15
 

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, property, assets, or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties to perform any Obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the material rights or remedies of the Lender hereunder or thereunder. In determining whether any individual event would result in a Material Adverse Effect, notwithstanding that such event in and of itself does not have such effect, a Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to have occurred if the cumulative effect of such event and all other then-existing events would result in a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a “Material Adverse Effect” shall not be deemed to exist as a result of the effect of the Bankruptcy Events and the Permitted Store Closings.

 

“Material Contract” means, with respect to any Person, each contract to which such Person is a party material to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of such Person.

 

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred after the Petition Date (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $1,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) the amount of the obligations in respect of any Swap Contract at such time shall be calculated at the Swap Termination Value thereof, (b) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be included, and (c) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

 

“Maturity Date” means the earlier of (a) February 16, 2015 unless the Final Borrowing Order shall have been entered on or before such date, in which case the Maturity Date shall mean May 15, 2015, unless otherwise extended by the Lender in its sole and exclusive discretion, and (b) the date on which the Sponsor terminates the Sponsor Support Agreement.

 

“Maximum Rate” has the meaning provided therefor in Section 9.09 .

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

“Note” means (a) a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of the Lender evidencing Loans made by the Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B , as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

“NOLV” means the net orderly liquidation value of any asset as determined from time to time by the Lender in its Permitted Discretion (it being understood the Lender intends to re-evaluate and adjust NOLVs for the various components of the Borrowing Base on a bi-weekly basis). Unless the Lender otherwise notifies the Lead Borrower, (i) the NOLV of any Eligible Inventory shall be deemed to be 35% of the Cost thereof, (ii) the NOLV of the Borrowers’ Eligible PP&E shall be deemed to be $1,000,000 minus the net sale proceeds of any sale of any portion thereof, (iii) the NOLV of the Borrowers’ Intellectual Property shall be deemed to be $1,500,000, and (iv) the NOLV of the Data Center Servers shall be $600,000.

 

“NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

 

“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses), liabilities, obligations, covenants, indemnities, and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

 

16
 

 

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity, and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

 

“Other DIP Obligations” means (i) the DIP L/C Obligations, (ii) the Pre-Petition Indemnity Obligations, and (iii) the Treasury Management Obligations.

 

“Other DIP Obligation Reserves” means such reserves as the Lender, from time to time, determines in its reasonable discretion as being appropriate to reflect the reasonably anticipated liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties with respect to Other DIP Obligations in excess of the cash collateral posted in respect thereof.

 

“Other DIP Order” means an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court in form, scope and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender, approving the Loan Parties’ obtaining credit and incurring (or guarantying), and granting Liens to secure, (i) the DIP L/C Obligations, (ii) the Pre-Petition Indemnity Obligations, and (iii) the Treasury Management Obligations.

 

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, excluding, however, any such amounts imposed as a result of an assignment by the Lender of its Loan or Commitment.

 

“Outstanding Amount” means the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans after giving effect to any Borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date

 

“Parent” means the Lead Borrower.

 

“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(c) .

 

“Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

“PCAOB” means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

17
 

 

“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

 

“Permitted Discretion” means the exercise of the Lender’s good faith discretion, based on its commercially reasonable business judgment, taking into consideration all factors the Lender deems relevant, including, without limitation, facts, factors, risks or circumstances, that: (i) would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the value of the Collateral, the enforceability or priority of the Lender’s Liens thereon in favor of the Credit Parties or the amount which the Lender and the Credit Parties would likely receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the liquidation of such Collateral; (ii) would reasonably suggest that any collateral report or financial information delivered to the Lender by or on behalf of the Loan Parties is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (iii) would reasonably create or be expected to create a Default or Event of Default, of (iv) may increase the risk that the Obligations would not be paid or performed in a timely manner. In exercising such judgment, the Lender may consider such factors or circumstances already included in or tested by the definitions of Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible in-Transit Inventory or Eligible Inventory, as well as any of the following: (A) the financial and business climate and prospects of any member of the Loan Parties’ industry and general macroeconomic conditions; (B) changes in demand for and pricing of Inventory; (C) changes in any concentration of risk with respect to Inventory; (D) any other factors or circumstances that will or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (E) audits of books and records by third parties, history of chargebacks or other credit adjustments; and (F) any other factors that change or would reasonably be expected to change the credit risk of lending to the Borrowers on the security of the Collateral.

 

“Permitted Encumbrances” means:

 

(a)          Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.03 ;

 

(b)          carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.03 ;

 

(c)          pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA);

 

(d)          deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)          judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) ;

 

(f)          easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of a Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

18
 

 

(g)          Liens created under the Loan Documents;

 

(h)          Liens existing on the Petition Date listed on Schedule 7.01 ; and

 

(i)          Liens approved pursuant to the Other DIP Order, securing Other DIP Obligations.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means each of the following:

 

(a)          Indebtedness incurred prior to the Petition Date and listed on Schedule 7.03 ;

 

(b)          Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

 

(c)          Indebtedness of any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, all of which Indebtedness shall be reflected in the Loan Parties’ books and records in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)          unsecured Indebtedness of the kind described in clause (d) of the definition of such term (and any Guaranty of any such Indebtedness of a Loan Party);

 

(e)          Other DIP Obligations;

 

(f)          Indebtedness of a Loan Party owing to another Loan Party; and

 

(g)          Permitted Refinancings of the Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (g).

 

“Permitted Investments” means each of the following:

 

(a)          as long as no Loans are outstanding:

 

(i)          direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), and municipal securities with an “AA” long-term credit rating obtainable from S&P and/or from Moody’s, including pre-funded municipal bonds escrowed to maturity and guaranteed by the securities issued by the United States of America (or by any agency thereof);

 

(ii)         Investments in commercial paper (taxable and tax-exempt);

 

(iii)        Investments in (i) securities issued by a corporation (other than a Loan Party or an Affiliate of a Loan Party) and denominated in U.S. Dollars maturing within three (3) years from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the long-term credit rating of “A/A” or the short-term credit rating of “A1/P1 SP1/MIG-1” or better obtainable from S&P and/or from Moody’s, (ii) securities issued by the Lender or another banking institution with total assets in excess of $250,000,000 maturing within three (3) years from the date of acquisition thereof; and (iii) auction rate preferred stock or bonds having, at such date of acquisition, the long-term credit rating of “AA” with a reset and maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

19
 

 

(iv)        Investments in certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits (including Eurodollar denominated issues) maturing within three (3) years from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and demand deposit and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Lender or another banking institution with total assets in excess of $250,000,000;

 

(v)         fully collateralized repurchase agreements for securities described in clause (a) above (without regard to the limitation on maturity contained in such clause) and entered into with any primary dealer and having a market value at the time that such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such counterparty entity with whom such repurchase agreement has been entered into;

 

(vi)        short-term Tax exempt securities (including municipal notes, auction rate floaters and floating rate notes); and

 

(vii)       Shares of investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and invest solely in one or more of the types of securities described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

 

(b)          reserved;

 

(c)          loans or advances made by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party;

 

(d)          Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted as Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(e)          Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(f)          loans or advances to employees for the purpose of travel, entertainment or relocation in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

 

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Investments described in clauses (a) through (f) shall be permitted unless such Investments are pledged to the Lender as additional collateral for the Obligations pursuant to such agreements or the DIP Orders as may be reasonably required by the Lender.

 

“Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “ Refinance ”), the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or previous refinancings thereof constituting a Permitted Refinancing); provided , that such Refinancing has been approved by Lender..

 

“Permitted Sales” means (i) the Disposition of any furniture, fixture or equipment that is no longer used or useful in the business of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to the extent expressly provided for in the Approved Budget; or (ii) the Disposition of Inventory and furniture, fixtures or equipment in connection with Permitted Store Closings.

 

20
 

 

“Permitted Store Closings” means the Store closures effectuated prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case, or thereafter with Lender’s approval.

 

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

“Petition Date” means January 15, 2015.

 

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Lead Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

 

“Plan Effective Date” means the effective date of a Plan of Reorganization.

 

“Plan of Reorganization” means a plan filed in the Chapter 11 Case pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

“PP&E” means (i) fixtures located at the Borrowers’ retail stores and (ii) equipment located at the Borrowers’ distribution centers (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Data Center Servers), and any furniture, fixture or equipment located in retail stores or distribution centers.

 

“Pre-Petition Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 3, 2011 entered into among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Agents and the Lenders (as each of those terms is defined therein), together with all instruments, documents and agreements executed or delivered in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, modified or supplemented to the date hereof.

 

“Pre-Petition Indemnity Obligations” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Other DIP Order.

 

“Pre-Petition Liabilities” means the “Secured Obligations” as defined in the security agreement executed and delivered in connection with the Pre-Petition Credit Agreement.

 

“Pre-Petition Loan Documents” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Pre-Petition Credit Agreement.

 

“Professional Fee Carve Out” means a carve out for the following expenses: (i) all fees required to be paid to the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court; (ii) all statutory fees payable to the U.S. Trustee pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a)(6) and 28 U.S.C. § 156(c); (iii) all Reported Fee Accruals, whether allowed by the Bankruptcy Court prior to or after delivery of a Carve Out Trigger Notice less the amount of the Case Professionals' pre-petition retainers received but not previously applied to their Professional Fees and Expenses; and (iv) all accrued and unpaid Professional Fees and Expenses incurred after the date of service of a Carve Out Trigger Notice, to the extent allowed at any time, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000 less, without duplication, the amount of such Case Professionals' pre-petition retainers received but not previously applied to their Professional Fees and Expenses as set forth in clause (iii) herein; provided that the amount set forth in this clause (iv) shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis for the Professional Fees and Expenses incurred and paid by the Loan Parties after the date of service of a Carve Out Trigger Notice.

 

21
 

 

“Professional Fee Carve Out Reserve” means an Availability Reserve equal to the Professional Fee Carve Out.

 

“Professional Fees and Expenses” means, subject to any limitations contained in the DIP Orders, (a) allowed administrative expenses payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a)(6), and (b) professional fees of, and costs and expenses incurred by, Case Professionals.

 

“Real Estate” means all Leases and all land, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas, and other improvements thereon, now or hereafter owned by any Loan Party, including all easements, rights-of-way, and similar rights relating thereto and all leases, tenancies, and occupancies thereof.

 

“Registered Public Accounting Firm” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

 

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

 

“Reported Fee Accruals” means the amount of Professional Fees and Expenses which have been incurred, accrued or invoiced (but remain unpaid) prior to such time as the Lender delivers the Carve Out Trigger Notice. For purposes of determining the amount of the Professional Fee Carve Out, “Reported Fee Accruals” shall be equal to the aggregate amounts under the heading “Professional Fees Incurred” in the Approved Budget (reflected on an accrual basis and not on a cash basis) for the line item in the relevant time period for each such Case Professional (or if less, the actual Professional Fees and Expenses incurred to such time) minus any payments received on account thereof. Any Professional Fees and Expenses which have been incurred, accrued or invoiced (and remain unpaid) but are in excess of the amounts reflected in the Approved Budget in the line item for the relevant time period for each such Case Professional shall not constitute “Reported Fee Accruals.”

 

“Reserves” means all (if any) Inventory Reserves and Availability Reserves.

 

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice-president, corporate controller, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the Lender by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any such Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any such Subsidiary. Without limiting the foregoing, “Restricted Payments” with respect to any Person shall also include all payments made by such Person with respect to any stock appreciation rights, plans, equity incentive or achievement plans or any similar plans and all proceeds of a dissolution or liquidation of such Person payable to the shareholders of such Person.

 

22
 

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

“Sarbanes-Oxley” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

“Satisfaction of Obligations” (or words to similar effect) means all the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, a reserve account has been established with Lender for all indemnification obligations hereunder, and the Commitment hereunder has been terminated.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

“Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

 

“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among the Loan Parties and the Lender.

 

“Security Documents” means (a) the Security Agreement and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document granting a Lien to secure any of the Obligations, and (b) the DIP Orders.

 

“Sponsor” means B. Riley Financial, Inc. and/or its permitted designees under the Sponsor Support Agreement.

 

“Sponsor Support Agreement” means that certain Plan Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2015, entered into by the Borrowers and the Sponsor.

 

“Shrink” means Inventory which has been lost, misplaced, stolen, or is otherwise unaccounted for.

 

“Store” means any retail store (which may include any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations and which is in form and on terms approved in writing by the Lender.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s Consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held.

 

23
 

 

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include the Lender or any Affiliate of the Lender).

 

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of the Bankruptcy Code or any other debtor relief laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

 

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

“Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date on which the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated (or deemed accelerated) and the Commitment is terminated (or deemed terminated) in accordance with Article VIII , (iii) the termination of the Commitment hereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.06 hereof, or a Plan Effective Date.

 

“Trading With the Enemy Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.17 .

 

“Tranche A Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation, an amount equal to:

 

(a)          the product of (i) the face amount of Eligible Credit Card Receivables multiplied by (ii) 85%;

 

plus

 

(b)          the product of (i) the NOLV of Eligible Inventory, net of Eligible In-Transit Inventory and net of applicable Inventory Reserves, multiplied by (ii) 90%;

 

24
 

 

plus

 

(c)          the product of (i) the NOLV of Eligible In-Transit Inventory, net of applicable Inventory Reserves, multiplied by (ii) 80%;

 

plus

 

(d)          the product of (i) NOLV of the Eligible PP&E multiplied by (ii) 50%;

 

plus

 

the product of (i) the NOLV of the Data Center Servers multiplied by (ii) 50%;

 

minus

 

(e)          the then amount of all Reserves (other than Inventory Reserves) allocated to the Tranche A Borrowing Base by the Lender.

 

“Tranche B Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation, an amount equal to:

 

(a)          the NOLV of Intellectual Property;

 

plus

 

(b)          the product of (i) L/C Recovery Amount multiplied by (ii) 70%;

 

plus

 

(c)          the product of (i) Credit Card Holdback Amount multiplied by (ii) 85%;

 

plus

 

(d)          the product of (i) the then amount of cash collateral posted in respect of Treasury Management Obligations multiplied by (ii) 85%;

 

minus

 

(e)          the then amount of all other Reserves (other than Inventory Reserves) allocated to the Tranche B Borrowing Base by the Lender.

 

“UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided further that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

 

25
 

 

“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

 

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

 

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c) .

 

“Variance Report” means a report prepared by the Lead Borrower’s management reflecting on a line-item basis the Loan Parties’ actual performance compared to the Approved Budget for the immediately preceding four week period and on a cumulative basis for the period after the Petition Date and the percentage variance of the Loan Parties’ actual results from those reflected in the then existing Approved Budget, along with management’s explanation of such variance.

 

1.02        Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

 

(a)          The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

(b)          In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

 

(c)          Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

26
 

 

(d)          Any provision hereof requiring consent, agreement or approval of Lender shall be deemed to require such consent, agreement or approval to be in writing and signed by the Lender.

 

1.03        Accounting Terms

 

(a)           Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the financial statements delivered to the Lender prior to the Closing Date, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

 

(b)           Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, the Lender and the Lead Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that , until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall provide to the Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

1.04        Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

1.05        Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENT AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

2.01        Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees to make Loans to the Borrowers no more than one (1) time per week on or after the Closing Date, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount. Any portion of Loans repaid may not be reborrowed.

 

2.02        Borrowings .

 

(a)           Reserved.

 

(b)           Each Loan shall be made upon the Lead Borrower’s irrevocable written notice to the Lender. Each such notice must be received by the Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing. Each telephonic notice by the Lead Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Lender of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Each borrowing of Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice shall specify (i) the requested date of the Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day, (ii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, and (iii) certify as to the calculations set forth in Section 4.03(e).

 

27
 

 

(c)           Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.03 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Borrowing, Section 4.01 ), the Lender shall use reasonable efforts to make the proceeds of the Borrowing available to the Lead Borrower by no later than 4:00 p.m. on the requested funding date by wire transfer of such funds to the account of the Lead Borrower in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Lender by the Lead Borrower.]

 

(d)           The Lender shall have no obligation to make any Loan in excess of the Available Amount.

 

2.03        Reserved .

 

2.04        Reserved .

 

2.05        Prepayments .

 

(a)           The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Lender, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of prepayment of such Loans; (ii) any prepayment shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Lead Borrower, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid.

 

(b)           Amounts of Loans repaid may not be reborrowed and do not increase the Commitment.

 

(c)           The Borrowers shall prepay the Loans with the net proceeds of any sale or disposition of any PP&E promptly upon receipt of such proceeds.

 

(d)           At any time that the Outstanding Amount shall exceed the Loan Cap, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay Loans to eliminate such excess.

 

2.06        Termination or Reduction of Commitment.

 

(a)           The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Lender, terminate the Commitment or from time to time permanently reduce the Commitment; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction and (ii) any such partial reduction of the Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)           Reserved.

 

28
 

 

(c)           All fees (including, without limitation, commitment fees) and interest in respect of the Obligations accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Commitment shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

 

2.07        Repayment of Loans .

 

The Borrower shall repay to the Lender on the Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding on such date.

 

2.08        Interest .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) below, each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)           (i)          If any amount payable under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

 

(i)          If any Event of Default exists, then the Lender may notify the Lead Borrower that all Obligations shall thereafter bear interest at the Default Rate and thereafter outstanding Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

 

(ii)         Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

(c)           Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment.

 

2.09        Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender commitment fees (a) on January 24, 2015, in an amount equal to 2.50% times the amount by which the Commitment exceeds the Availability Block then in effect, and (b) on any subsequent date on which the Lender decreases the Availability Block, in an amount equal to 2.50% times the amount of such reduction. The commitment fees shall be fully earned on the Closing Date, and shall not be subject to refund or rebate for any reason.

 

2.10        Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Lender of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

29
 

 

2.11        Evidence of Debt .

 

The Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Lender (the “ Loan Account ”) in the ordinary course of business, which shall include the date and amount of each Loan from the Lender, each payment and prepayment of principal of any such Loan, and each payment of interest, fees and other amounts due in connection with the Obligations due to the Lender. The accounts or records maintained by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lender to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. Upon the request of the Lender, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Lender a Note in the amount of the Commitment, which shall evidence the Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. The Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. Upon receipt of an affidavit of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such Lender’s Note together with an indemnity from the Lender related thereto in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers, and upon cancellation of such Note, the Borrowers will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note in favor of the Lender, in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

 

2.12        Payments Generally; Funding Source .

 

(a)           General . All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Lender at the Lender’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. All payments received by the Lender after 2:00 p.m. shall, at the option of the Lender, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrowers shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

(b)           Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate the Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by the Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

2.13        Priority; Liens . All of the Obligations are secured by Liens on substantially all the assets of the Borrowers and, at all times, shall constitute administrative expenses of the Borrowers in the Bankruptcy Case with priority under Section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code over any and all other administrative expenses of the kind specified in Sections 503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, subject and subordinate only to the Professional Fee Carve Out. No other claims, except for the aforementioned, having a priority superior or pari passu to that granted to or on behalf of the Lender shall be granted or approved while any of the Obligations or the Commitment remain outstanding.

 

ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY;
APPOINTMENT OF LEAD BORROWER

 

3.01        Taxes .

 

(a)           Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrowers shall be required by Law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrowers shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrowers shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Law.

 

30
 

 

(b)           Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Law.

 

(c)           Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Lender, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Lead Borrower by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)           Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrowers to a Governmental Authority, the Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

(e)           Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Lender reasonably determines, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Loan Parties or with respect to which the Borrowers have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Lead Borrower, with reasonable promptness following the date upon which it actually realizes such benefit, an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrowers under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Loan Parties, upon the request of the Lender, agree to repay the amount paid over to the Lead Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender in the event that the Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Loan Parties or any other Person.

 

(f)           FATCA . If a payment made to the Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if the Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), the Lender shall deliver to the withholding agent (i.e., any Loan Party), at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by such withholding agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by such withholding agent as may be necessary for the withholding agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that the Lender has complied with the Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.

 

3.02        Reserved.

 

3.03        Reserved.

 

31
 

 

3.04        Increased Costs .

 

(a)           Reserved .

 

(b)           Capital Requirements . If the Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting the Lender or any Lending Office of the Lender or the Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Lender’s capital or liquidity or on the capital or liquidity of the Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of the Lender or the Loans made by the Lender, to a level below at which the Lender or the Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration the Lender’s policies and the policies of the Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Loan Parties will pay to the Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender or the Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)           Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of the Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (b) of this Section and delivered to the Lead Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Loan Parties shall pay such the Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)           Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of the Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of the Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Loan Parties shall not be required to compensate the Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 120 days prior to the date that the Lender notifies the Lead Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 120 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

(e)           Reserved .

 

3.05        Reserved.

 

3.06        Reserved.

 

3.07        Survival. All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Commitment hereunder and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

3.08        Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent.

 

(a)           Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such Borrower’s agent to obtain Loans, the proceeds of which shall be available to each Borrower for such uses as are permitted under this Agreement. As the disclosed principal for its agent, each Borrower shall be obligated to each Credit Party on account of Loans so made as if made directly by the applicable Credit Party to such Borrower, notwithstanding the manner by which such Loans are recorded on the books and records of the Lead Borrower and of any other Borrower. In addition, each Loan Party other than the Borrowers hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such Loan Party’s agent to represent such Loan Party in all respects under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

32
 

 

(b)           Each Borrower recognizes that credit available to it hereunder is in excess of and on better terms than it otherwise could obtain on and for its own account and that one of the reasons therefor is its joining in the credit facility contemplated herein with all other Borrowers. Consequently, each Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to discharge all Obligations of each of the other Borrowers.

 

(c)           The Lead Borrower shall act as a conduit for each Borrower (including itself, as a “Borrower”) on whose behalf the Lead Borrower has requested a Borrowing. Neither the Lender nor any other Credit Party shall have any obligation to see to the application of such proceeds therefrom.

 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

4.01       Conditions of Initial Borrowing . The obligation of the Lender to make its initial Loan hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)          The Lender’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif ” via e-mail) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

 

(i)          executed counterparts of this Agreement sufficient in number for distribution to the Lender and the Lead Borrower;

 

(ii)         such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Lender may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party;

 

(iii)        copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents and such other documents and certifications as the Lender may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in such jurisdiction would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iv)        a certification to the Lender by Klee, Tuchin, Bogdanoff & Stern LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, that such counsel has reviewed the docket in the Chapter 11 Case and confirmed that there was no notice filed or motion pending with the Bankruptcy Court to appeal, reverse, stay or vacate the Interim Borrowing Order;

 

(v)         a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.03(a) and 4.03(b) have been satisfied;

 

33
 

 

(vi)        evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents and all endorsements in favor of the Lender required under the Loan Documents have been obtained and are in effect;

 

(vii)       the Security Documents, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties;

 

(viii)      all other Loan Documents, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties; and

 

(ix)         all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Lender to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Loan Documents and all such documents and instruments shall have been so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Lender.

 

(b)          Reserved.

 

(c)          The Lender shall have received and reviewed all material so-called “first day” motions and the related declarations and pleadings to be filed in the Chapter 11 Case, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

(d)          The Lender shall have received and reviewed the thirteen week cash flow of the Loan Parties which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and shall constitute the initial Approved Budget.

 

(e)          All motions and other documents to be filed with and submitted to the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the DIP Orders and this Agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. The Interim Borrowing Order shall have been entered, shall be in full force and effect, and shall not have been reversed, vacated or stayed, or modified without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

(f)          The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Interim Borrowing Order, which order shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender hereunder.

 

(g)          Other than Bankruptcy Events, there, there shall not be pending (or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened), in writing, any action, suit, investigation or proceeding in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and is not stayed by the filing of the Chapter 11 Case.

 

(h)          reserved

 

(i)          The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall not violate any Law or any Organization Document.

 

(j)          All fees required to be paid to the Lender on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid in full.

 

34
 

 

(k)          The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Lender (including, without limitation, local bankruptcy counsel) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date (including any estimated fees, charges and disbursements through the Chapter 11 Case; provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts for all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements between the Borrowers and the Lender) and the Borrowers shall pay such additional amounts of such reasonable fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by the Lender through the Chapter 11 Case, in each case, as provided in Section 9.04(a) and the DIP Orders.

 

(l)          The Lender shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

4.02       Reserved.

 

4.03       Conditions to all Borrowings. The obligation of the Lender to honor any Loan Notice is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           The representations and warranties of each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, (ii) in the case of any representation and warranty qualified by materiality, they shall be true and correct in all respects and (iii) for purposes of this Section 4.03 , the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.19 .

 

(b)           No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

(c)           The Lender and shall have received a Loan Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

(d)          After giving effect to the Borrowing requested to be made on any such date and the use of proceeds thereof, the Commitment shall be greater than or equal to zero.

 

(e)          The Borrowers shall have provided evidence satisfactory to the Lender that after giving effect to (i) such request (and the funding of the proceeds thereof) and (ii) the payment of obligations of the Borrowers reflected in the Approved Budget to be paid during the seven-day period beginning with the requested funding date, the sum of cash and cash equivalents of the Loan Parties will not exceed $1,500,000.

 

(f)            The requested Borrowing shall not exceed the Available Amount.

 

(g)          Prior to, and after giving effect to, the making of any Loan, the Borrowers shall be in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.19 hereof.

 

Each Loan Notice submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrowers that the conditions specified in Sections 4.01 and 4.03 have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Borrowing.

 

35
 

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Credit Parties to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans hereunder, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Lender and the other Credit Parties that:

 

5.01         Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) subject to the entry of the DIP Orders, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, and (iii) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

 

5.02         Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, subject to the entry of the DIP Orders, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person's Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Lender under the Security Documents); or (d) violate any Law.

 

5.03         Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. Except for the entry of the DIP Orders, no approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

 

5.04         Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, subject to the entry of the DIP Orders, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms.

 

5.05         Budget; No Material Adverse Effect. Each Approved Budget delivered to the Lender was prepared by the Loan Parties in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

5.06         Litigation. Other than the Bankruptcy Events, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after reasonable inquiry, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect except, in each case, any such actions, suits or proceedings which are stayed by virtue of the filing of the Chapter 11 Case.

36
 

 

5.07        No Default . Other than as a result of the Bankruptcy Events, no Loan Party or any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to, or party to, any Material Indebtedness. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

5.08        Ownership of Property; Liens

 

(a)           Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.08(a) , each of the Loan Parties has good record and marketable title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except (i) as a result of the Bankruptcy Events and the Permitted Store Closings, or (ii) for such defects in title as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.08(a) or as a result of the Bankruptcy Events and the Permitted Store Closings, each of the Loan Parties has good and marketable title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business.

 

(b)           Schedule 5.08(b)(1) sets forth the address (including street address, county and state) of all Real Estate that is owned by the Loan Parties, together with a list of the holders of any mortgage or other Lien thereon as of the Closing Date. Each Loan Party has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title to the real property owned by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances. Schedule 5.08(b)(2) sets forth the address (including street address, county and state) of all Leases of the Loan Parties (except for Leases which are the subject of Permitted Store Closings), together with the name of each lessor and its contact information with respect to each such Lease as of the Closing Date.

 

(c)           Schedule 7.01 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Liens on the property or assets of each Loan Party, showing as of the Closing Date the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto. The property of each Loan Party is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(d)           reserved .

 

(e)           Schedule 7.03 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Indebtedness of each Loan Party on the Closing Date, showing as of the date hereof the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity thereof.

 

5.09        Environmental Compliance.

 

(a)           No Loan Party (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any unresolved Environmental Liability or (iv) has knowledge of any basis for any Environmental Liability, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           None of the properties currently or operated by any Loan Party is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list; to the knowledge of Loan Parties, there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently operated by any Loan Party or, to the best of the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly operated by any Loan Party; to the knowledge of Loan Parties, there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently operated by any Loan Party; and to the knowledge of Loan Parties, Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently operated by any Loan Party.

 

37
 

 

(c)           No Loan Party is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law that would be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently operated by any Loan Party have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect to any Loan Party.

 

5.10        Insurance. The properties of the Loan Parties are insured with insurance companies having an A.M. Best Rating of at least A-, which are not Affiliates of the Loan Parties, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks (including, without limitation, workmen’s compensation, public liability, business interruption and property damage insurance) as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Loan Parties operates. Each insurance policy of the Loan Parties necessary to the truth of the foregoing representation is in full force and effect and all premiums in respect thereof that are due and payable have been paid.

 

5.11        Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.11 hereto, each Loan Party has timely filed or caused to be filed all federal and state Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, for which such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves, and as to which no Lien has been filed, or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.12        ERISA Compliance. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, as amended) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, as amended) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

 

5.13        Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. The Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 , which Schedule sets forth the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and authorized Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 free and clear of all Liens except for Liens created under the Security Documents, and (ii) Permitted Liens. There are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Subsidiary. The Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 . The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto, if any, provided pursuant to Section 4.01 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect.

 

38
 

 

5.14       Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

 

(a)           No Loan Party is engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Loans shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Loans to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

 

(b)           None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

5.15       Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Lender all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement (including, without limitation, any Approved Budget), certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information and the Approved Budget, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

5.16       Compliance with Laws. Each of the Loan Parties is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or the enforcement of which is stayed by virtue of the filing of the Chapter 11 Case, or (c) the failure to comply therewith is as a result of a Bankruptcy Event.

 

5.17       Intellectual Property; Licenses. The Loan Parties own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that is material to the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted (“Company IP”), and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the use of the Company IP in connection with their respective businesses as currently conducted does not infringe the valid Intellectual Property rights of any other Person. To the knowledge of the Lead Borrower, no claim or litigation regarding any of the Company IP is pending or threatened in writing, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which claim or litigation would not be stayed by virtue of the filing of the Chapter 11 Case.

 

39
 

 

5.18       Labor Matters. There are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against any Loan Party pending or, to the knowledge of the Lead Borrower, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties have not been adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable federal, state, or local law dealing with such matters to the extent that any such violation would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from any Loan Party, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such member. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party is bound.

 

5.19       Security Documents. Upon entry of the DIP Orders, the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the DIP Orders), will create in favor of the Lender, for the benefit of the Credit Parties, a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable perfected first priority security interest and liens in the Collateral, subject to the Professional Fee Carve Out, the enforceability of which is subject to the DIP Orders and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. The financing statements, releases and other filings are in appropriate form and have been or will be filed in the offices specified in Schedule I of the Security Agreement.

 

5.20       Reserved.

 

5.21       Reserved .

 

5.22       Brokers . No broker or finder brought about the obtaining, making or closing of the Loans or transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, and no Loan Party or Affiliate thereof has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection therewith.

 

5.23       Customer and Trade Relations . There exists no actual or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, termination or cancellation of, or any material adverse modification or change in the business relationship of any Loan Party with any supplier material to its operations, except as a result of the Bankruptcy Events or the Permitted Store Closings.

 

5.24       Casualty . Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long as the Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), the Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

 

6.01       Financial Statements and Other Information . The Lead Borrower will furnish to the Lender:

 

40
 

 

(a)           its Consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all audited and reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing, only if such audited financial statements are finalized and delivered to the Lead Borrower during the term of this Agreement

 

(b)           within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month of the Lead Borrower, its Consolidated statements of operations and cash flows, as of the end of and for such fiscal month, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting in all material respects the results of operations of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis;

 

(c)           reserved;

 

(d)           no later than Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), (i) a statement of Reported Fee Accruals, (ii) a rolling 13-week cash flow forecast for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, reflecting actual results from the prior period compared to budget and projected results for the subsequent 13 week period, and (iii) if such date occurs on or after February 18, 2015, a Variance Report, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender and certified as complete and correct by the Independent Consultant;

 

(e)           promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all reports submitted to any Loan Party by independent certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the books of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including any management letter commenting on the Loan Parties’ internal controls submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their annual audit;

 

(f)           the financial and collateral reports requested by the Lender in writing, at the times determined by the Lender in its Permitted Discretion;

 

(g)           notice of any intended sale or other disposition of any material portion of the assets of any Loan Party permitted hereunder or incurrence of any material amount of Indebtedness permitted hereunder at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to the date of consummation of such sale or disposition (except as otherwise provided in Section 6.20) or the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

(h)           as soon as practicable prior to the furnishing or filing thereof, copies of any statement, report or pleading proposed to be furnished to or filed with the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the Chapter 11 Case;

 

(i)           concurrently with the delivery to Sponsor, any statement, report, document or information required to be provided to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement; and

 

(j)           promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

6.02       Notices. The Lead Borrower will furnish to the Lender prompt written notice of the following:

 

(a)           the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

41
 

 

(b)           the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)           the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)           any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(e)           any change in any Loan Party’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chairman;

 

(f)           the discharge by any Loan Party of the Independent Consultant or its present independent accountants or any withdrawal or resignation by the Independent Consultant or such independent accountants;

 

(g)           any failure by any Loan Party to pay rent at any of such Loan Party’s locations when such rent first came due following the Petition Date, unless related to a Permitted Store Closing or such non-payment was permitted under the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court;

 

(h)           any collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract to which a Loan Party becomes a party, or the application for the certification of a collective bargaining agent; and

 

(i)           the filing of any Lien for due and unpaid Taxes after the Petition Date against any Loan Party exceeding $50,000.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Lead Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and, if applicable, any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

6.03       Payment of Obligations . To the extent required by the Bankruptcy Code, pay its Indebtedness and other obligations, including Tax liabilities, and claims for labor, materials, or supplies, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) such Loan Party or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (c) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, (d) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto, and (e) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Lender with respect to determining Reserves pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6.04       Preservation of Existence . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 ; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except in connection with Permitted Store Closings or to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties, and except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

42
 

 

6.05       Maintenance of Properties . Keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, except (a) ordinary wear and tear, (b) asset Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05 , and (c) assets located at a Store following a Permitted Store Closing with respect to such Store.

 

6.06       Maintenance of Insurance.

 

(a)           (i) Maintain insurance with insurers reasonably acceptable to the Lender, having an A.M. Best Rating of at least A- (or, to the extent consistent with prudent business practice, a program of self-insurance) on such of its property and in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death occurring upon, in or about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it (including the insurance required pursuant to the Security Documents); (ii) maintain such other insurance as may be required by applicable Law; and (iii) furnish to the Lender, upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried.

 

(b)           Fire and extended coverage policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include (i) a non-contributing mortgage clause (regarding improvements to real property) and lenders loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, which endorsements or amendments shall provide that the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Lender, (ii) a provision to the effect that none of the Loan Parties, the Lender or any other party shall be a coinsurer and (iii) such other provisions as the Lender may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Credit Parties. Commercial general liability policies shall be endorsed to name the Lender as an additional insured. Business interruption policies shall name the Lender as a loss payee and shall be endorsed or amended to include (i) a provision that, from and after the Closing Date, the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Lender, (ii) a provision to the effect that none of the Loan Parties, the Lender or any other party shall be a co-insurer and (iii) such other provisions as the Lender may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Credit Parties. Each such policy referred to in this paragraph also shall provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed for any reason except upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Lender. The Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Lender, prior to the cancellation, modification or nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Lender, including an insurance binder) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender of payment of the premium therefor.

 

(c)           Furnish to the Lender prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of the Collateral or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any interest in a material portion of the Collateral under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding.

 

6.07       Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; (b) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws; (c) the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (d) the failure to comply therewith is otherwise permitted under the Bankruptcy Code or the DIP Orders.

 

43
 

 

6.08       Books and Records; Accountants.

 

(a)           Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

(b)           At all times retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

6.09       Inspection Rights.

 

(a)           Subject to the terms of Section 9.07 , permit representatives and independent contractors of the Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, provided that the Lender shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to the business of the Loan Parties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm, at any time during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which event no such advance notice shall be required).

 

(b)           From time to time upon the request of the Lender and after reasonable prior notice, permit the Lender or professionals (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Lender to conduct appraisals, commercial finance examinations and other evaluations.

 

(c)           Pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender (including reasonable fees of such professionals) with respect to the activities described in this Section 6.09.

 

6.10       Additional Loan Parties. Notify the Lender at the time that any Person becomes a Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within fifteen (15) days), cause any such Person (a) which is not a CFC to (i) become a Loan Party by executing and delivering to the Lender a joinder to this Agreement and such other documents as the Lender shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a Lien to the Lender on such Person’s assets to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Lender documents of the types referred to in Section 4.01(a) (including, without limitation, entry of such orders order by the Bankruptcy Court as the Lender may reasonably deem appropriate) and opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness (except that, if such Subsidiary is a CFC, the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to be pledged may be limited to 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of such Subsidiary and 100% of the non-voting Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. In no event shall compliance with this Section 6.10 waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 6.10 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower.

 

44
 

 

6.11       Cash Dominion .

 

(a)          Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Dominion Period:

 

(i)          Promptly deliver written notice (together with a copy of the Interim Order or the Final Order, as applicable) to each of its credit card clearinghouses, setting forth the Credit Parties’ rights in, and each such institution’s obligations with respect to, all credit card proceeds (each, a “Credit Card Notification”), and take any other steps necessary to cause each of its credit card clearinghouses to pay into the Cash Collateral Account.

 

(ii)         As soon as practicable, but in any event within ten (10) Business Days of the beginning of such Dominion Period, enter into and maintain a Blocked Account Agreement satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender with each Blocked Account Bank (collectively, the “Blocked Accounts”), provided, that Each Blocked Account Agreement shall require, and the Loan Parties shall cause, the ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than daily (and whether or not there are then any outstanding Obligations) to the Cash Collateral Account, of all cash receipts and collections, including, without limitation, the following;

 

(A)         all available cash receipts from the sale of Inventory (including without limitation, proceeds of credit card charges) and other assets (whether or not constituting Collateral)

 

(B)         all proceeds of collections of Accounts;

 

(C)         all net proceeds, and all other cash payments received by a Loan Party from any Person or from any source or on account of any sale or other transaction or event;

 

(D)         the then contents of each DDA (net of any minimum balance, not to exceed $5,000.00, as may be required to be kept in the subject DDA by the depository institution at which such DDA is maintained);

 

(E)         the then entire ledger balance of each Blocked Account (net of any minimum balance, not to exceed $5,000.00, as may be required to be kept in the subject Blocked Account by the Blocked Account Bank), provided that the aggregate amount of all balances maintained in all DDAs and Blocked Accounts shall not exceed $500,000; and

 

(F)         cause bank statements and/or other reports to be delivered to the Lender not less often than monthly (or more frequently upon the request of the Lender), accurately setting forth all amounts deposited in each Blocked Account to ensure the proper transfer of funds as set forth above.

 

45
 

 

(ii)         Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.01(a) to the contrary, until the establishment of the Blocked Account Agreements, the Borrowers shall cause any and all amounts that would be required to be deposited to the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 6.01(a) to be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account in the manner provided in Section 6.01(a).

 

(b)           In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.11, any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any such proceeds or collections, such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Lender, shall not be commingled with any of such Loan Party’s other funds or deposited in any account of such Loan Party and shall, not later than the Business Day after receipt thereof, be deposited into the Cash Collateral Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Lender.

 

6.12       Information Regarding the Collateral. Furnish to the Lender at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s corporate name or in any trade name used to identify it in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility); (iii) any Loan Party’s identity or type of organization or organizational structure; (iv) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its jurisdiction of organization; or (v) any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including, without limitation, by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reincorporating or incorporating in any other jurisdiction). Each Loan Party agrees to take all action, if any, reasonably satisfactory to the Lender to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Lender for the benefit of the Credit Parties in the Collateral intended to be granted hereunder. Each Loan Party agrees to promptly provide the Lender with certified Organization Documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence.

 

6.13       Physical Inventories .

 

(a)           Permit the Lender, at the expense of the Loan Parties, to conduct (directly or through a third party of the Lender’s choice), participate in and/or observe each physical count and/or inventory of so much of the Collateral as consists of Inventory which is undertaken on behalf of the Borrowers, reasonably cooperating with the Lead Borrower’s efforts to ensure that such participation does not unreasonably disrupt the normal inventory schedule or process, provided , that the Borrowers shall permit the Lender to conduct (directly or through a third party of the Lender’s choice) at least one (1) physical count and/or inventory of so much of the Collateral as consists of Inventory within the first fourteen (14) days after entry of the Initial Order at times and dates chosen by the Lender in its sole discretion.

 

(b)           At the Borrowers’ own expense, cause, upon the request of the Lender, no more than two (2) physical inventories of the Borrowers’ Inventory to be conducted by nationally recognized inventory takers and using practices consistent with practices in effect on the date hereof (it being agreed that the physical inventory in progress as of the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute the first of the two).

 

(c)           The Lead Borrower shall provide the Lender with the preliminary Inventory levels at each of each Borrower’s Stores within ten (10) days following the completion of such inventory.

 

46
 

 

(d)           The Lead Borrower, within forty-five (45) days following the completion of such inventory, shall provide the Lender with a reconciliation of the results of each such inventory (as well as of any other physical inventory undertaken by the Borrowers) and shall post such results to the Borrowers’ stock ledger and general ledger, as applicable.

 

(e)           Permit the Lender, in its reasonable discretion, if any Event of Default exists, to cause such additional inventories to be taken as the Lender reasonably determines (each, at the expense of the Borrowers).

 

6.14       Environmental Laws .

 

(a)           Conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Real Estate in material compliance with all Environmental Laws; (b) obtain and renew all environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and (c) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are appropriate or necessary to comply with Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Real Estate, provided , however , that neither a Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside and are being maintained by the Loan Parties with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

 

6.15       Further Assurances.

 

Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, the delivery of control agreements with respect to deposit accounts, and other documents), that may be required under any Law, or which the Lender may request in its reasonable discretion, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties also agree to provide to the Lender, from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence satisfactory to the Lender as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

 

6.16       Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds.

 

Except with respect to the Permitted Store Closings and as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, to the extent required under the Bankruptcy Code or the DIP Orders, make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all Leases of real property to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, keep such Leases in full force and effect and not allow such Leases to lapse or be terminated or any rights to renew such Leases to be forfeited or cancelled, notify the Lender of any default by any party with respect to such Leases and cooperate with the Lender in all respects to cure any such default, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

47
 

 

6.17       Depository Account . In order to facilitate the administration of the Loans and Lender’s security interest in the Loan Parties’ assets, the Borrowers shall work with the Lender (at the sole expense of the Borrowers) to open and maintain a depository bank account (the “Cash Collateral Account”) in the name of the Lender and under the sole and exclusive dominion and control of the Lender) for deposits of cash collateral. The Borrowers may deliver amounts to Lender for deposit in such Cash Collateral Account from time to time (it being understood that the Borrowers are under no obligation to do so, except as required pursuant to Section 6.11). It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that the Lender may apply any amounts of cash collateral deposited in the Cash Collateral Account to the payment of Obligations due and payable hereunder without the consent of or prior notice to the Borrowers. The Lead Borrower may request that the Lender release amounts from the Cash Collateral Account, subject to the following conditions: (i) no more than one (1) request for release shall be sent per week, (ii) on each of the date of such request and the date of the requested disbursement, there shall be no Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the requested disbursement, (iii) after giving effect to the release of such amounts, the Outstanding Amount shall not exceed the Loan Cap.

 

6.18       Retention of Independent Consultant .

 

(a)          Until Satisfaction of the Obligations, the Borrowers shall continue to retain the Independent Consultant, pursuant to terms reasonably acceptable to the Lender, for the purpose of (i) assisting in the preparation of each 13-week cash flow forecast and the other financial and collateral reporting required to be delivered to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) advising the Loan Parties with regard to their financial performance and affairs and operational initiatives, including, but not limited to, liquidity and working capital management, operational efficiencies, budgets and forecasts, and interactions with the Lender; (iii) being available to the Lender to discuss in detail the 13-week cash flow forecasts, the Loan Parties’ operating and financial performance, and the reports and other materials and matters as set forth above, and (iv) assisting in the consummation of any Permitted Sales, and to perform financial and restructuring services on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. In the event that an Independent Consultant resigns or is otherwise no longer engaged by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, engage a replacement Independent Consultant reasonably acceptable to the Lender within ten (10) Business Days.

 

(b)          The Lead Borrower authorizes the Lender to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants, financial advisors, investment bankers and consultants (including the Independent Consultant), which have been engaged from time to time by the Borrowers, and authorizes and shall instruct those accountants, financial advisors, investment bankers and consultants to communicate to the Lender such information relating to each Loan Party with respect to the business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition of such Loan Party and other matters as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

6.19       Performance Within Approved Budget .

 

(a)          The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall not pay any expenses other than those set forth in the budget approved by the Lender on the date of this Agreement (such budget, together with any subsequent budget which the Lender may, in its sole discretion, approve, the “Approved Budget”), provided that (1) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may pay expenses under an Approved Budget line item for any given four-week period up to and through the Saturday of the most recent week then ended (a “Cumulative Four Week Period”) that are no more than 120% of the operating disbursements projected for such line item for such Cumulative Four Week Period in the Approved Budget; (2) no amounts allocated to a particular line item in the Approved Budget (including line items denominated “Miscellaneous” or “Other”, or words of similar import) shall be used to pay any expenses under any other line item(s) in the Approved Budget without the prior express written consent of the Lender, in the Lender’s sole and exclusive discretion; (3) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may expend any unused amounts contained in a line item for a given week (without giving effect to the 120% variance set forth in (1), above) for the same line item in any of the four successive weekly periods; (4) payments to the Lender shall not be subject to the limitations set forth above and shall not be included in determining compliance with the covenants set forth in this Section 6.19; and (6) the actual aggregate disbursements made for any Cumulative Four Week Period shall not exceed 110% of those projected in the Approved Budget for such Cumulative Four Week Period;

 

48
 

 

(b)          the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not make any payment that, at the time made, based on the going-forward cash-flow projections in the Approved Budget, would result in a failure to comply with clause (d) or (e) hereof on the next test date;

 

(c)          the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall achieve cash receipts for any Cumulative Four Week Period of at least 90% of those projected in the Approved Budget for such Cumulative Four Week Period;

 

(d)          the Liquidity Amount shall be at least 90% of that projected in the Approved Budget for the applicable test date; and

 

(e)          the Liquidity Amount shall not be less than $3,000,000 at any time.

 

Compliance with the covenants set forth in this Section 6.19 shall be tested on the close of business on Wednesday of each week after Lender’s approval of the initial Approved Budget and shall be reflected in the Variance Report delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 .

 

6.20       Collateral and Diligence Review . Cause, at the Borrowers’ own cost and expense, a review of the Collateral and a diligence audit to be completed by one or more third parties of the Lender’s choosing within two weeks after the Petition Date, and a report thereon to be prepared by such parties in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Lender, and any supplements to or additional reviews of the Collateral and diligence audit to be completed by one or more third parties of the Lender’s choosing as the Lender may request in writing thereafter.

 

6.21       Additional Bankruptcy Related Affirmative Covenant.

 

On or before ninety (90) days following the Petition Date, obtain an order of the Bankruptcy Court extending the time period of the Borrowers to assume or reject Leases to not less than two hundred ten (210) days from the Petition Date.

 

ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long as the Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

7.01       Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, other than those Liens set forth on Schedule 7.01 , whether now owned or hereafter acquired or sign or file or suffer to exist under the UCC or any similar Law or statute of any jurisdiction a financing statement that names any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof as debtor; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file such financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Subsidiaries; or assign or otherwise transfer any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, Permitted Encumbrances.

 

49
 

 

7.02       Investments. Make any Investments, except Permitted Investments.

 

7.03       Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock

 

(a)          Create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness; or (b) issue Disqualified Stock.

 

7.04       Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, (or agree to do any of the foregoing), except in connection with a Permitted Sale or a Plan of Reorganization.

 

7.05       Asset Sales. Sell, transfer, lease or otherwise Dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interests, nor permit any of the Subsidiaries to issue any additional shares of its Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, except:

 

(a)           (i) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) sales of used or surplus equipment in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) sales of Permitted Investments;l

 

(b)          Dispositions among the Loan Parties;

 

(c)          reserved;

 

(d)          rejection, disclaimer and termination of Leases otherwise permitted or required herein or in connection with Permitted Store Closings;

 

(e)          Asset sales pursuant to an order approved by the Bankruptcy Court and the Lender;

 

(f)          Permitted Sales; and

 

(g)          pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization;

 

provided that all Dispositions permitted hereby (other than Dispositions permitted under clause (b)) shall be made at arm’s length and for fair value and solely for cash consideration.

 

7.06       Restricted Payments . Declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

 

(i)          any Loan Party may pay dividends to the Lead Borrower, and

 

(ii)         the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person.

 

7.07       Prepayments of Indebtedness. Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy any Indebtedness, except (a) as long as no Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom, regularly scheduled or mandatory repayments, repurchases, redemptions or defeasances of Permitted Indebtedness incurred after the Petition Date, (b) other payments reflected in the Approved Budget or approved by the Lender, (c) Permitted Refinancings of any such Indebtedness and (d) payments of Obligations or Other DIP Obligations.

 

50
 

 

7.08       Change in Nature of Business.

 

(a)           In the case of the Parent, engage in any business or activity other than (i) the direct or indirect ownership of all outstanding Equity Interests in the other Loan Parties, (ii) maintaining its corporate existence, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as the parent of the consolidated group of companies, including the Loan Parties, (iv) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, and (v) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in this Section 7.08(a)(i)-(iv) .

 

(b)           In the case of each of the Loan Parties, engage in any line of business substantially different from the Business conducted by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.

 

7.09       Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into, renew, extend or be a party to any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of any Loan Party, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to a transaction between or among the Loan Parties.

 

7.10       Burdensome Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments or other distributions to any Loan Party or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in a Loan Party, (ii) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Obligations, (iii) of any Subsidiary to make or repay loans to a Loan Party, or (iv) of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person in favor of the Lender; or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person.

 

7.11       Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Loan, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (a) (i) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, (ii) except as expressly provided in the DIP Orders, to (w) finance in any way any action, suit, arbitration, proceeding, application, motion or other litigation of any type adverse to the interests of the Credit Parties or their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, for the payment of any services rendered by the professionals retained by the Borrowers or the Creditors’ Committee in connection with the assertion of or joinder in any claim, counterclaim, action, proceeding, application, motion, objection, defense or other contested matter, the purpose of which is to seek, or the result of which would be to obtain, any order, judgment determination, declaration or similar relief (1) invalidating, setting aside, avoiding or subordinating, in whole or in part, the Obligations or the Liens securing same, (2) for monetary, injunctive or other affirmative relief against any Credit Party or the Collateral, or (3) preventing, hindering or otherwise delaying the exercise by any Credit Party of any rights and remedies under the Loan Documents or applicable Law, or the enforcement or realization (whether by foreclosure, credit bid, further order of the court or otherwise) by any or all of the Credit Parties upon any of the Collateral, (x) make any distribution under a Plan of Reorganization in the Chapter 11 Case; (y) make any payment in settlement of any claim, action or proceeding, before any court, arbitrator or other Governmental Authority without the prior written consent of the Lender; (z) to pay any fees or similar amounts to any Person who has proposed or may propose to purchase interests in any Borrower without the prior written consent of the Lender; or (b) for any purposes other than (i) to pay fees, costs and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and to the extent approved by the Bankruptcy Court and as set forth in the DIP Orders and in connection with the Chapter 11 Case, (ii) for other payments permitted to be made by the DIP Orders and any other order of the Bankruptcy Court, and (iii) for general corporate purposes, in each case to the extent expressly permitted under applicable Law, the Loan Documents, the DIP Orders, and in accordance with the Approved Budget, subject to Section 6.19 .

 

51
 

 

7.12       Amendment of Material Documents .

 

Amend, modify or waive (a) any of a Loan Party’s rights under its Organization Documents in a manner materially adverse to the Credit Parties, or (b) any other Material Indebtedness to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents, would be materially adverse to the Credit Parties or otherwise would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.13       Fiscal Year .

 

Change the Fiscal Year of any Loan Party, or the accounting policies or reporting practices of the Loan Parties, except as required by GAAP or by prior written consent of the Lender which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.14       Inventory .

 

At any time permit the cost of Eligible Inventory to be less than $7,000,000.

 

7.15       Bankruptcy Related Negative Covenants . Seek, consent to, or permit to exist any of the following:

 

(a)          Any order which authorizes the rejection or assumption of any Leases of any Loan Party (other than rejection of Leases related to Permitted Store Closings) without the Lender’s prior consent, whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

(b)          Any modification, stay, vacation or amendment to the DIP Orders to which the Lender has not consented in writing;

 

(c)          A priority claim or administrative expense or claim against any Loan Party (now existing or hereafter arising or any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any administrative expense of the kind specified in Sections 105, 326, 328, 330, 331, 364(c), 503(a), 503(b), 506(c), 507(a), 507(b), 546(c), 546(d), 726 or 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code) equal or superior to the priority claim of the Lender in respect of the Obligations, except with respect to the Professional Fee Carve Out and the Other DIP Obligations (and except to the extent any pre-petition liability may have priority solely by virtue of pre-petition Permitted Liens);

 

(d)          Any Lien on any Collateral having a priority equal or superior to the Lien securing the Obligations, other than with respect to (i) the Professional Fee Carve Out, (ii) Permitted Encumbrances described in clause (i) of the definition of such term, and (iii) Permitted Encumbrances described in clause (h) of the definition of such term having priority by operation of applicable Law;

 

52
 

 

(e)          Any order which authorizes the return of any of the Loan Parties’ property pursuant to Section 546(h) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(f)          Any order which authorizes the payment of any Indebtedness (other than payments of Indebtedness reflected in the Approved Budget and permitted to be paid under this Agreement, and other payments of Indebtedness approved by the Lender) incurred prior to the Petition Date or the grant of “adequate protection” (whether payment in cash or transfer of property) with respect to any such Indebtedness which is secured by a Lien (other than as provided in the DIP Order with respect to Pre-Petition Liabilities becoming Other DIP Obligations); or

 

(g)          Any order seeking authority to take any action that is prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or refrain from taking any action that is required to be taken by the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

7.16       Chief Executive Officer .

 

In the event that, for any reason, Edmund Thomas shall cease to serve as the chief executive officer of the Lead Borrower with substantially the same authority and duties as exist prior to the date of this Agreement, the Lead Borrower shall fail to appoint a successor to such role acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion within five (5) Business Days,

 

ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

8.01       Events of Default. If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a)          the Loan Parties shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

 

(b)           (i) the Loan Parties shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, or (ii) the Loan Parties shall fail to pay any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 8.01 ) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable and such failure continues for five (5) days;

 

(c)          any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

 

(d)          the Loan Parties shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 6.01(d) , 6.01(h) , 6.06 (with respect to insurance covering the Collateral), 6.09 , 6.18 , 6.19 , 6.20 , 6.21 or in Article VII ;

 

(e)          any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this Section 8.01 ), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of fifteen (15) days after notice thereof from the Lender to the Lead Borrower;

 

53
 

 

(f)          except as a result of the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case or unless payment is stayed by the Bankruptcy Court, any Loan Party shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to the expiration of any grace or cure period set forth therein);

 

(g)          except as a result of the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case or unless payment is stayed by the Bankruptcy Court, any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (after giving effect to the expiration of any grace or cure period set forth therein) the holder or holders of any such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity;

 

(h)          following the Petition Date, one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000 shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any material assets of any Loan Party to enforce any such judgment;

 

(i)          following the Petition Date, an ERISA Event shall have occurred that when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Loan Parties in an aggregate amount exceeding $500,000;

 

(j)           any challenge in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the validity of any Loan Document or the applicability or enforceability of any Loan Document strictly in accordance with the subject Loan Document’s terms or which seeks to void, avoid, limit, or otherwise adversely affect any security interest created by or in any Loan Document or any payment made pursuant thereto;

 

(k)          any judicial proceeding by or on behalf of any other Person seeking to challenge the validity of any Loan Document (including, without limitation, any DIP Order) or the applicability or enforceability of any Loan Document strictly in accordance with the subject Loan Document’s terms or which seeks to void, avoid, limit, or otherwise adversely affect any security interest created by or in any Loan Document or any payment made pursuant thereto, and the Lender, in its reasonable discretion, has determined in good faith that there is appreciable risk of a Material Adverse Effect on the Credit Parties’ ability to receive payment in full of the Obligations, or otherwise would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(l)          any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document (including, without limitation, any DIP Order) shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

54
 

 

(m)          the occurrence of any uninsured loss to any portion of the Collateral which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(n)          the indictment of, or institution of any legal process or proceeding against, any Loan Party, under any federal, state, municipal, and other civil or criminal statute, rule, regulation, order, or other requirement having the force of law where the relief, penalties, or remedies sought or available include the forfeiture of any material property of any Loan Party and/or the imposition of any stay or other order, the effect of which could reasonably be to restrain in any material way the conduct by the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of their business in the ordinary course;

 

(o)          the determination by the Borrowers, whether by vote of the Borrowers’ board of directors or otherwise to: (i) suspend the operation of any Borrower’s business in the ordinary course, (ii) liquidate all or a material portion of the Borrowers’ assets or Stores, or (iii) employ an agent or other third party to conduct any so-called Store closing, Store liquidation or “Going-Out-Of-Business” sales, except in connection with a Permitted Sale or a Plan of Reorganization;

 

(p)          the occurrence of any Change of Control;

 

(q)          The entry of an order in the Chapter 11 Case which stays, modifies or reverses any DIP Order or which otherwise materially adversely affects the effectiveness of any DIP Order without the express written consent of the Lender;

 

(r)          either (i) the appointment in the Chapter 11 Case of a trustee or of any examiner having expanded powers to operate all or any part of any Loan Party’s business, or (ii) the conversion of the Chapter 11 Case to a case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(s)          the failure of the Bankruptcy Court to enter a Final Borrowing Order, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, within thirty (30) days after the Petition Date;

 

(t)          the entry of any order which provides relief from the automatic stay otherwise imposed pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code which permits any creditor to (i) realize upon, or to exercise any right or remedy with respect to any Collateral, where either the amount of the value of such Collateral exceeds $100,000, or (ii) to terminate any license, franchise, or similar agreement, where such termination would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(u)          the filing of any application by any Loan Party without the express prior written consent of the Lender for the approval of any super-priority claim in the Chapter 11 Case which is pari passu with or senior to the priority of the claims of the Lender and other Credit Parties for the Obligations, or there shall arise any such super-priority claim under the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(v)         the payment or other discharge by any Loan Party of any pre-petition Indebtedness, except as expressly permitted hereunder, under any DIP Order, or in the Approved Budget or by order in the Chapter 11 Case to which order the Lender has provided its written consent;

 

(w)          the entry of any order in the Chapter 11 Case which provides adequate protection, or the granting by any Loan Party of similar relief in favor of any one or more of a Loan Party’s pre-petition creditors, contrary to the terms and conditions of any DIP Order or the terms hereof;

 

55
 

 

(x)          the failure of any Loan Party to (i) comply with each and all of the terms and conditions of any DIP Order or (ii) comply in all material respects with any other order entered in the Chapter 11 Case;

 

(y)          the filing of any motion by any Loan Party seeking, or the entry of any order in the Chapter 11 Case: (i) (A) permitting working capital or other financing (other than ordinary course trade credit, unsecured debt) for any Loan Party from any Person other than the Lender (unless the proceeds of such financing are used to pay all Obligations in full, and the establishment of a reserve account for all indemnification obligations hereunder), (B) granting a Lien on, or security interest in (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) any of the Collateral, other than with respect to this Agreement (unless such Liens are granted in connection with a financing, the proceeds of which are applied to the payment in full of all Obligations and indemnification obligations hereunder), (C) except as permitted by this Agreement, the DIP Orders, permitting the use of any of the Collateral pursuant to Section 363(c) of the Bankruptcy Code without the prior written consent of the Lender, (D) permitting recovery from any portion of the Collateral any costs or expenses of preserving or disposing of such Collateral under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (E) dismissing the Chapter 11 Case or converting the Chapter 11 Case to a case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) the filing of any motion by any party in interest or any Creditors’ Committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Case) (x) seeking any of the matters specified in the foregoing clause (i) that is not dismissed or denied within thirty (30) days of the date of the filing of such motion (or such later date agreed to in writing by the Lender) or (y) seeking the reconsideration of any DIP Order; or

 

(z)          the filing of a motion by any Loan Party seeking approval of a Disclosure Statement and a Plan of Reorganization, or the entry of an order confirming a Bankruptcy Plan, in each case, that does not require repayment in full in cash of all Obligations.

 

8.02       Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, subject to the terms of the DIP Orders, the Lender may take any or all of the following actions:

 

(a)          declare the Commitment of the Lender to make Loans to be terminated, whereupon such Commitment and obligation shall be terminated;

 

(b)          declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties; and

 

(c)          whether or not the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant hereto, proceed to protect, enforce and exercise all rights and remedies of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the DIP Orders, any of the other Loan Documents or Law, including, but not limited to, by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations are evidenced, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of the Credit Parties.

 

56
 

 

In addition to the exercise by the Lender of any or all of its rights and remedies after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender may require, and upon request by the Lender the Borrowers shall, undertake to Liquidate the Collateral on behalf of the Lender in such manner as the Lender may require. Such Liquidation may be effected through a partial or chain-wide store closing sale in a manner consistent with the foregoing enumeration of the Lender’s rights and remedies, and as otherwise permitted by the Bankruptcy Court. The Lender and the Borrowers shall endeavor to implement such a Liquidation on mutually acceptable terms and conditions. However, the Lender may by written notice to the Lead Borrower require the Borrowers to:

 

(h)          File a motion seeking to retain one or more nationally recognized professional retail inventory liquidation agents reasonably acceptable to the Lender to sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of the Collateral on terms acceptable to the Lender.

 

(d)          File a motion or motions seeking to sell or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Real Estate pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, on terms acceptable to the Lender.

 

(e)          File a motion or motions seeking to sell, assume, assign, or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Leases pursuant to Sections 363 and 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, on terms acceptable to the Lender.

 

The Borrowers shall file such motion(s) within five (5) Business Days of the Lender’s request and shall diligently prosecute such motion(s). If the Borrowers fail to so file or diligently prosecute the motion(s), the Lender may file and prosecute such motion(s) in the name of the Borrowers.

 

No remedy herein is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of Law.

 

8.03       Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 , any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Lender in the following order:

 

First , to payment of accrued and unpaid Professional Fees and Expenses up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the Professional Fee Carve Out;

 

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, Credit Party Expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Lender and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Lender;

 

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations, and fees, ratably between the Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably between the Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

 

Fifth , to payment of all other Obligations (including without limitation the cash collateralization of unliquidated indemnification obligations as provided in Section 9.04(b) ), ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them;

 

57
 

 

Sixth , to be retained by the Lender as a reserve account for all indemnification obligations hereunder; and

 

Last , the balance, if any, after Satisfaction of the Obligations, to the Loan Parties or as otherwise required by Law.

 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.01       Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Lender and the Lead Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

9.02       Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .

 

(a)           Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 9.02 .

 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

 

(b)           Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lender hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Lender. The Lender or the Lead Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

Unless the Lender otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

58
 

 

(c)           Change of Address . Each of the Loan Parties, the Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

(d)           Reliance by Lender . The Lender shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Lender may be recorded by the Lender, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

9.03       No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Credit Party to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided herein and in the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

9.04       Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a)           Costs and Expenses . The Borrowers shall pay all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender and its Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation (i) the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of (A) counsel for the Lender, (B) outside consultants for the Lender, (C) appraisers, (D) commercial finance examiners, and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, (ii) in connection with (A) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (B) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Loan Documents or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with the Chapter 11 Case or any successor case, or (C) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations.

 

59
 

 

(b)           Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Lender (and any sub-agent thereof), each other Credit Party, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless (on an after tax basis) from, any and all losses, claims, causes of action, damages, liabilities, settlement payments, costs, and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Lender (and any sub-agents thereof) and their Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any claims of, or amounts paid by any Credit Party to or other Person which has entered into a control agreement with any Credit Party hereunder, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by a Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee's obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrowers or such Loan Party has obtained a final and non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)           Waiver of Consequential Damages. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Loan Parties shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)           Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable on demand therefor.

 

(e)           Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the assignment of any Commitment or Loan by the Lender, the termination of the Commitment hereunder and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

9.05       Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Loan Parties is made to any Credit Party, or any Credit Party exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Credit Party in its reasonable discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with the Chapter 11 Case or any successor case or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred.

 

60
 

 

9.06       Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Lender. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (c) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Credit Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Assignments by Lender . The Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans with the prior consent of the Lead Borrower, such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that no such consent will be required after the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default). From and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , and 9.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.

 

(c)           Participations . The Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Loan Parties, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Loan Parties or any of the Loan Parties’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of the Lender's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement owing to it); provided that (i) the Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Loan Parties, the Lender shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any Participant shall agree in writing to comply with all confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 9.07 as if such Participant was the Lender hereunder. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.04, and 3.01 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.04 or 3.01, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender. If the Lender sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that the Lender shall not have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant's interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

61
 

 

(d)           Certain Pledges . The Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of the Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lender as a party hereto.

 

(e)           Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

9.07       Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Credit Parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, Approved Funds, and to its and its Affiliates’ and Approved Funds’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, funding sources, attorneys, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Lead Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to any Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties.

 

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof relating to the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to any Credit Party on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof, provided that, in the case of information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

62
 

 

Each of the Credit Parties acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with Law, including federal and state securities Laws.

 

9.08       Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or if the Lender shall have been served with a trustee process or similar attachment relating to property of a Loan Party, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) or other property at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by the Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Lender, regardless of the adequacy of the Collateral, and irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrowers or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of the Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of the Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Lender or its Affiliates may have. The Lender agrees to notify the Lead Borrower promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

9.09       Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

9.10       Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Lender and when the Lender shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. This Agreement and all other documents (including, without limitation, the Loan Documents) which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by the Loan Parties to any of the Credit Parties may be reproduced by the Credit Parties by any photographic, microfilm, xerographic, digital imaging, or other process. Any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business). Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

63
 

 

9.11       Survival. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Credit Parties, regardless of any investigation made by any Credit Party or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Borrowing, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied. Further, the provisions of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 9.04 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the repayment of the Obligations, and the Commitment or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. In connection with the termination of this Agreement and the release and termination of the security interests in the Collateral, the Lender may require such indemnities and collateral security as it shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Credit Parties against (x) loss on account of credits previously applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked, and (y) any Obligations that may thereafter arise under Section 9.04 hereof.

 

9.12       Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.13       Governing Law; Jurisdiction .

 

(a)           GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(a)           SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND OF ANY COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN THE BANKRUPTCY COURT, SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. SUBJECT TO SECTION 9.13(e) , NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

64
 

 

(b)           WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(c)           SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

(d)           ACTIONS COMMENCED BY LOAN PARTIES . EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY LOAN PARTY ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN THE BANKRUPTCY COURT, A COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION.

 

9.14       Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY AND WHETHER INITIATED BY OR AGAINST ANY SUCH PERSON OR IN WHICH ANY SUCH PERSON IS JOINED AS A PARTY LITIGANT). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

9.15       No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Loan Parties each acknowledge and agree that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, and each of the Loan Parties is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the each Credit Party is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Credit Parties has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Loan Parties with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any of the Credit Parties has advised or is currently advising any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Credit Parties have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and each of the Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Loan Parties hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against each of the Credit Parties with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

 

65
 

 

9.16       Patriot Act Notice. The Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow the Lender to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act. Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used by the Loan Parties, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. The Loan Parties shall, promptly following a request by the Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

 

9.17       Foreign Asset Control Regulations. Neither of the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of any thereof will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) (the " Trading With the Enemy Act ") or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the " Foreign Assets Control Regulations ") or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include, but shall not be limited to (a) Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the " Executive Order ") and (b) the Patriot Act. Furthermore, none of the Borrowers or their Affiliates (a) is or will become a "blocked person" as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or be otherwise associated, with any such "blocked person" or in any manner violative of any such order.

 

9.18       Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

 

9.19       Press Releases. Each Loan Party consents to the publication by the Lender of advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using any Loan Party’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark. The Lender shall provide a draft reasonably in advance of any advertising material to the Lead Borrower for review and comment prior to the publication thereof. The Lender reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

 

66
 

 

9.20       Additional Waivers .

 

(a)           The Obligations are the joint and several obligation of each Loan Party. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the obligations of each Loan Party shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any other Loan Party under the provisions of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (iii) the failure to perfect any security interest in, or the release of, any of the Collateral or other security held by or on behalf of the Lender or any other Credit Party.

 

(b)           The Obligations of each Loan Party shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations after the termination of the Commitment hereunder), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of the Lender or any other Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision of any thereof, any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations, or by any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Loan Party or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Loan Party as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations after the termination of the Commitment hereunder).

 

(c)           To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Loan Party waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination of the Commitment hereunder. The Lender may, at its election, foreclose on any security held by it by one or more judicial or non-judicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any other Loan Party, or exercise any other right or remedy available to it against any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Loan Party hereunder (except if such results in Satisfaction of the Obligations) and the Commitment hereunder has been terminated. Each Loan Party waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

 

(d)           Each Loan Party is obligated to repay the Obligations as joint and several obligors under this Agreement. Upon payment by any Loan Party of any Obligations, all rights of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination of the Commitment hereunder. In addition, any indebtedness of any Loan Party now or hereafter held by any other Loan Party is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations and no Loan Party will demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to any Loan Party on account of (i) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (ii) any such indebtedness of any Loan Party, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Credit Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Lender to be credited against the payment of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Subject to the foregoing, to the extent that any Loan Party shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations constituting Loans made to another Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower, then the Loan Party making such payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other Borrowers.

 

67
 

 

9.21       No Strict Construction.

 

The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.22       Attachments.

 

The exhibits, schedules and annexes attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein and shall be considered a part of this Agreement for the purposes stated herein, except that in the event of any conflict between any of the provisions of such exhibits and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

9.23       Reserved.

 

9.24       Relationship with DIP Orders.

 

In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the DIP Orders and the Loan Documents, the terms of the DIP Orders shall control and the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or events of default made herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be subject to any express, contrary terms of the DIP Orders.

 

ARTICLE X
GUARANTEE

 

10.01     The Facility Guaranty.

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment when due (whether at the stated maturity, by required prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance by the Borrowers of all Obligations (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), including all such Guaranteed Obligations which shall become due but for the operation of any Debtor Relief Law. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon this Facility Guaranty notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

 

68
 

 

10.02      Guaranteed Obligations Not Affected .

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from, and protest to, any Loan Party of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of this Facility Guaranty, notice of protest for nonpayment and all other notices of any kind. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any Loan Party under the provisions of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise or against any other party with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from, any of the terms or provisions of this Facility Guaranty, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, with respect to any Loan Party or with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (c) the failure to perfect any security interest in, or the release of, any of the Collateral held by or on behalf of any Credit Party, or (d) the lack of legal existence of any Loan Party or legal obligation to discharge any of the Guaranteed Obligations by any Loan Party for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, in connection with any Debtor Relief Laws.

 

10.03      Security .

 

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that each of Credit Parties may (a) take and hold security for the payment of this Facility Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security, (b) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as they in their sole discretion may determine, and (c) release or substitute any one or more endorsees, the Borrowers, other Loan Parties or other obligors, in each case without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder.

 

10.04      Guarantee of Payment .

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that this Facility Guaranty constitutes a guarantee of payment and performance when due of all Guaranteed Obligations and not of collection and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Credit Party to any of the Collateral or other security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Credit Party in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person or to any other guarantor of all or part of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any payment required to be made by any Guarantor hereunder may be required by any Credit Party on any number of occasions and shall be payable to the Lender, for the benefit of any Credit Party, in the manner provided in this Agreement.

 

10.05      No Discharge or Diminishment of Guarantee .

 

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Facility Guaranty, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations).

 

69
 

 

10.06      Defenses of Loan Parties Waived .

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the Credit Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Loan Party, or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of each such Guarantor hereunder (except if such results in Satisfaction of the Obligations). Pursuant to, and to the extent permitted by, applicable Law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election and waives any benefit of and right to participate in any such foreclosure action, even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement, indemnity, contribution or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against any Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not assert any claim in competition with any Credit Party in respect of any payment made hereunder in connection with any proceedings under any Debtor Relief Laws.

 

10.07      Agreement to Pay; Subordination .

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that any Credit Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Loan Party to pay any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to any Credit Party as designated thereby in cash the amount of such unpaid Guaranteed Obligations. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to any Agent or any other Credit Party as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Guaranteed Obligations. In addition, any indebtedness of any Borrower or any other Loan Party now or hereafter held by any Guarantor is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Borrower or any other Loan Party may make payments to any Guarantor on account of any such indebtedness. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, no Guarantor will demand, sue for, or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness until Satisfaction of the Obligations. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to any Guarantor on account of (a) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (b) any such indebtedness of any Loan Party, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Credit Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Credit Party to be credited against the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.08      Limitation on Guarantee of Guaranteed Obligations .

 

In any action or proceeding with respect to any Guarantor involving any state corporate law, the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any other Debtor Relief Law, if the obligations of such Guarantor under Section 10.01 hereof would otherwise be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under said Section 10.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Credit Party, or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount which is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

 

[ signature pages follow ]

 

70
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

71
 

 

  THE WET SEAL, INC. , as Lead Borrower, as a Borrower and as a Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: /s/ Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Name: Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Title: CEO
     
  THE WET SEAL RETAIL, INC. , as a Borrower and as a Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: /s/ Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Name: Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Title: CEO
     
  WET SEAL CATALOG, INC. , as a Borrower and as a Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: /s/ Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Name: Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Title: CEO
     
  WET SEAL GC, LLC , as a Guarantor and as a Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: The Wet Seal, Inc., its Sole Member
     
  By: /s/ Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Name: Edmond S. Thomas
     
  Title: CEO

 

72
 

 

  B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. , as the Lender
     
  By: /s/:Phillip J. Ahn
     
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
     
  Title: CFO & COO

 

73

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

PLAN SPONSORSHIP AGREEMENT

 

This Plan Sponsorship Agreement (this " Agreement "), dated as of January 15, 2015 (the " Execution Date "), is entered into by and among (1) The Wet Seal, Inc., The Wet Seal Retail, Inc., Wet Seal Catalog, Inc., and Wet Seal GC, LLC (individually, a " Company Party ", and collectively, the " Company ") and (2) B. Riley Financial, Inc. and its affiliates or designees selected in its sole discretion in accordance with section 26 of this Agreement (collectively, the " Sponsor " and, together with the Company, the " Parties ").

 

WHEREAS, the Parties previously executed the Exclusivity and Work Fee Agreement dated January 9, 2015 (including all exhibits, appendices, and attachments thereto, the " Term Sheet "), which outlines certain terms and conditions relating to a restructuring of the Company's affairs subject to definitive documentation.

 

WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed to the restructuring of the Company's affairs on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (including all transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection therewith, the " Restructuring "), which will be effected in voluntary bankruptcy cases (collectively, the " Bankruptcy Case ") commenced by the Company Parties under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (the " Bankruptcy Code ").

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into certain commitments with respect to debtor-in-possession financing (the " DIP Financing ").

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           Bankruptcy Actions .

 

(a)          The Parties shall take the following actions and/or obtain the following relief by the specified deadlines:

 

(i)          by January 15, 2015, the Company shall (A) commence the Bankruptcy Case in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the " Bankruptcy Court ") and (B) file a motion to approve the Company's assumption of this Agreement;

 

(ii)         by February 6, 2015, the Company shall (A) obtain entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court approving assumption of this Agreement and specifically approving the allowance and payment of certain fee and expenses of the Sponsor as administrative expenses consistent with section 2(d)(iv) hereof (the " PSA Order "), (B) provide a list to the Sponsor reflecting all executory contracts necessary or desirable for the operation of the Company's business (the " Contracts ") and unexpired leases (the " Leases ") to which the Company is a party, along with a list of any and all projected cure and reinstatement costs or expenses (the " Cure Costs ") of or relating to the potential assumption of each Contract and Lease, and (C) file a reorganization plan that is consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement and/or is otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor and the Company (the " Plan ") and an accompanying disclosure statement (the " Disclosure Statement ");

 

1
 

 

(iii)        by February 20, 2015, the Company shall provide any supplements to the list of Contracts, including associated Cure Costs;

 

(iv)        by March 20, 2015, the Company shall obtain entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement and granting related relief, including, without limitation, approval of applicable solicitation procedures;

 

(v)         by April 1, 2015, the Sponsor shall deliver to the Company a list of designated Contracts and Leases to be assumed on the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan (the " Designated Contracts ");

 

(vi)        by April 7, 2015, the Company shall deliver a notice to each of the counterparties of the Designated Contracts providing each such counterparty with notice that the respective Designated Contract may be assumed by the Company subject to payment of the estimated Cure Cost, and informing such counterparty that objections to the proposed assumption, including objections to the estimated Cure Cost (such objections, " Assumption Objections ") must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court and submitted to the Parties no later than 4:00 p.m. prevailing Eastern time on April 21, 2015;

 

(vii)       by April 10, 2015, the Sponsor shall deliver to the Company the new charter, bylaws, and stockholders agreement of the Reorganized Company, as well as the members of the board of directors of the Reorganized Company accompanied by any disclosures required by Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(5) in connection therewith;

 

(viii)      by April 15, 2015, the Company shall file a supplement to the Plan (a " Plan Supplement ") (A) setting forth the Designated Contracts as well as the estimated Cure Cost for each such Designated Contract, (B) attaching the new charter, bylaws, and stockholders agreement of the Reorganized Company, and (C) identifying the members of the board of directors of the Reorganized Company;

 

(ix)         by April 30, 2015, the Company shall (A) obtain entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan (such order, the " Confirmation Order "), and (B) obtain entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and approving the assumption of the Designated Contracts (excluding any Designated Contracts which are the subject of outstanding Assumption Objections pursuant to section 2(f) below) and fixing the Cure Costs for the Designated Contracts (the " Assumption Order "); 1 and

 

2
 

 

(x)          the Company shall obtain interim and final orders approving that certain postpetition financing set forth in the DIP Financing by the deadlines, on the terms, and subject to the conditions set forth in the DIP Financing.

 

(b)          The Company agrees and covenants that, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, it will

 

(i)          prepare, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement a draft Plan and a draft Disclosure Statement, and after such preparation promptly provide such Plan and Disclosure Statement, in draft form, to the Sponsor and the Sponsor's legal and financial advisors for review and comment a reasonable period of time in advance of any filing thereof;

 

(ii)         include in the approved Disclosure Statement a statement that the Company's board of directors has recommended the acceptance of the Plan by the stakeholders of the Company who are entitled to vote on the Plan;

 

(iii)        in consultation with the Sponsor, use its commercially reasonable efforts to commence solicitation of the Plan as soon as practicable following entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement, as provided in any such Bankruptcy Court order;

 

(iv)        prepare and provide the proposed Confirmation Order, in draft form, to the Sponsor and the Sponsor's legal and financial advisors for review and comment a reasonable period of time in advance of any filing thereof and, subject to the prior written consent of the Sponsor to the form and substance of the Confirmation Order (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and consultation with the Sponsor, use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Bankruptcy Court the proposed Confirmation Order promptly following the end of the period to solicit acceptances of the Plan;

 

(v)         diligently pursue confirmation and consummation of the Plan;

 

(vi)        reasonably cooperate with the Sponsor and the Sponsor's legal advisor in connection with any discovery and hearings in connection with this Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, and/or the Plan and any transactions contemplated by such documents;

 

(vii)       use commercially reasonable efforts to provide drafts of any notices, motions, pleadings, filings, or other documents to be filed by the Company in the Bankruptcy Case to the Sponsor and the Sponsor's legal advisor a reasonable period of time (or, in the event of an emergency, the longest period of time practicable under the circumstances) prior to the date on which the Company intends to file such documents with the Bankruptcy Court, which such documents must be reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor and the Company and consistent with this Agreement;

 

 

1 Subject to section 2(f) below, the hearing to consider entry of the Confirmation Order and entry of the Assumption Order shall be scheduled for the same date (the " Confirmation Hearing ").

 

3
 

 

(viii)      without duplication or limitation of the foregoing, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide drafts of any proposed modifications, amendments, supplements, schedules, exhibits, and other documents related to the Plan, the Restructuring, the Disclosure Statement or their terms and conditions (collectively, the " Plan Related Documents ") to the Sponsor and the Sponsor's legal advisor a reasonable period of time prior to the date on which the Company intends to file such documents with the Bankruptcy Court, and any such Plan Related Documents must be reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor and the Company and consistent with this Agreement;

 

(ix)         timely file a formal objection and prosecute in good faith such objection to any motion filed with the Bankruptcy Court seeking the entry of an order (A) modifying or terminating the Company's exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization pursuant to section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code, (B) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee, (C) converting the Bankruptcy Case of any Company Party to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) dismissing the Bankruptcy Case of a Company Party.

 

(c)          The Sponsor agrees and covenants that, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, it and its affiliates will:

 

(i)          upon execution of this Agreement and through the Bankruptcy Case, continue to support the Plan;

 

(ii)         following the commencement of the Bankruptcy Case, not (1) object to the Plan or the Disclosure Statement or the consummation of the Plan, or any efforts to obtain acceptance of, and to confirm and implement, the Plan; (2) initiate any legal proceedings that are inconsistent with, or that would delay, prevent, frustrate or impede, the approval, confirmation or consummation of the Plan or the Disclosure Statement or the transactions outlined therein or otherwise commence any proceedings to oppose any of the transactions contemplated by the Plan or the Disclosure Statement, or take any other action that is barred by this Agreement; (3) vote for, consent to, support or participate in the formulation of any other restructuring, any other transaction involving the Company or its assets, or any plan of reorganization (with the sole exception of the Plan) or liquidation under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws, whether domestic or foreign, in respect of the Company; (4) directly or indirectly seek, solicit, support, formulate, entertain, encourage or engage in discussions, or enter into any agreements relating to, any restructuring, plan of reorganization, proposal or offer of dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, merger, transaction, sale, disposition or restructuring of the Company (or any of its assets or stock) other than the Plan (collectively, clauses (3) and (4) describe an " Alternative Plan "); (5) engage in or otherwise participate in any negotiations regarding any Alternative Plan, enter into any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, agreement in principle or other agreement relating to any Alternative Plan; (6) solicit, encourage, or direct any person to undertake any action prohibited by clauses (1) through (5) of this subsection (c)(ii); or (7) permit any of its, or its controlled affiliates', officers, directors, managers, employees, partners, representatives and agents to undertake any action prohibited by clauses (1) through (6) of this subsection (c)(ii); and

 

4
 

 

(iii)        reasonably cooperate with the Company and the Company's legal advisor in connection with any discovery and hearings in connection with this Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, and/or the Plan and any transactions contemplated by such documents.

 

2.           The Plan and Certain Related Matters . The Plan and all related documents, including, without limitation, the Disclosure Statement, and the motion and order relating to approval of this Agreement, must be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor and the Company and not inconsistent with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Plan shall provide for the following, among other things:

 

(a)           Effective Date . The effective date of the Plan (the " Effective Date ") shall occur as soon as practicable but in no event later than May 15, 2015.

 

(b)           Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date . The Plan shall include the following conditions precedent (each a " Condition Precedent ") which must be satisfied or waived prior to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

(i)          The Plan and any and all Plan Supplements, including any amendments or modifications thereto, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor and the Company.

 

(ii)         The Confirmation Order shall have been entered, shall not be subject to any stay on enforcement and be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Sponsor and the Company. The Confirmation Order shall provide that, among other things, the Company or the Reorganized Company, as appropriate, is authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan, including, without limitation, entering into, implementing, and consummating the contracts, instruments, releases, leases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with or described in the Plan.

 

(iii)        All documents and agreements necessary to implement the Plan, including, without limitation, the Exit Facility (as defined below) shall have (A) been tendered for delivery, and (B) been effected or executed. All conditions precedent to all such documents and agreements shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms and conditions of such documents or agreements, as applicable.

 

5
 

 

(iv)        All actions, documents, certificates, and agreements necessary to implement this Plan shall have been effected or executed and delivered to the required parties and, to the extent required, filed with the applicable governmental units in accordance with applicable laws or regulations.

 

(v)         As of the Effective Date, there shall be no existing or continuing events of default under the DIP Financing that has not been waived in writing.

 

(c)           Transactions Structure . The transactions contemplated by the Plan shall be structured in an efficient manner (including, without limitation, from a tax perspective and given the intent that the Company, as reorganized pursuant to the Plan (the " Reorganized Company "), not be a "public" company as of the Effective Date) and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor, in consultation with the Company.

 

(d)           Treatment of Claims . Allowed claims shall be treated in a manner that satisfies the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, as follows:

 

(i)           Secured Claims . Except to the extent that a particular claimant agrees to a less favorable treatment approved by the Sponsor, secured claims allowed under section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be unimpaired and reinstated upon the Effective Date under the Plan consistent with the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(ii)          Priority Claims . Except to the extent that a particular claimant agrees to a less favorable treatment approved by the Sponsor, allowed claims that are entitled to priority under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code will be paid in full in cash or treated as otherwise provided for under the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(iii)         Non-Priority Unsecured Claims. Except to the extent that a particular claimant agrees to a less favorable treatment approved by the Sponsor, holders of non-priority unsecured claims allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code (the " Unsecured Claims "), including, without limitation, obligations arising under or in connection with that certain convertible senior note issued on March 26, 2014, will receive their pro rata shares of the Non-Sponsor Stock (as defined below) in satisfaction of such Unsecured Claims, unless a claimant participates in the Convenience Class (as defined below).

 

(1)         The Plan shall provide for treatment of a class of Unsecured Claims that, for administrative convenience, will receive treatment different from the Unsecured Claims in the Unsecured Claims class (such class receiving different treatment, the " Convenience Class ").  The Convenience Class will comprise all Unsecured Claims of a single holder  of a type that would otherwise be included in the Unsecured Claims Class that are either (i) a maximum dollar amount or less in the aggregate or (ii) greater than such maximum dollar amount in the aggregate but as to which such holder has made an election (the " Convenience Class Election ") on the ballot for voting on the Plan to have such claim treated as a claim in the Convenience Class (all such claims, the " Convenience Claims ").  The parties shall negotiate in good faith regarding the maximum dollar amount to be set forth in the Plan, which shall take into account the working capital needs of the Reorganized Company as of the Effective Date.

 

6
 

 

(iv)         Administrative Expenses . Unless otherwise agreed by the holder thereof, the Plan will provide for the payment in full of all administrative expenses allowed under section 503 of the Bankruptcy Code consistent with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Sponsor's reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Bankruptcy Case, including, without limitation, its legal fees, are actual and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the estates under section 503 of the Bankruptcy Code and must therefore be allowed and paid as administrative expenses in the Bankruptcy Case. Following entry of the PSA Order, the Sponsor or the Sponsor's legal advisor shall periodically invoice (with reasonable detail concerning hours, rates and description of work performed, subject to redaction to preserve attorney-client privilege) the Company for legal fees due and owing, and the Company shall tender payment of such amounts due and owing within fifteen (15) days of receipt of such invoice. To the extent that any amounts remain due and owing pursuant to the Term Sheet, such amounts shall also be allowed and paid as administrative expenses in the Bankruptcy Case following entry of the PSA Order. Any remaining funds previously deposited pursuant to the Term Sheet shall be applied against the amounts incurred pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(e)           Cancellation of Equity Securities . On the Effective Date, all previously issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company (and all rights to convert, exchange, exercise for, or otherwise receive equity securities of the Company) shall be deemed void, cancelled, and of no further force and effect.

 

(f)           Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases . The Sponsor, in consultation with the Company, shall determine the treatment of Contracts and Leases pursuant to the terms hereof and in a manner consistent with the Bankruptcy Code. All Contracts and Leases which are not Designated Contracts as of the Effective Date shall be deemed rejected as of such date. At any time before the effective date of assumption of a Designation Contract, the Sponsor may, in its sole discretion, withdraw or modify its designation of a Designation Contract for assumption by providing notice via email to the Company and its counsel.

 

(i)          The Company shall promptly inform the Sponsor of any formal or informal Assumption Objection. In the event that the Company, the Sponsor, and such objecting counterparty cannot resolve an Assumption Objection prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Assumption Objection will be heard during the Confirmation Hearing, or at such later date as the Parties and the objecting counterparty may fix and agree and the Bankruptcy Court approves.

 

7
 

 

(ii)         In the event that any outstanding Assumption Objection remains unresolved following the Confirmation Hearing, the Sponsor reserves the right to direct the Company to reject the Designated Contract which is the subject of such Assumption Objection at any time prior to entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court authorizing the assumption of such Designated Contract. The Plan shall provide that rejection of the Designated Contract shall be effective upon the tenth (10th) day following delivery of a rejection notice to the contract counterparty.

 

(g)           Claims Resolution . Resolutions of claims will be subject to the terms and procedures set forth in the Plan, which, among other things, will (i) require that the Reorganized Company file any and all objections to claims during the ninety (90)-day period following the Effective Date (unless such period is extended by the Bankruptcy Court) and (ii) provide that any settlements of claims approved by the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Effective Date will be binding on all parties.

 

(h)           Avoidance Actions . The Plan shall provide that the Reorganized Company shall waive any avoidance actions that the Company or the estates may have against holders of Unsecured Claims that agree in writing to continue to participate in and extend trade credit in connection with the go-forward operations of the Reorganized Company. All other avoidance actions will be reserved and prosecuted by the Reorganized Company in its reasonable discretion.

 

(i)           Corporate Governance . The Plan shall designate the number of members of the board of directors of the Reorganized Company (the " New Board "), as such number is determined by the Sponsor. At a minimum, the New Board shall consist of five (5) members, including the Chief Executive Officer of the Reorganized Company, one (1) member to be nominated by the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed by the United States Trustee in the Bankruptcy Case (the " Committee ") subject to the consent of the Sponsor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)), and three (3) additional members to be selected by the Sponsor; provided that if the Committee fails to nominate a member to the New Board, the Sponsor shall be permitted to appoint an additional member to the New Board in lieu of the Committee's nominee. The members of the New Board will be identified in the Plan Supplement, accompanied by any disclosures required by Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(5) in connection therewith. Under the Plan, the Reorganized Company will implement a new charter, bylaws, and stockholders agreement, all of which must be acceptable to the Sponsor in its reasonable discretion, and all of which will be filed in the Plan Supplement.

 

(j)           Management Options . On or after the Effective Date, the New Board will support the implementation of a stock-based management incentive plan which will provide for distributions not exceeding 10%, in the aggregate, on a fully-diluted basis.

 

8
 

 

(k)           Exit Facility . The Reorganized Company shall obtain access to a revolving credit facility (the " Exit Facility ") to fund its operations on and after the Effective Date. The Sponsor shall be responsible for procuring the Exit Facility, the Company shall reasonably cooperate with the Sponsor's efforts to procure the Exit Facility and the Exit Facility shall be in an amount and on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor.

 

3.           Equity in Reorganized Company . On the Effective Date, equity in the Reorganized Company will be distributed as follows:

 

(a)          The Sponsor will purchase 80% of newly issued common stock in the Reorganized Company in consideration of $20 million in the form of (x) conversion of the principal amount of the DIP Financing into equity and (y) cash; and

 

(b)          in full satisfaction of the Unsecured Claims that are not otherwise settled or resolved under the terms of the Plan, holders of such Unsecured Claims will receive collectively 20% of newly issued common stock in the Reorganized Company (the " Non-Sponsor Stock ").

 

4.           Exclusivity .

 

(a)          As used in this Agreement, " Alternative Transaction Proposal " means, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any offer, proposal, or inquiry relating to, or any third-party indication of interest in, any of the following:

 

(i)          any purchase, sale, or other disposition of all or a material portion of the Company's business or assets, except for the sale of assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii)         any issuance, sale, or other disposition of any equity interest (including, without limitation, securities or instruments directly or indirectly convertible or exchangeable into equity) in the Company (by the Company) or any subsidiary of the Company primarily engaged in the Company's business (a " Business Subsidiary ") (other than the issuance of stock options or similar instruments to existing directors, officers, or employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or otherwise pursuant to existing contractual obligations);

 

(iii)        any merger, acquisition, consolidation, or similar business combination transaction involving the Company or a Business Subsidiary; or

 

(iv)        any other transaction the purpose or effect of which would be reasonably expected to, or which would, prevent or render impractical, or otherwise frustrate or impede in any material respect, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

9
 

 

(b)          As used in this Agreement, " Superior Proposal " means a bona fide written Alternative Transaction Proposal that the Company concludes in good faith, after consultation with its financial advisors and outside legal counsel, taking into account all legal, financial, regulatory, and other aspects of the proposal and the person or entity making the proposal (including any break-up fees, expense-reimbursement provisions, and conditions to consummation), (i) is more favorable, from a financial point of view, to the Company's stakeholders than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) is reasonably likely to be consummated on a timely basis on the terms proposed (taking into account financing, among other things).

 

(c)          Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, from and after the Execution Date, the Company agrees that it will not, and will cause each entity comprising the Company, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its controlled affiliates, directors, officers, employees, advisors, and any other persons acting under the direction of any of them, and the representatives of any of the foregoing (collectively, all such entities and persons, the " Company Representatives ") not to, initiate or solicit inquiries or proposals with respect to, or engage or participate in any negotiations concerning, or provide any confidential or nonpublic information or data to, or have or participate in any discussions with, any person or entity relating to, or approve or recommend, or propose to approve or recommend, or execute or enter into, any letter of intent, agreement in principle, or other agreement related to, any Alternative Transaction (an " Alternative Transaction Agreement "). This section 4(c) shall not prohibit the Company from furnishing nonpublic information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries to, or entering into discussions and negotiations with, any person or entity in response to an Alternative Transaction Proposal that is, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Superior Proposal that is submitted to the Company by such person or entity (and not withdrawn prior to the furnishing of such information or such discussions) if (i) neither the Company nor any Company Representative shall have violated any of the restrictions set forth in this section 4, (ii) the Company receives from such person or entity an executed confidentiality agreement containing customary limitations on the use and disclosure of all nonpublic written and oral information furnished to such person or entity by or on behalf of the Company, and (iii) within one (1) business days after furnishing any such nonpublic information to such person or entity, the Company furnishes such nonpublic information to the Sponsor (to the extent such nonpublic information has not been previously furnished by the Company to the Sponsor) and gives the Sponsor written notice of the identity of such person or entity and of the Company's intention to enter into discussions with such person or entity. The Company shall keep the Sponsor reasonably informed with respect to the status of any such Alternative Transaction Proposal, inquiry, indication of interest, or request and any modification or proposed modification thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any violation of or the taking of any action inconsistent with any of the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence by any Company Representative, whether or not such Company Representative is purporting to act on behalf of the Company shall be deemed to constitute a breach of this section 4 by the Company.

 

10
 

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company may terminate this Agreement in order to enter into a definitive Alternative Transaction Agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal that did not result from a breach of this section 4, subject to compliance with the following notice requirements and payment of the Break-Up Fee (defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if (i) the Company has received an Alternative Transaction Proposal that, in the good-faith determination of the board of directors of the Company, constitutes a Superior Proposal, after having complied with the following notice requirements, and (ii) the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, that failure to take such action would be inconsistent with the fiduciary obligations of the board of directors under applicable law (such entitlement to terminate the Agreement, the " Superior Proposal Company Termination Right "). The Company shall not be entitled to exercise the Superior Proposal Company Termination Right unless:

 

(i)          the Company promptly notifies the Sponsor, in writing, at least three (3) Business Days (the " Notice Period ") before entering into an Alternative Transaction Agreement, of its intention to take such action with respect to a Superior Proposal, which notice shall state expressly that the Company has received an Alternative Transaction Proposal that the Company intends to declare a Superior Proposal and/or that the Company intends to enter into an Alternative Transaction Agreement;

 

(ii)         the Company attaches to such notice the most current version of the proposed Alternative Transaction Agreement (which version shall be updated on a prompt basis) and the identity of the third party making such Superior Proposal;

 

(iii)        the Company shall, and shall cause the Company Representatives to, during the Notice Period, negotiate with the Sponsor in good faith to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement so that such Alternative Transaction Proposal ceases to constitute a Superior Proposal, if the Sponsor, in its discretion, proposes to make such adjustments (it being agreed that in the event that, after commencement of the Notice Period, there is any material revision to the terms of a Superior Proposal, including, any revision in price, the Notice Period shall be extended, if applicable, to ensure that at least two (2) business days remain in the Notice Period subsequent to the time the Company notifies the Sponsor of any such material revision (it being understood that there may be multiple extensions)); and

 

(iv)        the Company determines in good faith, after consulting with outside legal counsel and its financial advisor, that such Alternative Transaction Proposal continues to constitute a Superior Proposal after taking into account any adjustments made by the Sponsor during the Notice Period in the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

11
 

 

(e)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Company’s board of directors may terminate this Agreement following the occurrence of an event, fact, development or occurrence after the date hereof that did not result from a breach of this section 4 (an “ Intervening Event ”) if, subject to compliance with the following notice requirements and payment of the Break-Up Fee (defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, that failure to take such action would be inconsistent with the fiduciary obligations of the board of directors under applicable law because the Intervening Event makes it unlikely that either (x) the Company will maximize value for stakeholders by consummating the Plan or (y) the Company can consummate the Plan within a reasonable period of time (such entitlement to terminate the Agreement, the " Intervening Event Company Termination Right "). The Company shall not be entitled to exercise the Intervening Event Company Termination Right unless:

 

(i)          the Company promptly notifies the Sponsor, in writing, at least five (5) Business Days before terminating this Agreement, of its intention to take such action with respect to an Intervening Event, which notice shall state expressly the Intervening Event as well as provide written notice and supporting documentation articulating the impact of the Intervening Event;

 

(ii)         the Company shall, and shall cause the Company Representatives to, during the Notice Period, negotiate with the Sponsor in good faith (including, without limitation, promptly responding to the Sponsor's reasonable requests for financial and other information regarding the Intervening Event and the impact of the Intervening Event) to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement so that the failure of the board of directors of the Company to terminate this Agreement in light of such Intervening Event would not be inconsistent with the fiduciary obligations of the board of directors under applicable law, if the Sponsor, in its discretion, proposes to make such adjustments (it being agreed that in the event that, after commencement of the Notice Period, there is any material revision to the Intervening Event, the Notice Period shall be extended, if applicable, to ensure that at least three (3) business days remain in the Notice Period subsequent to the time the Company notifies the Sponsor of any such material revision (it being understood that there may be multiple extensions)); and

 

(iii)        the Company determines in good faith, after consulting with outside legal counsel and its financial advisor, that the failure of the board of directors of the Company to terminate this Agreement in light of such Intervening Event would be inconsistent with the fiduciary obligations of the board of directors under applicable law because the Intervening Event makes it unlikely that either (x) the Company will maximize value for stakeholders by consummating the Plan or (y) the Company can consummate the Plan within a reasonable period of time (such entitlement to terminate the Agreement, after taking into account any adjustments made by the Sponsor during the Notice Period in the terms and conditions of this Agreement).

 

(f)          For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this section 4 shall not prohibit, limit, or otherwise restrict the Company from participating in discussions with, or providing any information to, any official committee appointed in the Bankruptcy Case so long as the Company does not otherwise violate the prohibitions contained in this section 4.

 

12
 

 

5.           Break-up Fee . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Sponsor would not have undertaken the obligations set forth in this Agreement without the Company's commitment to pay the Break-Up Fee (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. In the event that the Company chooses to terminate this Agreement as set forth in section 11(b)(i) below, provided that the Sponsor is not in material breach of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Sponsor a break-up fee in the amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000) plus the Sponsor's reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees, and after application of any retainer previously funded by the Company) (such fees and expenses, collectively, the " Break-Up Fee "), and such Break-Up Fee shall be deemed earned immediately for all purposes. The Break-Up Fee shall be paid (i) via wire transfer of immediately available funds upon the closing of a Superior Proposal in the event of an exercise of the Superior Proposal Company Termination Right or (ii) upon payment of other allowed administrative expenses of the Company under section 503 of the Bankruptcy Code in the event such Superior Proposal does not close or upon an exercise of the Intervening Event Company Termination Right. The Company expressly acknowledges that the Break-Up Fee is an actual and necessary cost and expense of preserving the estates under section 503 of the Bankruptcy Code and must therefore be allowed and paid as an administrative expense in the Bankruptcy Case, and the PSA Order shall so p rovide.

 

6.           Exculpation . The Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the Confirmation Order shall provide, to the maximum extent permitted by law, that each of the Parties, each Party's affiliates and subsidiaries, the members of each Party's respective boards of directors, and each Party's directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors and other representatives, including each Party's legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors, shall neither have nor incur any liability to any entity (as defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code) for any prepetition or postpetition act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with, or related to, formulating, negotiating, preparing, disseminating, implementing, administering, confirming, or effecting the consummation of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Plan or any other prepetition or postpetition act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with or in contemplation of the Restructuring.

 

7.           Releases . The Plan, the Disclosure Statement, and the Confirmation Order shall provide, to the maximum extent permitted by law, that the Company, the Company's estates (within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code), all holders of claims against the Company, all holders of interests in the Company, and all parties in interest with respect to the Company (collectively, the " Releasing Parties "), shall be deemed to have released the Sponsor and its representatives as well as the directors and officers of the Company serving in such capacity as of the date on which the Bankruptcy Case is commenced by filing a petition with the Bankruptcy Court (such directors and officers, the " Released Parties ") from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, at law, in equity or otherwise, relating to or based upon any act or omission relating to the Company which occurred prior to the effectiveness of the Restructuring, and furthermore that the performance of the terms of the Plan in facilitating the Restructuring shall be a full and complete settlement of any claims or causes of action, whether known or unknown, that the Releasing Parties have or could have against the Released Parties relating to the Releasing Parties.

 

13
 

 

8.           Representations of the Sponsor . The Sponsor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)          it is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation;

 

(b)          it has the requisite corporate or entity power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(c)          the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or entity action;

 

(d)          this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and

 

(e)          assuming the accuracy of the Company's representations in section 9(h), the execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement do not and shall not require any material registration or filing with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with, or by, any federal, state, or other governmental authority or regulatory body.

 

9.           Representations of the Company . Each Company Party hereby represents and warrants to the Sponsor as follows, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval as applicable:

 

(a)          it is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation;

 

(b)          it has the requisite corporate or entity power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(c)          the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or entity action;

 

(d)          this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with the Agreement's terms;

 

(e)          to the actual knowledge of the senior executive officers of the Company (the " Company's Knowledge "), the financial and other information (excluding projections) concerning the Company which the Company or its representatives have made available to the Sponsor was complete and correct in all material respects as of the date of such information and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made;

 

14
 

 

(f)          to the Company's Knowledge, the Company and the Company's business are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, and no pending written claim has been filed against any of the Company Parties alleging a material violation of any United States federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, other requirement, or rule of law (collectively, " Laws "), in each case except any non-compliance or violation that would not have a material adverse impact on the Company's ability to operate its business;

 

(g)           as of the date of this Agreement, the Company has not received any written notice that the Company and the Company's business are under current investigation by a Governmental Entity with respect to the violation of any Laws that have a material adverse impact on the Company's ability to operate its business; and

 

(h)          assuming the accuracy of the Sponsor's representations in section 8(e), the execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement do not and shall not require any material registration or filing with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with, or by, any federal, state, or other governmental authority or regulatory body, except the filings in the Bankruptcy Case contemplated by this Agreement and as required under the federal securities laws.

 

10.          Additional Conditions . In addition to the other conditions to the Parties' obligations set forth in this Agreement, each obligation and liability of the Parties under this Agreement is conditioned in its entirety upon (a) the truth of the representations and warranties of the other Party set forth in this Agreement in all material respects and the other Party's performance in all material respects of its agreements and covenants in this Agreement, (b) this Agreement not having been terminated pursuant to its terms, and (c) the Plan being (i) consistent in all material respects with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and (ii) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Sponsor.

 

11.          Termination of Agreement .

 

(a)          The Sponsor may, but shall not be required to, terminate this Agreement immediately if any of the following occurs, by providing written notice of such termination to the Company.

 

(i)          The Company fails to perform any obligation (including, without limitation, obtaining specified relief) by the applicable deadline or within the applicable timeframe specified in this Agreement, including, without limitation, as required under section 1(a) of this Agreement.

 

(ii)         An event or occurrence required by this Agreement does not happen by the applicable deadline or within the applicable timeframe specified in this Agreement, including, without limitation, as required under section 2(a) of this Agreement.

 

15
 

 

(iii)        The Reorganized Company has failed to obtain access to the Exit Facility, or any other condition to occurrence of the Effective Date has not occurred, within the applicable required timeframe.

 

(iv)        There is any material modification to, or material severance of any provision of, the Plan or any related document that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(v)         There is an event of default under the DIP Financing, and such event of default is not cured in accordance with the terms (including, without limitation, within the timeframe) set forth in the DIP Financing or waived.

 

(vi)        A motion is filed or relief is otherwise sought or supported by the Company or any Company Party seeking to (A) appoint a trustee, receiver, or examiner for any Company Party or any Company Party's assets and/or business, in the Bankruptcy Case or otherwise, (B) convert the Bankruptcy Case of any Company Party to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (C) dismiss any Bankruptcy Case of a Company Party.

 

(vii)       An order is entered by the Bankruptcy Court (A) modifying or terminating the Company's exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization pursuant to section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code, (B) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee, (C) converting the Bankruptcy Case of any Company Party to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) dismissing any Bankruptcy Case of a Company Party.

 

(viii)      An order is entered appointing a trustee, receiver, or examiner for any Company Party or any Company Party's assets and/or business, in the Bankruptcy Case or otherwise.

 

(ix)         There has been a material breach of, material inaccuracy in, or material failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement made by the Company in this Agreement that has not been cured by the Company within ten (10) business days following receipt of notice from the Sponsor.

 

(x)          Any event or condition in respect of the operation of the Company has occurred that results, or would reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a material adverse effect on (A) the business, financial condition and operations of the Company, taken as a whole, or on (B) the ability of the Company to consummate the transaction contemplated herein and in the Plan; provided , however , that for the purposes of this subsection, a material adverse effect shall not be deemed to include the effects of events or conditions resulting from (1) the Bankruptcy Case, (2) changes in general economic, financial or securities market or political conditions in the United States, (3) general changes or developments in the industries and markets in which the Business operates, (4) changes in (or proposals to change) any applicable Laws or regulations or applicable accounting regulations or principles or interpretations thereof, (5) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or war or any act of terrorism, (6) the announcement, pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including any impact on customers, suppliers, vendors or employees), or (7) any action taken (or omitted to be taken) as required by this Agreement or at the request, or with the consent, of the Sponsor, shall, in each case, be excluded from the determination of a material adverse effect; provided further , however , that such events or conditions referred to in clauses (2) , (3) , (4) and (5) above do not materially and disproportionately affect the Company, taken as a whole, as compared to other businesses in the industries in which the Company operates.

 

16
 

 

(xi)         If any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall (i) have issued an order making illegal or otherwise restricting, preventing or prohibiting the Plan in a manner that cannot reasonably be remedied or (ii) have entered a final, non-appealable judgment or order declaring this Agreement or any material provision of this Agreement or any related document to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable.

 

(xii)        Edmond S. Thomas, or a replacement acceptable to the Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion, ceases to be the chief executive officer of the Company.

 

(b)          The Company may, but shall not be required to, terminate this Agreement immediately if any of the following occurs, by providing written notice of such termination to the Sponsor.

 

(i)          Subject to the notice and other provisions of section 4(d) or section 4(e) of this Agreement, as applicable, the Company may terminate this Agreement (A) in connection with the Superior Proposal Company Termination Right, if the Company determines to enter into an Alternative Transaction Agreement in respect of a Superior Proposal; provided that in the event of such termination, the Company substantially concurrently enters into such Alternative Transaction Agreement, or (B) in connection with the Intervening Event Company Termination Right. If the Company exercises the Superior Proposal Company Termination Right or the Intervening Event Company Termination Right, the Company shall pay the Break-up Fee to the Sponsor in accordance with section 5.

 

(1)         The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Break-up Fee (i) is an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that, without the Break-up Fee, the Sponsor would not have entered into this Agreement and (ii) is not a penalty, but is liquidated damages, in a reasonable amount that will compensate the Sponsor in the circumstances in which such fee is payable for the efforts and resources expended and opportunities foregone while negotiating this Agreement and in reliance on this Agreement and on the expectation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which amount would otherwise be impossible to calculate with precision. The payment of the Break-Up Fee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy of the Sponsor for any breach of this Agreement by the Company.

 

17
 

 

(2)         If the Company fails to pay the Break-up Fee in a timely manner, and, in order to obtain such payment, the Sponsor makes a claim against the Company that results in a judgment against the Company, the Company Party shall pay to the Sponsor the reasonable costs and expenses (including its reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred or accrued by the Sponsor in connection with such suit, together with interest on the amounts set forth in this section at the prime lending rate prevailing during such period as published in The Wall Street Journal . Any interest payable hereunder shall be calculated on a daily basis from the date such amounts were required to be paid until (but excluding) the date of actual payment, and on the basis of a 360-day year.

 

(ii)         There has been a material breach of, material inaccuracy in, or material failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement made by the Sponsor in this Agreement that has not been cured by the Sponsor within ten (10) business days following receipt of notice from the Company.

 

(iii)        If any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall (i) have issued an order making illegal or otherwise restricting, preventing or prohibiting the Plan in a manner that cannot reasonably be remedied or (ii) have entered a final, non-appealable judgment or order declaring this Agreement or any material provision of this Agreement or any related document to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable.

 

(iv)        If the funding under the DIP Financing is terminated by the Sponsor.

 

(c)          Subject to section 13(b), this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon occurrence of the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the DIP Financing shall survive any termination of this Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided therein.

 

12.          Notices. All demands, notices, requests, consents, and communications (each a " Notice ") under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or by courier service, messenger, Federal Express or similar expedited delivery service, email, facsimile, telecopy, or if duly deposited in the mails, by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid-return receipt requested, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as may be furnished hereafter by a Notice to the Parties:

 

If to the Company,

 

Edmond S. Thomas, CEO

The Wet Seal, Inc.

26972 Burbank

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

Email: Ed.Thomas@wetseal.com

 

18
 

 

with a copy to

 

Michael Tuchin

Klee, Tuchin, Bogdanoff & Stern LLP

1999 Avenue of the Stars

39th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Email: mtuchin@ktbslaw.com

 

If to the Sponsor,

 

Steven H. Reiner, Managing Director

B. Riley & Co., L.L.C.

11100 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 800

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Email: sreiner@brileyco.com

 

with a copy to

 

Van C. Durrer, II

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

300 South Grand Avenue

Suite 3400

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Email: Van.Durrer@skadden.com

 

A Notice shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) upon delivery, if delivered personally or by courier service, messenger, or Federal Express or similar expedited delivery service, in each case with record of receipt, (b) upon transmission with confirmed delivery, if sent by facsimile or telecopy, or (c) two (2) business days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage pre-paid, return receipt requested.

 

13.          Remedies; Limitation on Liability .

 

(a)          Subject to section 11(b)(i), the Parties acknowledge and agree that any breach of the terms of this Agreement would give rise to irreparable harm to the other Party for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy and, accordingly, agrees that each non-breaching Party shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy or posting a bond or other security in connection with such remedy.

 

19
 

 

(b)          Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, each Party hereto covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any Party's affiliates, or any of such Party's affiliates or respective former, current or future direct or indirect equity holders, controlling persons, stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, members, managers, general or limited partners or assignees (each a " Related Party " and collectively, the " Related Parties ") in each case other than the Parties and each of their respective successors and permitted assignees under this Agreement, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any of the Related Parties, as such, for any obligation or liability of any Party under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or liabilities or their creation; provided, however , nothing in this section 13(b) shall relieve or otherwise limit the liability of any Party hereto or any of their respective successors or permitted assigns, for any breach or violation of its obligations under such contracts. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Parties will have any recourse, be entitled to commence any proceeding or make any claim under this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby except against any of the Parties, as applicable. The limitation on liability provision in this Section 13(b) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

14.          Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, including the Term Sheet; provided, however, without duplication, any expense reimbursement due to the Sponsor from the Company pursuant to the Term Sheet shall be allowed and paid as an administrative expense pursuant to section 2(d)(iv) hereof. This Agreement may not be amended, altered, or modified in any manner whatsoever, except by a written instrument executed by each of the Parties hereto.

 

15.          Waiver . The Parties hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a Party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument executed by the Parties.

 

16.          Public Announcements . Unless such disclosure is otherwise required by applicable Law or by obligations of the Company or the Sponsor or their respective affiliates pursuant to any listing agreement with or rules of any securities exchange, the Company and the Sponsor shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement with respect to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or the activities and operations of the other and shall not issue any such release or make any such statement without the prior written consent of the other.

 

20
 

 

17.          Authority to Sign .  Each of the Parties represents and warrants that the person who executes this Agreement on behalf of such Party has been duly authorized on behalf of such Party to execute this Agreement on behalf of such Party and, in the case of an entity, that such authority has been validly obtained in accordance with the articles of incorporation and bylaws (or other organizational documents) of such Party, and the laws of the state of its organization for such Party.

 

18.          No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of the Parties and no other person or entity shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement except as set forth in section 13(b).

 

19.          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the provisions of such laws relating to conflicts of law).

 

20.          Jurisdiction . The Company and the Sponsor each hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Delaware state court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in Wilmington, Delaware, or the Bankruptcy Court (following commencement of the Bankruptcy Case), and any appellate court from any of the foregoing, but solely in any action or proceedings to enforce this Agreement. Each of the Parties agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

21.          Savings Clause . Any provision or part of this Agreement that is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall, as to such situation and such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity and shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability of any such provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. In lieu of any such provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision(s) as may be possible and mutually agreed upon by the Parties and still be legal, valid, and enforceable under applicable laws.

 

22.          Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are used for convenience only and shall not be considered for any purpose in construing this Agreement.

 

23.          Neutral Construction .  Each Party has cooperated, including by and through its counsel, in the drafting and preparation of this Agreement. Hence, this Agreement will be construed neutrally, and will not be applied more strictly against one Party than against another.

 

24.          Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

25.          Electronic Transmittal . Signatures transmitted electronically (e.g., by facsimile or in .pdf format as an attachment to an e-mail) shall have the full force and effect of original signatures.

 

26.          Assignment . Each Party hereby agrees, for so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, not to assign it rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that B. Riley Financial, Inc. may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to its affiliates or designees selected in its sole discretion; provided further that no such assignment shall relieve B. Riley Financial, Inc. from its obligations under this Agreement.

 

21
 

 

27.          Acknowledgement . This Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein are the product of negotiations among the Parties, together with their respective representatives. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement is not, and shall not be deemed to be, (i) a solicitation of votes for the acceptance of the Plan or any Chapter 11 plan for the purposes of sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise or (ii) an offer for the purchase, sale, exchange, hypothecation, or other transfer of securities for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not solicit acceptances of the Plan from any person until such person has been provided with a Disclosure Statement approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

22
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective representatives duly authorized as of the Execution Date.

 

By the Company:  
   
  THE WET SEAL, INC.
  THE WET SEAL RETAIL, INC.
  WET SEAL CATALOG, INC.
  WET SEAL GC, LLC

 

  by /s/: Edmond Thomas  
    Name:  Edmond S. Thomas  
    Title:   CEO  

 

By the Sponsor:  
   
  B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC., ON
  BEHALF OF THE ENTITIES
  CONSTITUTING THE SPONSOR

 

  by /s/: Phillip J. Ahn  
    Name:  Phillip J. Ahn  
    Title:   CFO & COO  

 

23

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

by

 

THE WET SEAL, INC.,

as the Lead Borrower , as a Debtor and as a Debtor-in-Possession

 

and

 

THE OTHER BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

FROM TIME TO TIME, as Debtors and Debtors-in-Possession

 

and

 

B. Riley FINANCIAL, INC. ,

as Lender,

 

Dated as of January 15, 2015

 

 

 
 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
PREAMBLE   1
     
RECITALS   1
     
AGREEMENT   2
     
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
     
SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 2
SECTION 1.2. Interpretation 5
     
ARTICLE II
 
GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS
     
SECTION 2.1. Pledge; Grant of Security Interest 6
SECTION 2.2. Secured Obligations 7
SECTION 2.3. Security Interest 7
     
ARTICLE III
 
PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;
USE OF COLLATERAL
     
SECTION 3.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral 8
SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral 8
SECTION 3.3. Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest 9
SECTION 3.4. Other Actions 9
SECTION 3.5. Supplements; Further Assurances 12
     
ARTICLE IV
 
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
     
SECTION 4.1. Title 13
SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral 13
SECTION 4.3. Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization 13

 

- i -
 

 

    Page
     
SECTION 4.4. Due Authorization and Issuance 13
SECTION 4.5. No Conflicts, Consents, etc 13
SECTION 4.6. Collateral 14
SECTION 4.7. Insurance 14
SECTION 4.8. Payment of Taxes; Compliance with Laws; Contested Liens; Claims 14
     
ARTICLE V
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL
     
SECTION 5.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral 15
SECTION 5.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc. 15
SECTION 5.3. Organization Documents 16
SECTION 5.4. Defaults, Etc 16
SECTION 5.5. Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests. 16
     
ARTICLE VI
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY COLLATERAL
     
SECTION 6.1. Registrations 17
SECTION 6.2. No Violations or Proceedings 17
SECTION 6.3. Protection of Lender’s Security 17
SECTION 6.4. After-Acquired Property 18
SECTION 6.5. Modifications 18
SECTION 6.6. Litigation 18
     
ARTICLE VII
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING
 
CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNTS
     
SECTION 7.1. Special Representations and Warranties 19
SECTION 7.2. Maintenance of Records 19
SECTION 7.3. Legend 20
SECTION 7.4. Modification of Terms, Etc 20
SECTION 7.5. Collection 20

 

- ii -
 

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE VIII
 
REMEDIES
     
SECTION 8.1. Remedies 20
SECTION 8.2. Notice of Sale 23
SECTION 8.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims 23
SECTION 8.4. Certain Sales of Collateral 23
SECTION 8.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. 24
SECTION 8.6. Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property 24
SECTION 8.7. Application of Proceeds 25
SECTION 8.8. Grant of License; Use of Assets 25
     
ARTICLE IX
 
MISCELLANEOUS
     
SECTION 9.1. Concerning Lender. 25
SECTION 9.2. Lender May Perform; Lender Appointed Attorney-in-Fact 26
SECTION 9.3. Expenses 27
SECTION 9.4. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment 27
SECTION 9.5. Termination 27
SECTION 9.6. Modification in Writing 28
SECTION 9.7. Notices 28
SECTION 9.8. GOVERNING LAW 28
SECTION 9.9. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. 28
SECTION 9.10. Severability of Provisions 29
SECTION 9.11. Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness 30
SECTION 9.12. No Release 30
SECTION 9.13. Obligations Absolute 30
SECTION 9.14. Pre-Petition Cash Collateral Account. 31
SECTION 9.15. Conflicts between Security Agreement and DIP Orders. 31
     
SIGNATURES   S-1

 

- iii -
 

 

EXHIBIT 1 Form of Securities Pledge Amendment
SCHEDULE I Intercompany Notes
SCHEDULE II Intellectual Property
SCHEDULE III Pledged Interests
SCHEDULE IV Commercial Tort Claims
SCHEDULE V Instruments and Chattel Paper
SCHEDULE VI Securities Accounts
SCHEDULE VII Organizational Information

 

- iv -
 

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of January 15, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Security Agreement ”) made by (i) THE WET SEAL, INC., a Delaware corporation, as lead borrower for itself and the other Borrowers, each as a debtor and debtor-in-possession (the “ Lead Borrower ”), (ii) THE OTHER BORROWERS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO, each as a debtor and debtor-in-possession (together with the Lead Borrower, the “ Original Borrowers ”) OR FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO BY EXECUTION OF A JOINDER AGREEMENT, each as a debtor and debtor-in-possession (the “ Additional Borrowers ,” and together with the Original Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”), and (iii) THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO, each as a debtor and debtor-in-possession (the “ Original Guarantors ”) AND THE OTHER GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO BY EXECUTION OF A JOINDER AGREEMENT, as Debtors and Debtors-in-Possession (the “ Additional Guarantors ,” and together with the Original Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Borrowers, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Grantors ,” and each, a “ Grantor ”), in favor of B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC., as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Lender ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

A.           On January 15, 2015, the Borrowers and the Guarantors commenced Case Nos. 15-10081, 15-10082,  15-10083, and 15-10084 (collectively, the “Bankruptcy Case”) by filing  voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Borrowers and Guarantors continue to operate their business and manage their properties as debtors and debtors-in-possession pursuant to Sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

B.           The Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Lender, among others, have, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement, entered into that certain Senior Secured, Super-Priority Debtor-In-Possession Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

C.           The Borrowers and the Guarantors will receive substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the Obligations and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Security Agreement.

 

D.           This Security Agreement is given by each Grantor in favor of the Lender for the benefit of the Credit Parties to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined).

 

 
 

 

E.           It is a condition to the obligations of the Lender to make loans under the Credit Agreement under the Credit Agreement that each Grantor execute and deliver the applicable Loan Documents, including this Security Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor and the Lender hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

SECTION 1.1.           Definitions .        Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

 

(b)          Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)          The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

Claims ” shall mean any and all property taxes and other taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and all governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and all claims (including, without limitation, landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of Law) against, all or any portion of the Collateral.

 

Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in SECTION 2.1 hereof.

 

Control ” shall mean in the case of any security entitlement, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC.

 

Control Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, the Blocked Account Agreements and the Securities Account Control Agreements.

 

2
 

 

Copyrights ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common Law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Grantor, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Grantor, including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed on Schedule II hereto, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

 

Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital B hereof.

 

Distributions ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all Restricted Payments from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Grantor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

 

Goodwill ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, the goodwill connected with such Grantor’s business including, without limitation, (i) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by any of the Intellectual Property Collateral in which such Grantor has any interest, (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, name plates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any Person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, consulting agreements, engineering contracts and such other assets which relate to such goodwill and (iii) all product lines of such Grantor’s business.

 

Grantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guaranty.

 

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

Guaranty ” shall have the meaning assigned to term “Facility Guaranty” in the Credit Agreement.

 

Intellectual Property Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Licenses and Goodwill.

 

3
 

 

Intercompany Notes ” shall mean, with respect to each Grantor, all intercompany notes described on Schedule I hereto and each intercompany note hereafter acquired by such Grantor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Lead Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

Letters of Credit ” unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the meaning given to such term in the UCC.

 

Licenses ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all license and distribution agreements with any other Person with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Grantor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

 

Patents ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all patents issued or assigned to and all patent applications made by such Grantor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, those patents, patent applications listed on Schedule II hereto, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

 

Pledged Interests ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all Equity Interests in any issuer now existing or hereafter acquired or formed, including, without limitation, all Equity Interests of such issuer described in Schedule III hereof and all Equity Interests in any successor corporation or interests or certificates of any successor limited liability company, partnership or other entity owned by such Grantor formed by or resulting from any consolidation, merger or amalgamation in which any Person listed on Schedule VII hereof is not the surviving entity, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Grantor relating to such Equity Interests issued by any such issuer or any such successor Person under the Organization Documents of any such issuer or any such successor Person, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Grantor in any manner, and all other Investment Property owned by such Grantor.

 

4
 

 

Secured Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means with respect to a Securities Account established by a Grantor, an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, establishing Control of such Securities Account by the Lender and whereby the Securities Intermediary maintaining such Securities Account agrees, upon notice received by such Securities Intermediary from the Lender, to comply only with the instructions originated by the Lender without the further consent of any Grantor.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to such Act.

 

Securities Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Interests, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

 

Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such in the Preamble hereof.

 

Trademarks ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locations (URLs), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Grantor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common Law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed on Schedule II hereto, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

 

SECTION 1.2.           Interpretation . The rules of interpretation specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Security Agreement.

 

5
 

 

ARTICLE II

 

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

 

SECTION 2.1.           Pledge; Grant of Security Interest . As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, subject to the DIP Orders, each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Lender for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Credit Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of the right, title and interest of such Grantor in, to and under all personal property and interests in such personal property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), including, without limitation:

 

(i)          all Accounts;

 

(ii)         all Goods, including Equipment, Inventory and Fixtures;

 

(iii)        all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper;

 

(iv)        all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

(v)         all Securities Collateral;

 

(vi)        all Investment Property;

 

(vii)       all Intellectual Property Collateral;

 

(viii)      all Commercial Tort Claims, including, without limitation, those described on Schedule IV hereto;

 

(ix)         all General Intangibles, including, without limitation, all Credit Card Receivables;

 

(x)          all Deposit Accounts;

 

(xi)         all Supporting Obligations;

 

(xii)        all books and records relating to the Collateral;

 

(xiii)       Bankruptcy Recoveries, but only : (A) the full amount of any such recovery or settlement thereof to the extent arising under section 549 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (B) all amounts necessary to reimburse the Lender for the amount of the Professional Fee Carve Out, if any, used to finance the pursuit of such recovery or settlement with respect to all Bankruptcy Recoveries ((A) and (B) being hereinafter defined as the “ Specified Bankruptcy Recoveries ”);

 

6
 

 

(xiv)      all owned real estate of the Grantors, all proceeds from the disposition of real estate, and all proceeds from the disposition of real estate leases (including, without limitation, all non-residential real property leases); provided that , with respect to the Grantors’ non-residential real property Leases, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the DIP Orders or any Loan Document, no Liens or encumbrances shall be granted on or extend to the Grantors’ real property Leases themselves, but rather, any such Liens granted shall extend only to the proceeds realized upon the sale, assignment, termination, or other disposition of such real property lease(s); and

 

(xv)       to the extent not covered by the foregoing clauses (i) through (xiv), all other personal property of such Grantor, whether tangible or intangible and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Grantor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xv) above, the security interest created by this Security Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, any Bankruptcy Recoveries other than Specified Bankruptcy Recoveries.

 

SECTION 2.2.           Secured Obligations . This Security Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the payment and performance in full when due of the Secured Obligations.

 

SECTION 2.3.           Security Interest .

 

(a)  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender at any time and from time to time to authenticate and file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Collateral, including, without limitation, (i) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor, (ii) a description of the Collateral as “all assets of the Grantor, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Lender promptly upon request.

 

(b)          Each Grantor hereby ratifies its prior authorization for the Lender to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements or amendments thereto relating to the Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

 

(c)          Each Grantor hereby further authorizes the Lender to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) or other necessary documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Grantor hereunder in any Intellectual Property Collateral, without the signature of such Grantor, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Lender, as secured party.

 

7
 

 

ARTICLE III

 

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF COLLATERAL

 

SECTION 3.1.           Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral . Each Grantor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Grantor on or prior to the date hereof, shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Lender pursuant hereto no later than the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after the date hereof and (ii) the entry of the Final Order. Each Grantor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof, shall promptly (and in any event within seven (7) Business Days) upon receipt thereof by such Grantor be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Lender pursuant hereto. All certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and subject to the DIP Orders, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Lender or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, the Lender shall have the right with written notice to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment and letters of direction duly executed in blank.

 

SECTION 3.2.           Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral .  Each Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Interests are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and upon the request of the Lender, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or reasonably requested to complete the pledge and give the Lender the right to transfer such Pledged Interests under the terms hereof. Each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not permit any of the Pledged Interests that do not constitute “securities” (as defined in the UCC) to at any time become “securities” (as defined in the UCC) unless, concurrently with such conversion, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Lender thereof, cause such Pledged Interests to become evidenced by certificates of ownership, and endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Lender, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

8
 

 

SECTION 3.3.           Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest .  Each Grantor represents and warrants that, effective immediately upon the entry of the Interim Borrowing Order, the Lender will have a priming first priority, continuing, valid, binding, enforceable, non-avoidable, and automatically perfected post-petition security interest and Lien, senior and superior in priority to all other secured and unsecured creditors of the Grantors’ estates (except with respect to the Professional Fee Carve Out and as may otherwise be provided in the DIP Orders), in, upon and to all of the Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. Upon the entry of the Interim Borrowing Order, the Liens which secure the Secured Obligations shall constitute first priority Liens pursuant to sections 361, 362, 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), and 364(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, subject only to the Professional Fee Carve Out. Each Grantor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, (i) such Grantor will maintain the security interest created by this Security Agreement in the Collateral as a perfected security interest having the priority required by the Loan Documents and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons (other than with respect to claims and demands relating to the Professional Fee Carve Out), (ii) such Grantor shall furnish to the Lender from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Lender may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail and (iii) at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Lender, such Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver, and file and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Lender may reasonably request, including the filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and other documents and agreements (including this Security Agreement) under the UCC (or other applicable Laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender and in such offices (including, without limitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by applicable Law in each case to perfect, continue and maintain a valid, enforceable security interest in the Collateral (which security interest shall have the priority required by the Loan Documents) as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Lender hereunder, as against the Grantors and third parties (other than with respect to claims and demands relating to the Professional Fee Carve Out), with respect to the Collateral.

 

SECTION 3.4.           Other Actions .  In order to further evidence the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Lender to enforce, the Lender’s security interest in the Collateral, each Grantor represents, warrants and agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, with respect to the following Collateral that:

 

(a)           Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . As of the date hereof (i) no amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed on Schedule V hereto and (ii) each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper listed on Schedule V hereto, to the extent requested by the Lender, has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Lender, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment and letters of direction duly executed in blank. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, the Grantor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Lender, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Lender may reasonably request from time to time.

 

9
 

 

(b)           Investment Property .

 

(i)          As of the date hereof (a) it has no Securities Accounts other than those listed on Schedule VI hereto, and (b) it does not hold, own or have any interest in any certificated securities or uncertificated securities other than those constituting Pledged Interests with respect to which the Lender has a perfected security interest in such Pledged Interests (subject only to the Professional Fee Carve Out) having the priority required by the Loan Documents.

 

(ii)         If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall promptly (a) notify the Lender thereof, and (b) upon request of the Lender and without derogating from the Lender’s rights in after-acquired Collateral pursuant to the DIP Orders, either (i) endorse, assign and deliver such certificated securities to the Lender, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender or (ii) deliver such securities into a Securities Account with respect to which a Securities Account Control Agreement is in effect in favor of the Lender. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated, such Grantor shall promptly (a) notify the Lender thereof, and (b) upon request of the Lender and without derogating from the Lender’s rights in after-acquired Collateral pursuant to the DIP Orders, either (i) grant Control to the Lender and cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Lender as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, (ii) cause a security entitlement with respect to such uncertificated security to be held in a Securities Account with respect to which the Lender has Control or (iii) arrange for the Lender to become the registered owner of the securities, in each case pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. No Grantor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Securities Account with any Securities Intermediary unless (1) the applicable Grantor shall have given the Lender ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Securities Account with such Securities Intermediary, (2) such Securities Intermediary shall be reasonably acceptable to the Lender and (3) upon request of the Lender and without derogating from the Lender’s rights in after-acquired Collateral pursuant to the DIP Orders, such Securities Intermediary and such Grantor shall have duly executed and delivered a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Account. Each Grantor shall accept any cash and Investment Property which are proceeds of the Pledged Interests in trust for the benefit of the Lender and promptly upon receipt thereof, deposit any cash received by it into an account in which the Lender has Control, or with respect to any Investment Properties or additional securities, take such actions as required above with respect to such securities. No Grantor shall grant control over any Pledged Interests to any Person other than the Lender.

 

10
 

 

(iii)        As between the Lender and the Grantors, the Grantors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Interests, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Interests, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a security entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the control of, the Lender, a Securities Intermediary, any Grantor or any other Person; provided , however , that nothing contained in this SECTION 3.4(b) shall release or relieve any Securities Intermediary of its duties and obligations to the Grantors or any other Person under any Control Agreement or under applicable Law. Each Grantor shall promptly pay all Claims and fees of whatever kind or nature with respect to the Pledged Interests pledged by it under this Security Agreement. In the event any Grantor shall fail to make such payment contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence, the Lender may do so for the account of such Grantor and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Lender for all costs and expenses incurred by the Lender under this SECTION 3.4(b) and under SECTION 9.3 hereof.

 

(c)           Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . As of the date hereof no amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction). If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, the Grantor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall promptly notify the Lender thereof and shall take such action as the Lender may reasonably request to vest in the Lender control under UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Lender agrees with such Grantor that the Lender will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Lender and so long as such procedures will not result in the Lender’s loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

 

(d)           Letter-of-Credit Rights . If such Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor, (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Letter of Credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement), such Grantor shall promptly notify the Lender thereof and such Grantor shall, at the request of the Lender, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Lender of, and to pay to the Lender, the proceeds of, any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) arrange for the Lender to become the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Lender agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

11
 

 

(e)           Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed on Schedule IV hereto. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Lender in writing signed by such Grantor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Security Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

SECTION 3.5.           Supplements; Further Assurances .  Each Grantor shall take such further actions, and execute and deliver to the Lender such additional assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Lender may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or appropriate, wherever required by Law, in order to perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Collateral as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Lender hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm unto the Lender or permit the Lender to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor shall make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file or refile and/or deliver to the Lender from time to time upon reasonable request such lists, descriptions and designations of the Collateral, copies of warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, supplements, additional security agreements, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, subject to the DIP Orders, the Lender may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Grantor, such suits and proceedings as the Lender may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors. The Grantors and the Lender acknowledge that this Security Agreement is intended to grant to the Lender for the benefit of the Credit Parties a security interest in and Lien upon the Collateral and shall not constitute or create a present assignment of any of the Collateral.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

In addition to, and without limitation of, each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

 

12
 

 

SECTION 4.1.           Title . No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Lender pursuant to this Security Agreement or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement. No Person other than the Lender has control or possession of all or any part of the Collateral, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.2.           Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral .  Each Grantor is as of the date hereof, and, as to Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, such Grantor will be, the sole direct and beneficial owner of all Collateral pledged by it hereunder free from any Lien or other right, title or interest of any Person other than the Liens and security interest created by this Security Agreement, Permitted Encumbrances and the Professional Fee Carve Out. Each Grantor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Lender and the priority thereof against all claims and demands of all Persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Lender or any other Credit Party other than (i) with respect to claims or demands regarding priority of Liens and the Professional Fee Carve Out, and (ii) with respect to all other claims and demands, Permitted Encumbrances. There is no agreement, and no Grantor shall enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Grantors’ obligations or the rights of the Lender hereunder.

 

SECTION 4.3.           Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization .  The exact legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, federal taxpayer identification number, organizational identification number and chief executive office of such Grantor is indicated next to its name on Schedule VII hereto.

 

SECTION 4.4.           Due Authorization and Issuance .  All of the Pledged Interests have been, and to the extent any Pledged Interests are hereafter issued, such shares or other equity interests will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and, to the extent applicable, fully paid and non-assessable. All of the Pledged Interests have been fully paid for, and there is no amount or other obligation owing by any Grantor to any issuer of the Pledged Interests in exchange for or in connection with the issuance of the Pledged Interests or any Grantor’s status as a partner or a member of any issuer of the Pledged Interests.

 

SECTION 4.5.           No Conflicts, Consents, etc .  No consent of any party (including, without limitation, equity holders or creditors of such Grantor) and no consent, authorization, approval, license or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body or other Person is required (A) for the grant of the security interest by such Grantor of the Collateral pledged by it pursuant to this Security Agreement or for the execution, delivery or performance hereof by such Grantor, (B) for the exercise by the Lender of the voting or other rights provided for in this Security Agreement or (C) for the exercise by the Lender of the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement except, in each case, (x) for such consents which have been obtained prior to the date hereof and (y) the entry of the DIP Orders. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, subject to the DIP Orders, if the Lender desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Security Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other Person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Lender, such Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist and aid the Lender to obtain as soon as commercially practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

 

13
 

 

SECTION 4.6.           Collateral .  All information set forth herein, including the schedules annexed hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Credit Party in connection with this Security Agreement, in each case, relating to the Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects. The Collateral described on the schedules annexed hereto constitutes all of the property of such type of Collateral owned or held by the Grantors.

 

SECTION 4.7.           Insurance .  Such Grantor shall maintain or shall cause to be maintained such insurance as is required pursuant to Section 6.06 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Lender (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Lender) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact), exercisable only after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and subject to the DIP Orders, for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of the Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, the Lender may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion but subject to the DIP Orders, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Lender deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Lender in connection with this SECTION 4.7, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, reasonable and documented expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Lender and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

 

SECTION 4.8.           Payment of Taxes; Compliance with Laws; Contested Liens; Claims .  Each Grantor represents and warrants that all Claims imposed upon or assessed against the Collateral have been paid and discharged except to the extent (i) such Claims constitute a Lien not yet due and payable, a Permitted Encumbrance or the Professional Fee Carve Out, or (ii) the enforcement of which Claims has been stayed by virtue of the filing of the Chapter 11 Case. Each Grantor shall comply with all applicable Law relating to the Collateral the failure to comply with which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Grantor may at its own expense contest the validity, amount or applicability of any Claims so long as the contest thereof shall be conducted in accordance with, and permitted pursuant to the provisions of, the Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 4.8, no contest of any such obligation may be pursued by such Grantor if such contest would expose the Lender or any other Credit Party to (i) any possible criminal liability or (ii) any additional civil liability for failure to comply with such obligations unless such Grantor shall have furnished a bond or other security therefor satisfactory to the Lender, or such other Credit Party, as the case may be.

 

14
 

 

ARTICLE V

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

 

SECTION 5.1.           Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral .  Upon request of the Lender and without derogating from the Lender’s rights in after-acquired Collateral pursuant to the DIP Orders, each Grantor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Interests or Intercompany Notes of any Person required to be pledged hereunder, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Lender and forthwith deliver to the Lender a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Grantor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1 annexed hereto (each, a “ Pledge Amendment ”), and the certificates and other documents required under SECTION 3.1 and SECTION 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Interests or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Security Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien created hereby and by the DIP Orders on and in respect of such additional Pledged Interests or Intercompany Notes. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Lender to attach each such Pledge Amendment to this Security Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Interests or Intercompany Notes (whether or not listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Lender) shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Collateral.

 

SECTION 5.2.           Voting Rights; Distributions; etc .  So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document evidencing the Secured Obligations (it being understood and agreed that no vote by any Grantor may cause action or inaction in violation of any DIP Order or any other order entered in connection with the Chapter 11 Case or any successor case). The Lender shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Grantor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Grantor and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Grantor all such instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request in order to permit such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to this SECTION 5.2(i).

 

15
 

 

(ii)         Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, subject to the DIP Orders, all rights of each Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to SECTION 5.2(i) hereof without any action, other than, in the case of any Securities Collateral, or the giving of any notice shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Lender, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; provided that the Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default to permit such Grantor to exercise such rights under SECTION 5.2(i). After such Event of Default is no longer continuing, each Grantor shall have the right to exercise the voting, managerial and other consensual rights and powers that it would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to SECTION 5.2(i) hereof.

 

(iii)        Subject to the DIP Orders, the Lender shall have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral any and all Distributions, and any Distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the foregoing shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Lender and immediately be paid over to the Lender in accordance with Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(iv)        Each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Lender appropriate instruments as the Lender may reasonably request in order to permit the Lender to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to SECTION 5.2(ii) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under SECTION 5.2(iii) hereof.

 

SECTION 5.3.           Organization Documents . No Grantor will terminate or agree to terminate any Organization Documents or make any amendment or modification to any Organization Documents, including electing to treat any Pledged Interests of such Grantor as a security under Section 8-103 of the UCC, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.4.           Defaults, Etc . No Securities Collateral pledged by such Grantor is subject to any defense, offset or counterclaim, nor have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Grantor by any Person with respect thereto, and as of the date hereof, there are no certificates, instruments, documents or other writings (other than the Organization Documents and certificates, if any, delivered to the Lender) which evidence any Pledged Interests of such Grantor.

 

SECTION 5.5.           Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests .      In the case of each Grantor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Grantor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Security Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

 

(ii)         In the case of each Grantor which is a partner in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Grantor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organization Documents to the pledge by each other Grantor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Interests in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and subject to the DIP Orders, to the transfer of such Pledged Interests to the Lender or its nominee and to the substitution of the Lender or its nominee as a substituted partner or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner or a limited partner or member, as the case may be.

 

16
 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL

PROPERTY COLLATERAL

 

SECTION 6.1.           Registrations .  Except pursuant to licenses and other user agreements entered into by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business that are listed on Schedule II hereto, on and as of the date hereof (i) each Grantor owns and possesses the right to use, and has done nothing to authorize or enable any other Person to use, any material Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed on Schedule II hereto, and (ii) all registrations listed on Schedule II hereto are valid and in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.2.           No Violations or Proceedings .  To each Grantor’s knowledge, on and as of the date hereof, there is no violation by others of any right of such Grantor with respect to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed on Schedule II hereto, respectively, pledged by it under the name of such Grantor.

 

SECTION 6.3.           Protection of Lender’s Security .  On a continuing basis, each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Lender of (A) any adverse determination in any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor or (B) the institution of any proceeding or any adverse determination in any federal, state or local court or administrative body regarding such Grantor’s claim of ownership in or right to use any of the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the use and operation of the Collateral, its right to register such Intellectual Property Collateral or its right to keep and maintain such registration in full force and effect, (ii) maintain and protect the Intellectual Property Collateral necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor, (iii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Intellectual Property Collateral necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to such Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case, except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment and, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with the prior approval of the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), (iv) upon such Grantor’s obtaining knowledge thereof, promptly notify the Lender in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of the Intellectual Property Collateral or any portion thereof material to the use and operation of the Collateral, the ability of such Grantor or the Lender to dispose of the Intellectual Property Collateral or any portion thereof or the rights and remedies of the Lender in relation thereto including, without limitation, a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against the Intellectual Property Collateral or any portion thereof, (v) not license the Intellectual Property Collateral other than licenses entered into by such Grantor in, or incidental to, the ordinary course of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the material licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of the Intellectual Property Collateral or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral intended to be granted to the Lender for the benefit of the Credit Parties, without the consent of the Lender, (vi) until the Lender exercises its rights to make collection, diligently keep adequate records respecting the Intellectual Property Collateral and (vii) furnish to the Lender from time to time upon the Lender’s reasonable request therefor detailed statements and amended schedules further identifying and describing the Intellectual Property Collateral and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to the Intellectual Property Collateral as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent any Grantor from selling, disposing of or otherwise using any Intellectual Property Collateral as permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

17
 

 

SECTION 6.4.           After-Acquired Property .  If any Grantor shall, at any time before this Security Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with SECTION 9.5, (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in clause (i) or (ii) of this SECTION 6.4 with respect to such Grantor shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Security Agreement without further action by any party. With respect to any federally registered Intellectual Property Collateral, each Grantor shall promptly (a) provide to the Lender written notice of any of the foregoing and (b) upon request of the Lender and without derogating from the Lender’s rights in after-acquired Collateral pursuant to the DIP Orders, confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Security Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence of this SECTION 6.4 by execution of an instrument in form reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

 

SECTION 6.5.           Modifications .  Each Grantor authorizes the Lender to modify this Security Agreement by amending Schedule II hereto to include any Intellectual Property Collateral acquired or arising after the date hereof of such Grantor including, without limitation, any of the items listed in SECTION 6.4 hereof.

 

SECTION 6.6.           Litigation .  Unless there shall occur and be continuing any Event of Default, each Grantor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as the party in interest, for its own benefit and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, such applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and suits, proceedings or other actions to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value or other damage as are necessary to protect the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and subject to the DIP Orders, the Lender shall have the right but shall in no way be obligated to file applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and/or bring suit in the name of any Grantor, the Lender or the other Credit Parties to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral and any license thereunder. In the event of such suit, each Grantor shall, at the reasonable request of the Lender, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents requested by the Lender in aid of such enforcement and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Lender, as the case may be, for all costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in the exercise of its rights under this SECTION 6.6 in accordance with SECTION 9.3 hereof. In the event that the Lender shall elect not to bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral, each Grantor agrees, at the request of the Lender, to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Intellectual Property Collateral by others and for that purpose agrees to diligently maintain any suit, proceeding or other action against any Person so infringing necessary to prevent such infringement.

 

18
 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING

CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNTS

 

SECTION 7.1.           Special Representations and Warranties .  As of the time when any of its Credit Card Receivables is included in the Borrowing Base as an Eligible Credit Card Receivable, each Grantor shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such Credit Card Receivable and all records, papers and documents relating thereto (i) are genuine and correct and in all material respects what they purport to be, (ii) represent the legal, valid and binding obligation of the account debtor, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, evidencing indebtedness unpaid and owed by such account debtor, arising out of the performance of labor or services or the sale, lease, license, assignment or other disposition and delivery of the goods or other property listed therein or out of an advance or a loan, (iii) are in all material respects in compliance and conform with all applicable material federal, state and local Laws and applicable Laws of any relevant foreign jurisdiction, and (iv) are not subject to any right of offset as a result of any rebates, allowances, or similar promotional credit.

 

SECTION 7.2.           Maintenance of Records .  Each Grantor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense materially complete records of each Credit Card Receivable and each Account, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including, without limitation, records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other documentation relating thereto and the amount of the Credit Card Holdback. Each Grantor shall, at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, upon the Lender’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and subject to the DIP Orders, deliver all tangible evidence of all Credit Card Receivables and Accounts, including, without limitation, all documents evidencing such Credit Card Receivables and Accounts and any books and records relating thereto to the Lender or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Grantor). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and subject to the DIP Orders, the Lender may transfer a full and complete copy of any Grantor’s books, records, credit information, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Credit Card Receivables and Accounts to and for the use by any Person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Credit Card Receivables and Accounts or the Lender’s security interest therein in accordance with applicable Law without the consent of any Grantor.

 

19
 

 

SECTION 7.3.           Legend .  Subject to the DIP Orders, each Grantor shall legend, at the request of the Lender made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, the Credit Card Receivables and Accounts and the other books, records and documents of such Grantor evidencing or pertaining to the Credit Card Receivables and Accounts with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Credit Card Receivables have been collaterally assigned to the Lender for the benefit of the Credit Parties and that the Lender has a security interest therein.

 

SECTION 7.4.           Modification of Terms, Etc .  No Grantor shall rescind or cancel any indebtedness evidenced by any Credit Card Receivable or Account or modify any term thereof or make any adjustment with respect thereto except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice, or extend or renew any such indebtedness except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or compromise or settle any dispute, claim, suit or legal proceeding relating thereto or sell any Credit Card Receivable, Account or interest in any of the foregoing except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or in accordance with the Credit Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

SECTION 7.5.           Collection .  Each Grantor shall cause to be collected from the account debtor of each of the Credit Card Receivables and Accounts, as and when due in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice (including, without limitation, Accounts that are delinquent, such Accounts to be collected in accordance with generally accepted commercial collection procedures), any and all amounts owing under or on account of such Credit Card Receivable or Account, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such Credit Card Receivable or Account. The costs and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) of collection, in any case, whether incurred by any Grantor, the Lender or any other Credit Party, shall be paid by the Grantors.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 8.1.           Remedies .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and subject to the provisions of the DIP Orders, the Lender may, from time to time in respect of the Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein, under applicable Law or otherwise available to it:

 

20
 

 

(i)          Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from any Grantor or any other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Grantor’s premises where any of the Collateral is located, remove such Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Grantor;

 

(ii)         Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Collateral including, without limitation, instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Lender, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided , however , that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Grantor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Grantor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Lender and shall promptly pay such amounts to the Lender;

 

(iii)        Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Grantor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

 

(iv)        Take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Grantor in writing to deliver the same to the Lender at any place or places so designated by the Lender, in which event such Grantor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Lender and therewith delivered to the Lender, (B) store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the Lender at such place or places pending further action by the Lender and (C) while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Grantor’s obligation to deliver the Collateral as contemplated in this SECTION 8.1 is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Lender shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Grantor of such obligation;

 

(v)         Without limiting any rights of the Lender pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement and subject to the provisions of the DIP Orders, withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Grantor constituting Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article VIII hereof;

 

(vi)        Without limiting any rights of the Lender pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, retain and apply the Distributions to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article VIII hereof;

 

21
 

  

(vii)       Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Collateral, including, without limitation, perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Collateral;

 

(viii)      Exercise any rights and remedies provided by, or not contrary to, the DIP Orders; and

 

(ix)         Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, and the Lender may also in its sole discretion, without notice except as specified in SECTION 8.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Lender’s offices or elsewhere, as part of one or more going out of business sales in the Lender’s own right or by one or more agents and contractors, all as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Lender may deem commercially reasonable. The Lender shall have the right to conduct such sales on any Grantor’s premises and shall have the right to use any Grantor’s premises without charge for such sales for such time or times as the Agent may see fit. The Lender or any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations owed to such Person as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable by such Person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of Law now existing or hereafter enacted. The Lender shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Lender may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Lender arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Lender accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. In connection with any sale or other disposition of Inventory and Goods, the Lender and any agent or contractor conducting any such sale may augment the Inventory with other goods (all of which other goods shall remain the sole property of the Lender or such agent or contractor). Any amounts realized from the sale of such goods which constitute augmentations to the Inventory (net of an allocable share of the costs and expenses incurred in their disposition) shall be the sole property of the Lender or such agent or contractor and neither any Grantor nor any Person claiming under or in right of any Grantor shall have any interest therein.

 

22
 

 

SECTION 8.2.           Notice of Sale .  Subject to the DIP Orders, each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by applicable Law and unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value, or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market (in which event the Lender shall provide such Grantor such advance notice as may be practicable under the circumstances), ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. Except as required by the DIP Orders, no notification need be given to any Grantor if it has signed, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying (as permitted under Law) any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

 

SECTION 8.3.           Waiver of Notice and Claims .  Subject to the DIP Orders, each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Lender’s taking possession or the Lender’s disposition of any of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Grantor would otherwise have under Law, and each Grantor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Lender’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable Law. The Lender shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article VIII in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Grantor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Grantor and against any and all Persons claiming or attempting to claim the Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Grantor.

 

SECTION 8.4.           Certain Sales of Collateral .  Subject to the DIP Orders:

 

(i)          Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, the Securities Act, and applicable state securities Laws), the Lender may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Collateral (including, without limitation, Securities Collateral and Investment Property), to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such Governmental Authority (which requirements may include, with respect to Securities Collateral and/or Investment Property, that such purchasers shall agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof). Each Grantor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Lender than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including, without limitation, a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable Law, the Lender shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities Laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

 

23
 

 

(ii)         If the Lender determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Grantor shall from time to time furnish to the Lender all such information as the Lender may reasonably request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Lender as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

 

(iii)        Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this SECTION 8.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Lender and the other Credit Parties, that the Lender and the other Credit Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this SECTION 8.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 8.5.           No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .      No failure on the part of the Lender to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Lender in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy; nor shall the Lender be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

 

(ii)         In the event that the Lender shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under this Security Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Lender, then and in every such case, the Grantors, the Lender and each other Credit Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Collateral, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Lender and the other Credit Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 8.6.           Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, subject to the DIP Orders, upon the written demand of the Lender, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Lender an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and such other documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes hereof to the extent such assignment does not result in any loss of rights therein under applicable Law. Within five (5) Business Days of written notice thereafter from the Lender, each Grantor shall make available to the Lender, to the extent within such Grantor’s power and authority, such personnel in such Grantor’s employ on the date of the Event of Default as the Lender may reasonably designate to permit such Grantor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Grantor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights, and such Persons shall be available to perform their prior functions on the Lender’s behalf.

 

24
 

 

SECTION 8.7.           Application of Proceeds .  Subject to the DIP Orders, the proceeds received by the Lender in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Lender of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Lender pursuant to this Security Agreement, in accordance with and as set forth in Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the Grantors shall remain jointly and severally liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations.

 

SECTION 8.8.           Grant of License; Use of Assets .  Without limiting the Lender’s rights as holder of a Lien in the Collateral, for the purpose of enabling the Lender, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under this Article VIII at such time as the Lender shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby grants to the Lender, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty, rent or other compensation to such Grantor) to use, assign, license or sublicense any assets of such Grantor (including, without limitation, all Fixtures, Equipment and Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor) and to occupy any Real Property owned or leased by such Grantor, wherever the same may be located and whether or not constituting Collateral, including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 9.1.           Concerning Lender .      The actions of the Lender hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The Lender shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including, without limitation, the release or substitution of the Collateral), in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement, but subject to the DIP Orders. The Lender may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact.

 

25
 

 

(ii)         The Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Lender, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Lender nor any of the other Credit Parties shall have responsibility for, without limitation (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Lender or any other Credit Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral. In no event shall the Lender’s or any other Credit Party’s responsibility for the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession extend to matters beyond the control of such Person, including, without limitation, acts of God, war, insurrection, riot, governmental actions or acts of any corporate or other depository.

 

(iii)        The Lender shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to this Security Agreement and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

 

(iv)        If any item of Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to Lender under any other security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral, Lender, in its sole discretion, shall select which provision or provisions shall control.

 

SECTION 9.2.           Lender May Perform; Lender Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . If any Grantor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Security Agreement or in the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, such Grantor’s covenants to (i) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies hereunder, (ii) pay Claims, (iii) make repairs, (iv) discharge Liens or (v) pay or perform any other obligations of such Grantor with respect to any Collateral) or if any warranty on the part of any Grantor contained herein shall be breached, the Lender may (but shall not be obligated to), subject to the DIP Orders, do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided , however , that Lender shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, lien, imposition or other obligation which such Grantor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby. Any and all amounts so expended by the Lender shall be paid by the Grantors in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 9.3 hereof. Neither the provisions of this SECTION 9.2 nor any action taken by the Lender pursuant to the provisions of this SECTION 9.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Security Agreement nor any breach of warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Lender its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, or otherwise, from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in the Lender’s discretion (but subject to the DIP Orders) to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Security Documents which the Lender may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof. The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

26
 

 

SECTION 9.3.           Expenses . Each Grantor will upon demand pay to the Lender the amount of any and all amounts required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.04 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.4.           Continuing Security Interest; Assignment . Upon entry of the Interim Borrowing Order, this Security Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon the Grantors and their respective successors and assigns, and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder, to the benefit of the Lender and the other Credit Parties and each of their respective successors, transferees and permitted assigns. No other Persons (including, without limitation, any other creditor of any Grantor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Credit Party may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Security Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Credit Party, herein or otherwise, subject, however, to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.5.           Termination . This Security Agreement, the Lien in favor of the Lender (for the benefit of itself and the other Credit Parties) and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations when (i) the Commitment shall have expired or been terminated and the L/C Issuer has no further obligation to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement, (ii) the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and other Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted) shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, (iii) all Letters of Credit (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall have (A) expired or terminated and have been reduced to zero, (B) been Cash Collateralized to the extent required by the Credit Agreement, or (C) been supported by another letter of credit in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, and (iv) all Unreimbursed Amounts shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash; provided , however, that (A) this Security Agreement, the Lien in favor of the Lender (for the benefit of itself and the other Credit Parties) and all other security interests granted hereby shall be reinstated if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Secured Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Credit Party or any Grantor upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Grantor or otherwise, and (B) in connection with the termination of this Security Agreement, the Lender may require such indemnities and collateral security as it shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Credit Parties against (x) loss on account of credits previously applied to the Secured Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked, (y) any obligations that may thereafter arise with respect to the Other Liabilities, and (z) any Secured Obligations that may thereafter arise under Section 9.04 of the Credit Agreement.

 

27
 

 

SECTION 9.6.           Modification in Writing . No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the DIP Orders and unless in writing and signed by the Lender and the Grantors. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Grantor from the terms of any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Security Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

SECTION 9.7.           Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein, in the Credit Agreement or in the DIP Orders, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as to any Grantor, addressed to it at the address of the Lead Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and as to the Lender, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto complying as to delivery with the terms of this SECTION 9.7.

 

SECTION 9.8.           GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 9.9.           CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . (a)          EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH BANKRUPTCY COURT, SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH GRANTOR AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY CREDIT PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

28
 

 

(b)          EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(c)          EACH GRANTOR AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY GRANTOR ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN THE BANKRUPTCY COURT, A COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AS THE LENDER MAY ELECT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION.

 

(d)          EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.7. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

(e)          EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY AND WHETHER INITIATED BY OR AGAINST ANY SUCH PERSON OR IN WHICH ANY SUCH PERSON IS JOINED AS A PARTY LITIGANT). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

SECTION 9.10.          Severability of Provisions . Any provision hereof which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

29
 

 

SECTION 9.11.          Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.12.          No Release . Nothing set forth in this Security Agreement shall relieve any Grantor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Collateral or from any liability to any Person under or in respect of any of the Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Lender or any other Credit Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Lender or any other Credit Party for any act or omission on the part of such Grantor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Grantor contained in this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or under or in respect of the Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. The obligations of each Grantor contained in this SECTION 9.12 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Grantor’s other obligations under this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

SECTION 9.13.          Obligations Absolute . All obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

 

(i)          any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

(ii)         any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

(iii)        any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

 

(iv)        any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 9.6 hereof; or

 

(v)         any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor (other than the termination of this Security Agreement in accordance with SECTION 9.5 hereof).

 

30
 

 

SECTION 9.14.          Pre-Petition Cash Collateral Account .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Lender’s Lien in and to the cash collateral maintained in the Pre-Petition Cash Collateral Account (as defined in the Interim Borrowing Order) shall be subordinate to the Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent under the Pre-Petition Loan Documents as security for the Pre-Petition Liabilities in respect of Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer under the Pre-Petition Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.15.          Conflicts between Security Agreement and DIP Orders .

 

In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Security Agreement and the terms and conditions of the DIP Orders, the terms and conditions of the DIP Orders shall prevail.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

31
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantors and the Lender have caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

  THE WET SEAL, INC. , as a Grantor, Lead Borrower, a Borrower, a Debtor and a Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: /s/: Edmond Thomas
  Name: Edmond Thomas
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  THE WET SEAL RETAIL, INC. , as a Grantor, a Borrower, a Debtor and a Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: /s/: Edmond Thomas
  Name: Edmond Thomas
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  WET SEAL CATALOG, INC. , as a Grantor, a Borrower, a Debtor and a Debtor-in-Possession
     
  By: /s/: Edmond Thomas
  Name: Edmond Thomas
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  WET SEAL GC, LLC , as a Grantor, a Guarantor, a Debtor and a Debtor -in-Possession
     
  By: /s/: Edmond Thomas
  Name: Edmond Thomas
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement

 

 
 

 

  B. Riley FINANCIAL, INC. , as Lender
     
  By: /s/: Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

SUBORDINATED UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$ 4,500,000.00 Los Angeles, California

 

March 10, 2015

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC. (“ Maker ”) promises to pay to RILEY INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P. (“ Payee "), the principal sum of Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($ 4,500,000.00 ) (the “ Principal Sum ”), together with (a) interest from the date of this Note on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to ten percent (10%) per annum (“ Interest ”), and (b) the Success Fee (defined below), the Interest and the Success Fee being subject to the Interest/Success Fee Cap (defined below), as more specifically set forth below. Hereinafter, the term “ Note ” shall mean this Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Note.

 

1.          The Principal Sum, together with the accrued and unpaid Interest and the Success Fee, shall be payable on March 9, 2016 (the “ Maturity Date ”).

 

2.          To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any of the Principal Sum and/or Interest not paid when due shall bear interest (commencing on the date such Principal Sum and/or Interest became so due) at the Default Rate (defined below) until paid in full. For purposes of this Note, the term “ Default Rate ” shall mean the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

 

3.           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Note, in addition to Maker’s obligation to pay to Payee the Principal Sum and the Interest, Maker shall pay to Payee twenty percent (20%) of the net profit earned by Maker in connection with a designated liquidation transaction (the “ Success Fee ”). Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Note and separate and apart from Maker’s obligation to pay to Payee the Principal Sum, under no circumstances shall Maker be obligated to pay to Payee any portion of the combined amount for Interest and the Success Fee which exceeds twelve percent (12%) of the Principal Sum (the “ Interest/Success Fee Cap ”). To the extent there is no net profit earned by Maker in connection with such designated liquidation transaction, Maker shall not be obligated to pay to Payee the Success Fee but shall remain obligated to pay to Payee the Interest due and payable under this Note.

 

4.          Subject to the WF Subordination Provisions (defined below) and the Third Party Subordination Provisions (defined below), this Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time prior to the Maturity Date by Maker without penalty. Any and all such prepayments shall be applied first to any unpaid fees, costs and expenses under this Note, then to accrued Interest to the date of the prepayment on the amount prepaid, then to the Success Fee and then to the unpaid Principal Sum.

 

5.          Time is of the ' essence of this Note.

 

6.          To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Maker, for itself and its legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly waives demand, presentment, protest notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice of maturity, notice of protest, presentment for the purpose of accelerating maturity, diligence in collection, and the benefit of any exemption or insolvency laws.

 

Page 1 of 6
 

 

7.           No provision of this Note and no right or benefit of Payee under this Note may be waived, nor may Maker be released from any obligation or liability under this Note, except by a writing duly executed by an authorized representative of Payee. Payee’s waiver of any provision of this Note shall not be deemed, nor shall it constitute, a continuing waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provisions of this Note, whether or not similar.

 

8.          If any payment under this Note shall be specified to be made upon a day which is not a Business Day (defined below), it shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing any interest in connection with such payment. For purposes of this Note, the term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or a federally-recognized public holiday in the United States.

 

9.           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (a) if Maker has received a written demand for payment from Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, successor by merger to Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) under that certain Third Amended and Restated Guaranty  dated July 15, 2013, as may be amended from time to time, by and among Wells Fargo, Maker (formerly known as Great American Group, Inc.), and Great American Group, LLC (“ GAGLLC ”), whereby Maker and GAGLLC each jointly and severally guaranteed unconditional to Wells Fargo the payment and/or performance of certain obligations of Great American Group WF, LLC (“ GAGWF ”) and certain other affiliates of GAGWF, including GA Retail, Inc. (“ GAR ”) (GAGWF, GAR and such other affiliates collectively, “ Borrower ”), which are parties to and under that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 15, 2013, as amended and as may be further amended from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”), so long as such written demand for payment has not been withdrawn by Wells Fargo, or (b) if a bankruptcy proceeding or assignment for the benefit of creditors is commenced with respect to Maker, GAGLLC, or Borrower, or any other action or proceeding is commenced by or against Maker, GAGLLC, or Borrower for any relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or laws relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness, reorganizations, compositions or extensions (each, an “ Insolvency Proceeding ”), so long as such Insolvency Proceeding continues to be maintained with respect to Maker, GAGLLC, or Borrower, as applicable (such period, the “ Blockage Period ”), Maker shall not be entitled to make, and Payee shall not be entitled to accept and retain, payments in respect of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, until the time when all indebtedness of Borrower to Wells Fargo evidenced by the Credit Agreement, whether for principal, interest (including, without limitation, interest that but for the filing of a case in bankruptcy with respect to Borrower would accrue on such indebtedness), fees, expenses or otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter incurred or created between Borrower and Wells Fargo, and whether incurred by Borrower as principal, acceptor, surety, indorser, guarantor, accommodation party or otherwise (all such indebtedness and other obligations, the “ Senior Obligations ”) shall have been paid in full (excluding any and all continuing indemnification and tax obligations) in immediately available funds to Wells Fargo, all letters of credit issued by Wells Fargo (or an affiliate thereof) for the account of Borrower under the Credit Agreement shall have been terminated or cash collateralized in form and substance satisfactory to Wells Fargo, and the Credit Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which expressly by their terms survive termination) shall have been terminated (the “ Senior Obligations Termination Date ”).

 

10.         So long as a Blockage Period has been commenced and is continuing, Payee will not ask, demand or sue for, any portion of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, until the earliest to occur of (a) the acceleration of the Senior Obligations, (b) the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, and (c) the Senior Obligations Termination Date.

 

Page 2 of 6
 

 

11.         Payee shall hold any money and/or other property received by Payee from Maker during any Blockage Period in trust for Wells Fargo and promptly after receipt, deliver such money and other property to Wells Fargo according to Wells Fargo's instructions until the Senior Obligations Termination Date. If any such money or other property is received by Payee for application to this Note during the Blockage Period and held in trust for Wells Fargo, such money or other property shall first be used to satisfy the Senior Obligations until paid in full, and second, ratably, to satisfy the obligations under this Note and the notes issued by Maker to Other Payees as of the date hereof. All such money or other property that is so delivered to Wells Fargo during a Blockage Period for application to the Senior Obligations shall be deemed to have been paid directly to Wells Fargo and shall not constitute a payment in respect of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

 

12.         In the event of any distribution, division or application, partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, of all or any part of the assets or securities of Maker or the proceeds thereof, to creditors of Maker, in connection with an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to Maker or Borrower, then and in any such event any payment or distribution of any kind or character either in cash, securities or other property, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to this Note shall be paid or delivered directly to Wells Fargo for application to payment of the Senior Obligations in such order as Wells Fargo may elect, until the Senior Obligations Termination Date has occurred.

 

13.         No payment or distribution by Payee to Wells Fargo pursuant to the WF Subordination Provisions shall entitle Payee to exercise any right of subrogation in respect thereof until the Senior Obligations Termination Date.

 

14.         The WF Subordination Provisions shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of: (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any agreement or instrument evidencing or relating to the Senior Obligations; (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, the security for, or in any other term of, all or any of the Senior Obligations, or any other extension, renewal, amendment, waiver, refinancing or restructuring of, or any consent to any departure from, any of the Senior Obligations or any agreement or instrument evidencing or relating to the Senior Obligations; (c) any sale, release, exchange or non-perfection of any or all of the Senior Obligations or any security therefor; and (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Maker, GAGLLC or Borrower. The WF Subordination Provisions shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of the occurrence of the Senior Obligations Termination or the repayment in full of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note. The WF Subordination Provisions shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any Senior Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned in whole or in part by Wells Fargo upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or other similar proceeding instituted by or against Maker, GAGLLC or Borrower and the indebtedness evidenced by this Note remain outstanding, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

15.         For purposes of this Note, the term “ WF Subordination Provisions ” shall mean Section 9 , Section 10 , Section 11 , Section 12 , Section 13 and Section 14 of this Note.

 

Page 3 of 6
 

 

16.         To the extent Maker is indebted to any other Person (defined below) other than Wells Fargo, and as and to the extent required by the documents which govern the repayment of such indebtedness, Maker shall not be entitled to make, and Payee shall not be entitled to accept and retain, payments in respect of such indebtedness to such other Person until the time when all indebtedness of Maker to such other Person, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, shall have been paid in full (such indebtedness to such other Persons, the “ Third Party Senior Obligations ”). For purposes of this Note, the term “ Person ” shall mean an individual, trust, estate, association, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, whether domestic or foreign. The subordination provisions set forth in this Section shall be referred to herein as the “ Third Party Subordination Provisions ”.

 

17.         This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

18.         The courts of the United States and the State of California located in the County of Los Angeles in the State of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any suit, action or proceeding arising directly or indirectly from or otherwise related to this Note. Maker hereby irrevocably consents to such jurisdiction.

 

19.         In the event of any litigation with respect to the obligations evidenced by this Note, Maker waives the right to a trial by jury, all rights of setoff and rights to interpose permissive counterclaims and cross claims.

 

20.         Payee, at any time and without the consent of Maker, may grant participations in or sell, transfer, assign and convey all or any portion of its right, title and interest in and to this Note. Payee shall notify Maker after the completion of a sale, transfer or assignment of One Hundred Percent (100%) of Payee’s right, title and interest in and to this Note. Maker shall not have the right to assign or otherwise transfer this Note or any of its obligations or liabilities under this Note without the prior written consent of Payee, which consent Payee may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Any permitted transferee of this Note shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Note, including the WF Subordination Provisions and the Third Party Subordination Provisions, to the same extent as the transferring party.

 

21.         The WF Subordination Provisions and the Third Party Subordination Provisions are for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Senior Obligations and the Third Party Senior Obligations (as the case may be), on the one hand, and Payee, on the other hand, and, subject only to the WF Subordination Provisions and the Third Party Subordination Provisions, nothing herein shall impair, as between Maker and Payee, the obligation of Maker under this Note, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to Payee the principal hereof, interest thereon and all other indebtedness evidenced by this Note in accordance with the terms hereof, nor shall anything herein prevent Payee from exercising any remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law or upon default hereunder.

 

22.         This Note may not be changed, modified or terminated orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by Maker and Payee.

 

23.         This Note shall be binding upon Maker and the successors and assigns of Maker and inure to the benefit of the Payee and the Payee's successors and assigns.

 

24.         If any term of this Note shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity of all other terms and provisions hereof shall in no way be affected thereby.

 

Page 4 of 6
 

 

25.         Wells Fargo is an express third party beneficiary of the WF Subordination Provisions, and shall have the right to enforce such WF Subordination Provisions in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

26.          This Note contains the entire understanding between Maker and Payee concerning the subject matter of this Note and supersedes and replaces all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, express or implied, between them respecting the subject matter of the Note.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBORDINATED UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE FOLLOWS]

 

Page 5 of 6
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Maker has executed this Note as of the date first written above.

 

MAKER

 

B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

  /s/ Phillip J. Ahn  
(Authorized Signature)  
   
  Phillip J. Ahn  
(Name)  
   
  CFO & COO  
(Title)  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBORDINATED UNSECURED PROMISSORY NOTE]

 

Page 6 of 6

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 

second AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated as of August 28, 2014, by and among

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor by merger to WELLS FARGO RETAIL FINANCE, LLC (“ Lender ”),

 

GREAT AMERICAN GROUP WF, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Original Borrower ”), and

 

any other affiliate of Original Borrower party hereto (such affiliates, together with Original Borrower, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively “ Borrowers ” and Borrower, together with GAG Inc. (defined below), Great American (defined below), and/or any Subsidiary of any of the foregoing which is or which becomes a party to any Loan Document from time to time, the “ Credit Parties ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. Borrowers and Lender are party to that certain Second Amended & Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 15, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Limited Consent and Waiver, dated May 28, 2014, and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lender agreed, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to extend credit and make certain other financial accommodations available to Borrowers;

 

B. Great American Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ GAG Inc. ”) and Great American Group, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Great American ”) are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Guaranty dated as of July 15, 2013 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), pursuant to which GAG Inc. and Great American jointly and severally guaranteed to Lender payment of (among other things) obligations under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents upon the terms set forth the Guaranty;

 

C. Credit Parties have informed Lender that the composition of the Board of Directors of GAG Inc. will change as a result of Harvey Yellen’s resignation therefrom (the “ Resignation ”);

 

D. Credit Parties have requested that Lender agree to effect an amendment to the Credit Agreement in connection with the Resignation, all as more specifically set forth herein, and Lender is willing to effect such amendment on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties signatory hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.                Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

 
 

  

                  Change of Control . Clause (e) of the definition of “Change of Control” is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its stead:

 

(e)        (i) either of Harvey Yellen or Andrew Gumaer ceases to be actively engaged in the management and day-to-day operations and administration of Great American or any Borrower, (ii) Andrew Gumaer ceases to be a Continuing Director of GAG Inc. or (iii) either of Harvey Yellen or Andrew Gumaer ceases to be a Continuing Director of Great American.

 

3.              Representations and Warranties . Borrowers represent and warrant to Lender that:

 

(a)                the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, as though made on such date, and as if each reference therein to “this Agreement” or the “Credit Agreement” or the like includes reference to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date);

 

(b)            the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by each Credit Party (i) are all within such Credit Party’s corporate powers, (ii) are not in contravention of any Laws or the terms of such Credit Party’s Organization Documents, or any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which such Credit Party is a party or by which such Credit Party or its property is bound, and (iii) shall not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, claim, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral, except in favor of Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby;

 

(c)             this Amendment and each other agreement or instrument to be executed and delivered by Credit Parties in connection herewith have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all necessary action on the part of such Credit Party and, if necessary, its stockholders, as the case may be, and the agreements and obligations of each Credit Party contained herein and therein constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and by general principles of equity;

 

(d)            after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date hereof; and

 

(e)             no action of, or filing with, or consent of any Governmental Authority, and no approval or consent of any other party (other than, in each case, actions, filings or consents that have already been taken, made or obtained) is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with, the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment.

 

4.             Conditions Precedent . The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall not be effective until each of the following conditions precedent are satisfied in a manner satisfactory to Lender (the “ Effective Date ”):

 

(a)                 receipt by Lender of this Amendment, duly authorized and executed by each Credit Party;

 

2
 

  

(b)                to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP, counsel to the Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by Credit Parties pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement;

 

(c)                 after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, nor shall any Default or Event of Default result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; and

 

(d)                all orders, permissions, consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations and validations of, and filings, recordings and registrations with, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority, or any other Person required to authorize or otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated, shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

 

5.              Effect on Loan Documents . As amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and hereby are ratified and confirmed by each Credit Party in all respects. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Each Credit Party hereby ratifies and confirms in all respects all of its obligations and any prior grant of a security interest under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.              Further Assurances . Each Credit Party shall execute and deliver all agreements, documents and instruments, each in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and take all actions as Lender may reasonably request from time to time, to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest in the Collateral held by Lender and to fully consummate the transactions contemplated under this Amendment and the Credit Agreement, as modified hereby.

 

7.              Release . Each Credit Party hereby remises, releases, acquits, satisfies and forever discharges Lender, its agents, employees, officers, directors, predecessors, attorneys and all others acting on behalf of or at the direction of Lender, of and from any and all manner of actions, causes of action, suit, debts, accounts, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, variances, damages, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, which any of such parties ever had, or now has, to the extent arising from or in connection with any act, omission or state of facts taken or existing on or prior to the date hereof, against Lender, its agents, employees, officers, directors, attorneys and all persons acting on behalf of or at the direction of Lender (“ Releasees ”), for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever through the date hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Credit Party waives and affirmatively agrees not to allege or otherwise pursue any defenses, affirmative defenses, counterclaims, claims, causes of action, setoffs or other rights they have or may have as of the date hereof, including, but not limited to, the rights to contest any conduct of Lender or other Releasees on or prior to the date hereof.

 

8.             No Novation; Entire Agreement . This Amendment is not a novation or discharge of the terms and provisions of the obligations of Credit Parties under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. There are no other understandings, express or implied, among Credit Parties and Lender regarding the subject matter hereof or thereof.

 

3
 

  

9.             Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

10.            Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission also shall deliver a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment but the failure to deliver a manually executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Amendment.

 

11.             Construction . This Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be construed collectively and in the event that any term, provision or condition of any of such documents is inconsistent with or contradictory to any term, provision or condition of any other such document, the terms, provisions and conditions of this Amendment shall supersede and control the terms, provisions and conditions of the Credit Agreement. Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “therein”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

4
 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

  GREAT AMERICAN GROUP WF, LLC., a California limited
  liability company
   
   
  By: /s/ Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   
   
   
  By: /s/ Jennifer Cann
  Name: Jennifer Cann
  Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT

 

Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the foregoing Amendment applicable to it, including but not limited to the releases set forth in Section 7.

 

 

  GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation
   
   
  By: /s/ Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO

 

 

 

 

  GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, LLC, a California limited
  liability company
   
   
  By: /s/ Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.7

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated as of February 5, 2015, by and among

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor by merger to WELLS FARGO RETAIL FINANCE, LLC (“ Lender ”),

 

GREAT AMERICAN GROUP WF, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Original Borrower ”), and

 

any other affiliate of Original Borrower party hereto (such affiliates, together with Original Borrower, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively “ Borrowers ” and Borrower, together with GAG Inc. (defined below), Great American (defined below), and/or any Subsidiary of any of the foregoing which is or which becomes a party to any Loan Document from time to time, the “ Credit Parties ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.           Borrowers and Lender are party to that certain Second Amended & Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 15, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Limited Consent and Waiver, dated May 28, 2014, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2014, and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lender agreed, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to extend credit and make certain other financial accommodations available to Borrowers;

 

B.           GA Retail, Inc., a California corporation (“Retail”) is party to that certain Joinder to Loan Documents dated as of the date hereof, (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Joinder ”), pursuant to which Retail joined the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents as a Borrower;

 

C.           Great American Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ GAG Inc. ”) and Great American Group, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Great American ”) are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Guaranty dated as of July 15, 2013 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), pursuant to which GAG Inc. and Great American jointly and severally guaranteed to Lender payment of (among other things) obligations under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents upon the terms set forth the Guaranty;

 

D.           Credit Parties have requested that Lender agree to effect certain amendments to the Credit Agreement, all as more specifically set forth herein, and Lender is willing to effect such amendment on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties signatory hereto agree as follows:

 

1.            Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

 
 

  

2.            Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)          The following definitions are inserted in the appropriate alphabetical order:

 

““ B. Riley ” means B. Riley and Co., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.”

 

““ Retail ” means GA Retail, Inc., a California corporation.”

 

““ Target L/C ” means that certain Letter of Credit issued under this Agreement on behalf of GA Retail Canada, ULC for the benefit of Target Canada Co. and/or certain of its Affiliates.”

 

““ Third Amendment Effective Date ” shall mean February 5, 2015.”

 

(b)          The definition of “Change of Control” is hereby amended by deleting clause (d) thereof and inserting the following in its stead:

 

“(d)        (i) Great American fails to own, at any time, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Capital Stock of any Borrower free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and/or ceases to manage any Borrower’s business and operations; provided , however , notwithstanding the foregoing, B. Riley shall be permitted to own up to 1,000 non-voting preferred shares of the Capital Stock of Retail; or (ii) Great American fails to own, at any time, 100% of the Capital Stock of any Borrower entitled to vote with respect to any matters; and”

 

(c)          Section 4.8(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the third and final sentence of such section and inserting the following in its stead:

 

“Each Borrower is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Great American; provided , however , notwithstanding the foregoing, B. Riley shall be permitted to own up to 1,000 non-voting preferred shares of the Capital Stock of Retail.”

 

(d)          Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting clause (ii) thereof and inserting the following in its stead:

 

“(ii) incur Letter of Credit Obligations in Dollars (except as otherwise agreed by Lender or Issuing Bank) in respect of a Borrower, or, at the request of a Borrower, in respect of any other Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party, as provided for in Annex B and this Section 2.1 .”

 

(e)          Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following as a new sentence at the end thereof:

 

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing, Retail shall be permitted to make a one-time investment on or about the Third Amendment Effective Date in the form of the Target L/C, so long as such Letter of Credit is fully cash collateralized in such amounts as may be requested by the Lender.”

 

2
 

 

(f)          Section 7.14 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting the following in its stead:

 

“No Borrower shall, directly or indirectly, (i) declare, order, pay or make any Restricted Payment or (ii) set aside any sum or property therefor, except: (A) Borrowers may make payments to Great American of Amounts received by Borrowers in connection with a Liquidation Sale pursuant to Section 2.8(a)(xiv) and the last sentence of Section 2.8, and (B) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon either the return of the Target L/C undrawn or payment in full of all applicable Letter of Credit Obligations related thereto, Retail shall be permitted to use any amounts received by it from GA Retail Canada, ULC therefrom and any cash collateral amounts released directly to Retail therefrom to make Restricted Payments in such amounts as is necessary to redeem the preferred shares of Capital Stock of Retail owned by B. Riley and to make dividends of any remaining amounts to Great American and, in connection with the redemption, to B. Riley.”

 

(g)          Annex B to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence thereof and inserting the following in its stead:

 

“In connection with and subject to the terms and conditions of that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2013, by and between Borrowers and Lender, Lender may issue or cause to be issued Letters of Credit to a Borrower, on behalf of a Borrower or any other Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Annex B.”

 

(h)          Annex B to the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting the first sentence of Section 1(a) and inserting the following in its stead:

 

“Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender, from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, may issue Letters of Credit for the account of a Borrower or any other Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party or may request that an Underlying Issuer agree to issue Letters of Credit in its sole discretion and if such Underlying Issuer does so issue a Letter of Credit, Lender may undertake to purchase participations or execute indemnities or reimbursement obligations (each such undertaking, an “ L/C Undertaking ”) with respect to such Letters of Credit issued by an Underlying Issuer (as of the Restatement Date, the prospective Underlying Issuer is Lender) for the account of a Borrower or other Credit Party, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued, in accordance with Section 2 below; provided that after giving effect to the issuance of any requested Letter of Credit, (i) the aggregate outstanding Liquidation Borrowings shall not exceed the Revolving Loan Ceiling, (ii) L/C Usage shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (iii) the expiry date of the proposed Letter of Credit is no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date (the “ Letter of Credit Expiration Date ”); provided further that any Letters of Credit that are issued other than in connection with a Liquidation Sale shall be cash collateralized in such amounts as may be requested by the Lender from time to time, both at the time of issuance and at any time thereafter (unless otherwise agreed to by the Lender).”

 

(i)          Annex B to the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by inserting the following sentence immediately after the first sentence of Section 9 thereof:

 

3
 

 

“Additionally, unless otherwise agreed to by the Lender, any Letters of Credit that are issued other than in connection with a Liquidation Sale shall be cash collateralized in such amounts as may be requested by the Lender from time to time, both at the time of issuance and at any time thereafter.”

 

3.            Representations and Warranties . Borrowers represent and warrant to Lender that:

 

(a)          the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, as though made on such date, and as if each reference therein to “this Agreement” or the “Credit Agreement” or the like includes reference to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date);

 

(b)          the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by each Credit Party (i) are all within such Credit Party’s corporate powers, (ii) are not in contravention of any Laws or the terms of such Credit Party’s Organization Documents, or any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which such Credit Party is a party or by which such Credit Party or its property is bound, and (iii) shall not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, claim, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral, except in favor of Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby;

 

(c)          this Amendment and each other agreement or instrument to be executed and delivered by Credit Parties in connection herewith have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all necessary action on the part of such Credit Party and, if necessary, its stockholders, as the case may be, and the agreements and obligations of each Credit Party contained herein and therein constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and by general principles of equity;

 

(d)          after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date hereof; and

 

(e)          no action of, or filing with, or consent of any Governmental Authority, and no approval or consent of any other party (other than, in each case, actions, filings or consents that have already been taken, made or obtained) is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with, the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment.

 

4.            Conditions Precedent . The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall not be effective until each of the following conditions precedent are satisfied in a manner satisfactory to Lender (the “ Effective Date ”):

 

(a)          receipt by Lender of this Amendment, duly authorized and executed by each Credit Party;

 

(b)          to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP, counsel to the Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by Credit Parties pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement;

 

4
 

 

(c)          after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, nor shall any Default or Event of Default result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; and

 

(d)          all orders, permissions, consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations and validations of, and filings, recordings and registrations with, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority, or any other Person required to authorize or otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated, shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

 

5.            Effect on Loan Documents . As amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and hereby are ratified and confirmed by each Credit Party in all respects. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Each Credit Party hereby ratifies and confirms in all respects all of its obligations and any prior grant of a security interest under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.            Further Assurances . Each Credit Party shall execute and deliver all agreements, documents and instruments, each in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and take all actions as Lender may reasonably request from time to time, to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest in the Collateral held by Lender and to fully consummate the transactions contemplated under this Amendment and the Credit Agreement, as modified hereby.

 

7.            Release . Each Credit Party hereby remises, releases, acquits, satisfies and forever discharges Lender, its agents, employees, officers, directors, predecessors, attorneys and all others acting on behalf of or at the direction of Lender, of and from any and all manner of actions, causes of action, suit, debts, accounts, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, variances, damages, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, which any of such parties ever had, or now has, to the extent arising from or in connection with any act, omission or state of facts taken or existing on or prior to the date hereof, against Lender, its agents, employees, officers, directors, attorneys and all persons acting on behalf of or at the direction of Lender (“ Releasees ”), for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever through the date hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Credit Party waives and affirmatively agrees not to allege or otherwise pursue any defenses, affirmative defenses, counterclaims, claims, causes of action, setoffs or other rights they have or may have as of the date hereof, including, but not limited to, the rights to contest any conduct of Lender or other Releasees on or prior to the date hereof.

 

8.            No Novation; Entire Agreement . This Amendment is not a novation or discharge of the terms and provisions of the obligations of Credit Parties under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. There are no other understandings, express or implied, among Credit Parties and Lender regarding the subject matter hereof or thereof.

 

9.            Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

5
 

 

10.           Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission also shall deliver a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment but the failure to deliver a manually executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Amendment.

 

11.           Construction . This Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be construed collectively and in the event that any term, provision or condition of any of such documents is inconsistent with or contradictory to any term, provision or condition of any other such document, the terms, provisions and conditions of this Amendment shall supersede and control the terms, provisions and conditions of the Credit Agreement. Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “therein”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

6
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  GREAT AMERICAN GROUP WF, LLC, a California limited liability company
   
  By: /s/Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   
  By: /s/Joseph Burt
  Name: Joseph Burt
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT

 

Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the foregoing Amendment applicable to it, including but not limited to the releases set forth in Section 7.

 

  B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Great American Group, Inc.)

   

  By: /s/ Phillip J. Ahn
  Name:  Phillip J. Ahn
  Title:  CFO
   
  great american group, llc, a California limited liability company
     
  By: /s/ Phillip J. Ahn
  Name:  Phillip J. Ahn
  Title:  CFO
   
  gA RETAIL, Inc., a California corporation
   
  By:  /s/ Phillip J. Ahn
  Name:  Phillip J. Ahn
  Title:  Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

Execution Copy

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this " Amendment ") dated as of February 19, 2015, by and among

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor by merger to WELLS FARGO RETAIL FINANCE, LLC ("Lender"),

 

GREAT AMERICAN GROUP WF, LLC, a California limited liability company ("Original Borrower" ), and

 

GA RETAIL, INC., a California corporation, together with any other affiliate of Original Borrower party to the Credit Agreement from time to time as a borrower (such affiliates, together with Original Borrower, each a " Borrower " and collectively "Borrowers ", and, together with Riley Financial (defined below), Great American (defined below), and/or any Subsidiary of any of the foregoing which is or which becomes a party to any Loan Document from time to time, the "Credit Parties ").

 

WHEREAS:

 

A.            Borrowers and Lender are party to that certain Second Amended & Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 15, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Limited Consent and Waiver, dated May 28, 2014, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2014, as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement and that certain Joinder to Loan Documents each dated as of February 5, 2015, and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the "Credit Agreement "), pursuant to which Lender agreed, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to extend credit and make certain other financial accommodations available to Borrowers;

 

B.           B. Riley Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, f/k/a Great American Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (" Riley Financial ") and Great American Group, LLC, a California limited liability company ( "Great American ") are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Guaranty dated as of July 15, 2013 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the " Guaranty"), pursuant to which Riley Financial and Great American jointly and severally guaranteed to Lender payment of (among other things) obligations under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents upon the terms set forth the Guaranty;

 

C.           Credit Parties have requested that Lender agree to effect certain amendments to the Credit Agreement, all as more specifically set forth herein, and Lender is willing to effect such amendment on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties signatory hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

 
 

 

2.             Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)          The following definition is inserted in the appropriate alphabetical order: "''Fourth Amendment Effective Date " shall mean February 19, 2015."

 

(b)          The definition of "Change of Control" is hereby amended by deleting clause (e) thereof and inserting the following in its stead:

 

"(e) Andrew Gumaer (i) ceases to be actively engaged in the management and day-to day operations and administration of Great American or any Borrower, (ii) ceases to be a Continuing Director of B. Riley Financial, Inc., f/k/a Great American Group, Inc., or (iii) ceases to be a Continuing Director of Great American."

 

(c)          The definition of "Permitted Holder" is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

""Permitted Holders " shall mean Harvey Yellen, Andrew Gumaer and Bryant Riley; provided, however, that, from and after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the term 'Permitted Holders' shall no longer include Harvey Yellen."

 

3.             Representations and Warranties . Borrowers represent and warrant to Lender that:

 

(a)          the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, as though made on such date, and as if each reference therein to "this Agreement" or the "Credit Agreement" or the like includes reference to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date);

 

(b)          the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by each Credit Party (i) are all within such Credit Party's corporate powers, (ii) are not in contravention of any Laws or the terms of such Credit Party's Organization Documents, or any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which such Credit Party is a party or by which such Credit Party or its property is bound, and (iii) shall not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, claim, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral, except in favor of Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended hereby;

 

(c)           this Amendment and each other agreement or instrument to be executed and delivered by Credit Parties in connection herewith have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all necessary action on the part of such Credit Party and, if necessary, its stockholders, as the case may be, and the agreements and obligations of each Credit Party contained herein and therein constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditor's rights generally and by general principles of equity;

 

(d)          after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date hereof; and

 

2
 

 

(e)           no action of, or filing with, or consent of any Governmental Authority, and no approval or consent of any other party (other than, in each case, actions, filings or consents that have already been taken, made or obtained) is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with, the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment.

 

4.           Conditions Precedent . The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall not be effective until each of the following conditions precedent are satisfied in a manner satisfactory to Lender (the " Effective Date "):

 

(a)          receipt by Lender of this Amendment, duly authorized and executed by each Credit Party;

 

(b)          to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP, counsel to the Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by Credit Parties pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement;

 

(c)          after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, nor shall any Default or Event of Default result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; and

 

(d)          all orders, permissions, consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations and validations of, and filings, recordings and registrations with, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority, or any other Person required to authorize or otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated, shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

 

5.             Effect on Loan Documents . As amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and hereby are ratified and confirmed by each Credit Party in all respects. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Each Credit Party hereby ratifies and confirms in all respects all of its obligations and any prior grant of a security interest under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.             Further Assurances . Each Credit Party shall execute and deliver all agreements, documents and instruments, each in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and take all actions as Lender may reasonably request from time to time, to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest in the Collateral held by Lender and to fully consummate the transactions contemplated under this Amendment and the Credit Agreement, as modified hereby.

 

7.             Release . Each Credit Party hereby remises, releases, acquits, satisfies and forever discharges Lender, its agents, employees, officers, directors, predecessors, attorneys and all others acting on behalf of or at the direction of Lender, of and from any and all manner of actions, causes of action, suit, debts, accounts, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, variances, damages, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, in law or in equity, which any of such parties ever had, or now has, to the extent arising from or in connection with any act, omission or state of facts taken or existing on or prior to the date hereof, against Lender, its agents, employees, officers, directors, attorneys and all persons acting on behalf of or at the direction of Lender ("Releasees"), for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever through the date hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Credit Party waives and affirmatively agrees not to allege or otherwise pursue any defenses, affirmative defenses, counterclaims, claims, causes of action, setoffs or other rights they have or may have as of the date hereof, including, but not limited to, the rights to contest any conduct of Lender or other Releasees on or prior to the date hereof.

 

3
 

 

8.             No Novation; Entire Agreement . This Amendment is not a novation or discharge of the terms and provisions of the obligations of Credit Parties under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. There are no other understandings, express or implied, among Credit Parties and Lender regarding the subject matter hereof or thereof.

 

9.             Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

10.           Counterparts; Electronic E xecution. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission also shall deliver a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment but the failure to deliver a manually executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Amendment.

 

11.           Construction . This Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be construed collectively and in the event that any term, provision or condition of any of such documents is inconsistent with or contradictory to any term, provision or condition of any other such document, the terms, provisions and conditions of this Amendment shall supersede and control the terms, provisions and conditions of the Credit Agreement. Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "herein", "hereof ' or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to "the Credit Agreement", "thereunder", "therein", "thereof ' or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

4
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  GREAT AMERICAN GROUP WF, LLC, a California limited liability company
     
  By: /s/Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO
   
  GA RETAIL, INC, a California corporation
   
  By: /s/Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

  

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   
  By: /s/Joseph Burt
  Name: Joseph Burt
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT

 

Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the foregoing Amendment applicable to it, including but not limited to the releases set forth in Section 7.

 

  B. RILEY FINANCIAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Great American Group, Inc.)
   
  By: /s/Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO
   
  GREAT AMERICAN GROUP, LLC, a California limited liability company
   
  By: /s/Phillip J. Ahn
  Name: Phillip J. Ahn
  Title: CFO & COO

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Bryant R. Riley, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of B. Riley Financial, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 7, 2015

 

  /s / BRYANT R. RILEY
 

Bryant R. Riley

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Phillip J. Ahn, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of B. Riley Financial, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 7, 2015

 

 

/s/ PHILLIP J. AHN

  Phillip J. Ahn
  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of B. Riley Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bryant R. Riley, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ BRYANT R. RILEY

 
Bryant R. Riley  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  
   
May 7, 2015  

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of B. Riley Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Phillip J. Ahn, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ PHILLIP J. AHN

 
Phillip J. Ahn  
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer  
   
May 7, 2015